ML102920070: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:a Progress Energy C Continuous Use PROGRESS ENERGY CRYSTAL RIVER UNIT 3 PLANT OPERATING MANUAL SP-1 78 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE TEST-TYPE "A" INCLUDING LINER PLATE SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 1 of 2070A_
{{#Wiki_filter:C a Progress Energy                             Continuous Use PROGRESS ENERGY CRYSTAL RIVER UNIT 3 PLANT OPERATING MANUAL SP-1 78 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE TEST-TYPE "A" INCLUDING LINER PLATE SP-1 78                     Rev. 30               Page 1 of 2070A_
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE .............................................  
 
.............
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                     PAGE 1.0   PURPOSE .............................................                                                         ............. 4 1.1   Intent .....................................................................................................         4 1.2   Equipm ent Database (EDB) ...................................................................                         4 2.0   References ....................................................................................................             4 2.1   Com m itm ent Docum ents ........................................................................                     4 2.2   Reference Docum ents ...........................................................................                     5 3.0   PERSONNEL INDOCTRINATION ...................................................................                               6 3.1   Description ............................................................................................             6 3.2   Definitions ..............................................................................................           7 3.3   Responsibilities ..........................................................................................           8 3.4   Prerequisites ..........................................................................................             9 3.5   Lim its and Precautions ..........................................................................                   23 3.6   Acceptance Criteria ..............................................................................                   26 3.7   Setpoints ...............................................................................................           26 4.0   INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................                 27 4.1   Initial Conditions ..................................................................................               27 4.2   Pressurization of Reactor Containm ent .................................................                             27 4.3   Stabilization Phase ..............................................................................                   33 4.4   Hold Test Phase ..................................................................................                   36 4.5   Verification Test ..................................................................................                 43 4.6   Depressurization ......................................................................................             48 4.7   Final ILRT Results ................................................................................                 53 5.0   FOLLOW UP ACTIO NS ..................................................................................                     55 5.1   Contingencies ......................................................................................                 55 6.0   RESTO RATION ...............................................................................................               55 6.1   Restoration Instructions .......................................................................                     55 7.0   COM MENTS ...................................................................................................             60 8.0   EVALUATION '....................                                                             ............................ 63 8.1   Equipm ent Perform ance Review .........................................................                             63 SP-178                                                       Rev. 30                                                           Page 2 of 207
4 1.1 Intent .....................................................................................................
 
4 1.2 Equipm ent Database (EDB) ...................................................................
Atta c h m e n t 1 ...............................................................................................................................                 64 Atta c hm e n t 2 ..............................................................................................................................                   65 Atta ch m e nt 3 ...............................................................................................................................                   71 A tta c hm e nt 3a .............................................................................................................................                   81 Atta c h m e nt 3 b .............................................................................................................................                   93 Atta ch m e nt 3d ........................................................................................................                 ................... 12 6 A tta c h m e nt 3e ...........................................................................................................................                   12 7 Atta c h m e nt 3f ............................................................................................................................                   13 3 ...........................................................                                                                                   ..... 134 ......................................................................                                                                               141                                               .................................................                                               ..... 158 ..............................................................                                                                                 .... 159 ......................................................                                                                                               160                                               ......................................................                                                 161 0                                              .....................................................                                                 167 Atta c h m e nt 1 1 ...............................................................................................................                       . .. 17 3 Atta c h m e nt 12 ..............................................................................................................                   ........... 18 5 3 .....................................................................................................                                         .... 188 4 ....................................................................................................                                           .... 189 5 .....................................................................................................                                         ..... 191 6 ...................................................................................................                                             ... 199 7 ......                   ........................................................................................                   ....... 200 Atta c h m e nt 18 ...........................................................................................................................                     206 SP-178                                                                         Rev. 30                                                                           Page 3 of 207
4 2.0 References  
 
....................................................................................................
1.0     PURPOSE 1.1     Intent 1.1.1   This procedure establishes the requirements to assure that leakage through the primary reactor containment, and systems and components penetrating the primary containment does not exceed the allowable leakage rate values as specified in Technical Specification 5.6.2.20 and 10CFR50, Appendix J, Option B.
4 2.1 Com m itm ent Docum ents ........................................................................
1.1.2   Testing shall be performed using the methods and provisions of:
4 2.2 Reference Docum ents ...........................................................................
Total-time method using the provisions of BN-TOP-1 OR Mass-point method as specified in ANSI/ANS-56.8-1994.
5 3.0 PERSONNEL INDOCTRINATION  
1.1.3   This test satisfies the Type Atest requirements of 10CFR50, Appendix J. Type A tests (overall integrated containment leakage rate) shall be conducted during shutdown at a frequency specified in TS 5.6.2.20 and the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.
...................................................................
1.2     Equipment Database (EDB) 1.2.1   The following tags are listed in the EDB as being affected by this procedure:
6 3.1 Description  
............................................................................................
6 3.2 Definitions  
..............................................................................................
7 3.3 Responsibilities  
..........................................................................................
8 3.4 Prerequisites  
..........................................................................................
9 3.5 Lim its and Precautions  
..........................................................................
23 3.6 Acceptance Criteria ..............................................................................
26 3.7 Setpoints  
...............................................................................................
26 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS  
.............................................................................................
27 4.1 Initial Conditions  
..................................................................................
27 4.2 Pressurization of Reactor Containm ent .................................................
27 4.3 Stabilization Phase ..............................................................................
33 4.4 Hold Test Phase ..................................................................................
36 4.5 Verification Test ..................................................................................
43 4.6 Depressurization  
......................................................................................
48 4.7 Final ILRT Results ................................................................................
53 5.0 FOLLOW UP ACTIO NS ..................................................................................
55 5.1 Contingencies  
......................................................................................
55 6.0 RESTO RATION ...............................................................................................
55 6.1 Restoration Instructions  
.......................................................................
55 7.0 COM M ENTS ...................................................................................................
60 8.0 EVALUATION  
' ....................  
............................
63 8.1 Equipm ent Perform ance Review .........................................................
63 SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 2 of 207 A tta c h m e n t 1 ...............................................................................................................................
6 4 A tta c h m e n t 2 ..............................................................................................................................
6 5 A tta ch m e nt 3 ...............................................................................................................................
7 1 A tta c h m e nt 3 a .............................................................................................................................
8 1 A tta c h m e nt 3 b .............................................................................................................................
9 3 A tta ch m e nt 3 d ........................................................................................................  
...................
12 6 A tta c h m e nt 3 e ...........................................................................................................................
12 7 A tta c h m e nt 3 f ............................................................................................................................
13 3 Attachment 4 ...........................................................  
..... 134 Attachment 5 ......................................................................
141 Attachment 6 .................................................  
..... 158 Attachment 7 ..............................................................  
.... 159 Attachment 8 ......................................................
160 Attachment 9 ......................................................
161 Attachment 10 .....................................................
167 A tta c h m e nt 1 1 ...............................................................................................................  
... 17 3 A tta c h m e nt 12 ..............................................................................................................  
...........
18 5 Attachment 13 .....................................................................................................  
.... 188 Attachment 14 ....................................................................................................  
.... 189 Attachment 15 .....................................................................................................  
..... 191 Attachment 16 ...................................................................................................  
... 199 Attachment 17 ...... ........................................................................................  
....... 200 A tta c h m e nt 18 ...........................................................................................................................
2 0 6 SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 3 of 207 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Intent 1.1.1 This procedure establishes the requirements to assure that leakage through the primary reactor containment, and systems and components penetrating the primary containment does not exceed the allowable leakage rate values as specified in Technical Specification 5.6.2.20 and 10CFR50, Appendix J, Option B.1.1.2 Testing shall be performed using the methods and provisions of: Total-time method using the provisions of BN-TOP-1 OR Mass-point method as specified in ANSI/ANS-56.8-1994.
1.1.3 This test satisfies the Type Atest requirements of 1 OCFR50, Appendix J. Type A tests (overall integrated containment leakage rate) shall be conducted during shutdown at a frequency specified in TS 5.6.2.20 and the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.1.2 Equipment Database (EDB)1.2.1 The following tags are listed in the EDB as being affected by this procedure:
See Attachments 3 and 4.
See Attachments 3 and 4.


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0     REFERENCES==
 
2.1    Commitment Documents 2.1.1  Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix J, Option B 2.1.2  "Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements" American National Standard ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994.
2.1.3  "Industry Guideline for Implementing Performance-Based Option of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix J" NEI 94-01, July 26, 1995.
2.1.4  "Performance-Based Containment Leak-Test Program," USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.163, September 1995.
2.1.5  Technical Specification 5.6.2.20, Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program 2.1.6  Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program, Crystal River Unit 3 SP-1 78                                    Rev. 30                                Page 4 of 207
 
2.1.7  Technical Specification References Applicable        Surv. Per.        LCO/Other                Surv.      Freq.
References        During Modes      Requirements During      Freq.      Notes Modes 3.6.1.1            5,6              1 thru 4                SP-1 5.6.2.20          5, 6              1 thru 4                SP-1 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY:
SP-1    In accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program FREQUENCY NOTES:
None 2.2    Reference Documents 2.2.1  Bechtel report "Testing Criteria for Integrated Leakage Rate Testing of Primary Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants" BN-TOP-1, Rev. 1, November 1, 1972.
2.2.2  USNRC IN Notice 85-71.
2.2.3  AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions 2.2.4  AI-607, Pre Job and Post Job Briefings 2.2.5  SP-1 12, Calibration of the Reactor Protection System 2.2.6  SP-132A, Engineered Safeguards Channel Calibration 2.2.7  SP-179B, Containment Leakage Test -Type B 2.2.8  SP-179C, Containment Leakage Test - Type C 2.2.9  SP-430, Containment Air Locks Seal Leakage Test 2.2.10  FPC Drawing P-304-723, Test and Drain Lines at Fuel Transfer Tubes 2.2.11  FPC Drawing 1C-308-696, Leak Rate Temperature Element Locations 2.2.12  FPC Drawing 1C-308-697, Leak Rate Humidity Element Locations 2.2.13  29 CFR 1926.804, Subchapter S, Appendix A 2.2.14  OP-417, Containment Operating Procedure 2.2.15  NDEP-0620, VT-1 and VT-3 Visual Examination of ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE Components of Nuclear Power Plants 2.2.16  EGR-NGGC-0351, Condition Monitoring of Structures SP-1 78                                  Rev. 30                                Page 5 of 207
 
3.0    PERSONNEL INDOCTRINATION 3.1    Description 3.1.1  The purpose of the R14 ILRT is to measure the total leakage through the CR3 primary containment boundary after pressurizing our 2,000,000 ft3 reactor building to 52.1 psig in accordance with 10CFR50 Appendix J, Option B.
3.1.2  To attain test pressure, a total air mass of 690,000 lbs will have been pumped into containment.
3.1.3  This air will be pumped into containment utilizing the following (estimated) equipment located outside of the protected area in the CR1/2 parking lot:
* Twenty 1,500 cfm air compressors
        "  Two 5,400 cfm desiccant air dryers
* Four 3,000 cfm desiccant air dryers
        "  One 10,000 cfm refrigerated dryer
        "  Two 60 ton chiller and associated after-coolers
        "  Two temporary 8" pipe/hose lines via 11-119 to PEN-216 and PEN-217
        "  Two 300kw Diesel Generators (twinpack) 3.1.4  The ILRT measurement system will utilize vendor supplied and installed digital instruments that enable us to accurately calculate the weight of the contained air mass and utilize statistics to determine the leak rate over time.
3.1.5  The test acceptance criteria is 75% of La (allowed leakage), or 0.1875 wt% per day of the initial mass. This equates to an allowable leakage of 53.9 Ibm/hr (approx 1/8" diameter air leak).
3.1.6  Maintaining stable plant conditions is critical to the success of this test. During testing, mass changes from pressure fluctuations, volume changes, and plant temperature changes, make it difficult to identify actual leakage trends.
3.1.7  The test duration for each of the five phases was developed based on recent industry OE and validated based on the size of CR3 containment and the number of compressors and pipe sizes.
Pressurization phase (10 hrs critical path / 7 hrs stretch)
The containment vessel is sealed and pressurized to approximately peak accident pressure via rented diesel air compressors. Past data indicates approximately ten hours to pressurize containment to the desired test pressure.
SP-1 78                                    Rev. 30                                    Page 6of 207
 
        "  Temperature stabilization phase (8 hrs critical path / 6 hrs stretch)
Once the test pressure is reached, the stabilization phase begins. Temperatures are required to stabilize for a minimum of four (4) hours although past data indicates stabilization can last up to twenty (20) hours.
* Integrated leak rate data collection phase (8 hrs critical path)
Following the temperature stabilization period, containment leak rate data is collected using installed test instrumentation for a minimum of eight (8) hours. This data collection phase may take longer if the leak rate changes.
* Leak rate verification phase (4 hrs critical path)
At the end of the test data collection phase, the leak rate verification phase begins by introducing a known leak and verifying proper operation of the test instrumentation. This phase of the test has a four (4) hour minimum requirement.
* Depressurization phase (10 hrs critical path / 6 hrs stretch)
Containment is depressurized in a controlled manner and systems are returned to their normal status. Past data indicates the depressurization phase lasts 8- 10 hours.
3.2    Definitions 3.2.1  As Found Leakage Rate: Leakage rate testing after some period of normal service conditions, performed prior to any repairs or adjustments.
As Left Leakage Rate: The leakage rate following any repairs or adjustments to the barrier being tested.
3.2.2  Containment Atmosphere Volume Weighted Average Temperature: The temperature derived from weighing each temperature sensor reading by the volume it represents.
3.2.3  La (weight %/24h). The maximum allowable Type A test leakage rate at pressure Pac.
3.2.4  Lam (weight %/24h). Estimate of leakage rate, derived as a function of the least squares slope and intercept, for the Type A test at pressure Pac obtained from testing the primary containment by simulating some of the conditions that would exist under DBA conditions (e.g. vented, drained, flooded, or pressurized).
3.2.5  Lc (weight %/24h). The composite primary containment leakage rate measured using the CILRT instruments after Lo is superimposed.
3.2.6  Lo (weight %/24h). The known leakage rate superimposed on the containment during the verification test.
3.2.7  Measurement System: The entire system from sensor to display inclusive.
3.2.8  Pac (psig or KPa) The calculated peak containment internal pressure related to the DBA 3.2.9  Upper Confidence Limit (UCL): A calculated value constructed from test data which places a statistical upper bound on the true leakage rate (%/24h).
SP-178                                    Rev. 30                                  Page 7 of 207


2.1 Commitment Documents 2.1.1 Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix J, Option B 2.1.2 "Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements" American National Standard ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994.
3.2.10 Verification Test: A test to confirm the capability of the Type A test method and equipment to measure La.
2.1.3 "Industry Guideline for Implementing Performance-Based Option of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix J" NEI 94-01, July 26, 1995.2.1.4 "Performance-Based Containment Leak-Test Program," USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.163, September 1995.2.1.5 Technical Specification 5.6.2.20, Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program 2.1.6 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program, Crystal River Unit 3 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 4 of 207 2.1.7 Technical Specification References Applicable Surv. Per. LCO/Other Surv. Freq.References During Modes Requirements During Freq. Notes Modes 3.6.1.1 5,6 1 thru 4 SP-1 5.6.2.20 5, 6 1 thru 4 SP-1 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY:
3.3     Responsibilities 3.3.1   Engineering Manager Responsible for the overall imriplementation of the 10CFR50 Appendix J Program.
SP-1 In accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program FREQUENCY NOTES: None 2.2 Reference Documents 2.2.1 Bechtel report "Testing Criteria for Integrated Leakage Rate Testing of Primary Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants" BN-TOP-1, Rev. 1, November 1, 1972.2.2.2 USNRC IN Notice 85-71.2.2.3 AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions 2.2.4 AI-607, Pre Job and Post Job Briefings 2.2.5 SP-1 12, Calibration of the Reactor Protection System 2.2.6 SP-132A, Engineered Safeguards Channel Calibration 2.2.7 SP-179B, Containment Leakage Test -Type B 2.2.8 SP-179C, Containment Leakage Test -Type C 2.2.9 SP-430, Containment Air Locks Seal Leakage Test 2.2.10 FPC Drawing P-304-723, Test and Drain Lines at Fuel Transfer Tubes 2.2.11 FPC Drawing 1C-308-696, Leak Rate Temperature Element Locations 2.2.12 FPC Drawing 1C-308-697, Leak Rate Humidity Element Locations 2.2.13 29 CFR 1926.804, Subchapter S, Appendix A 2.2.14 OP-417, Containment Operating Procedure 2.2.15 NDEP-0620, VT-1 and VT-3 Visual Examination of ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE Components of Nuclear Power Plants 2.2.16 EGR-NGGC-0351, Condition Monitoring of Structures SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 5 of 207 3.0 PERSONNEL INDOCTRINATION 3.1 Description 3.1.1 The purpose of the R14 ILRT is to measure the total leakage through the CR3 primary containment boundary after pressurizing our 2,000,000 ft3 reactor building to 52.1 psig in accordance with 10CFR50 Appendix J, Option B.3.1.2 To attain test pressure, a total air mass of 690,000 lbs will have been pumped into containment.
Management designee for performing AI-550, Infrequently Performed Test and Evolution briefings.
3.1.3 This air will be pumped into containment utilizing the following (estimated) equipment located outside of the protected area in the CR1/2 parking lot:* Twenty 1,500 cfm air compressors" Two 5,400 cfm desiccant air dryers* Four 3,000 cfm desiccant air dryers" One 10,000 cfm refrigerated dryer" Two 60 ton chiller and associated after-coolers" Two temporary 8" pipe/hose lines via 11-119 to PEN-216 and PEN-217" Two 300kw Diesel Generators (twinpack) 3.1.4 The ILRT measurement system will utilize vendor supplied and installed digital instruments that enable us to accurately calculate the weight of the contained air mass and utilize statistics to determine the leak rate over time.3.1.5 The test acceptance criteria is 75% of La (allowed leakage), or 0.1875 wt% per day of the initial mass. This equates to an allowable leakage of 53.9 Ibm/hr (approx 1/8" diameter air leak).3.1.6 Maintaining stable plant conditions is critical to the success of this test. During testing, mass changes from pressure fluctuations, volume changes, and plant temperature changes, make it difficult to identify actual leakage trends.3.1.7 The test duration for each of the five phases was developed based on recent industry OE and validated based on the size of CR3 containment and the number of compressors and pipe sizes.Pressurization phase (10 hrs critical path / 7 hrs stretch)The containment vessel is sealed and pressurized to approximately peak accident pressure via rented diesel air compressors.
3.3.2   Appendix J Engineer Responsible for the Type A, B, and C portions of the containment leakage rate test program. He or she will act as the final decision maker in matters concerning test conduct, deferring to Operations as required in matters of plant safety. This individual may use inputs from other plant personnel or a consultant to form decisions that meet the regulatory requirements from documents listed in the reference section. Reports to Engineering Manager.
Past data indicates approximately ten hours to pressurize containment to the desired test pressure.SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 6of 207
3.3.3   Test Supervisor Acts in the capacity of the Appendix J Engineer during his or her shift during the conduct of the ILRT.
" Temperature stabilization phase (8 hrs critical path / 6 hrs stretch)Once the test pressure is reached, the stabilization phase begins. Temperatures are required to stabilize for a minimum of four (4) hours although past data indicates stabilization can last up to twenty (20) hours.* Integrated leak rate data collection phase (8 hrs critical path)Following the temperature stabilization period, containment leak rate data is collected using installed test instrumentation for a minimum of eight (8) hours. This data collection phase may take longer if the leak rate changes.* Leak rate verification phase (4 hrs critical path)At the end of the test data collection phase, the leak rate verification phase begins by introducing a known leak and verifying proper operation of the test instrumentation.
The Test Supervisor will evaluate the reported leakage and direct corrective action. No corrective action should occur without this evaluation with the exception of safety issues.
This phase of the test has a four (4) hour minimum requirement.
3.3.4   Operations Lead Located primarily in Control Room and responsible for interface between Control Room and ILRT Test Supervisor. Monitors plant conditions and keeps Test Table informed.
* Depressurization phase (10 hrs critical path / 6 hrs stretch)Containment is depressurized in a controlled manner and systems are returned to their normal status. Past data indicates the depressurization phase lasts 8- 10 hours.3.2 Definitions 3.2.1 As Found Leakage Rate: Leakage rate testing after some period of normal service conditions, performed prior to any repairs or adjustments.
3.3.5   Local Leakage Rate Testing (LLRT) Technicians Technicians responsible for the conduct of the Type B and Type C portions of the containment leakage rate testing program.
As Left Leakage Rate: The leakage rate following any repairs or adjustments to the barrier being tested.3.2.2 Containment Atmosphere Volume Weighted Average Temperature:
3.3.6   Computer Technician(s)
The temperature derived from weighing each temperature sensor reading by the volume it represents.
3.2.3 La (weight %/24h). The maximum allowable Type A test leakage rate at pressure Pac.3.2.4 Lam (weight %/24h). Estimate of leakage rate, derived as a function of the least squares slope and intercept, for the Type A test at pressure Pac obtained from testing the primary containment by simulating some of the conditions that would exist under DBA conditions (e.g. vented, drained, flooded, or pressurized).
3.2.5 Lc (weight %/24h). The composite primary containment leakage rate measured using the CILRT instruments after Lo is superimposed.
3.2.6 Lo (weight %/24h). The known leakage rate superimposed on the containment during the verification test.3.2.7 Measurement System: The entire system from sensor to display inclusive.
3.2.8 Pac (psig or KPa) The calculated peak containment internal pressure related to the DBA 3.2.9 Upper Confidence Limit (UCL): A calculated value constructed from test data which places a statistical upper bound on the true leakage rate (%/24h).SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 7 of 207 3.2.10 Verification Test: A test to confirm the capability of the Type A test method and equipment to measure La.3.3 Responsibilities 3.3.1 Engineering Manager Responsible for the overall imriplementation of the 1 OCFR50 Appendix J Program.Management designee for performing AI-550, Infrequently Performed Test and Evolution briefings.
3.3.2 Appendix J Engineer Responsible for the Type A, B, and C portions of the containment leakage rate test program. He or she will act as the final decision maker in matters concerning test conduct, deferring to Operations as required in matters of plant safety. This individual may use inputs from other plant personnel or a consultant to form decisions that meet the regulatory requirements from documents listed in the reference section. Reports to Engineering Manager.3.3.3 Test Supervisor Acts in the capacity of the Appendix J Engineer during his or her shift during the conduct of the ILRT.The Test Supervisor will evaluate the reported leakage and direct corrective action. No corrective action should occur without this evaluation with the exception of safety issues.3.3.4 Operations Lead Located primarily in Control Room and responsible for interface between Control Room and ILRT Test Supervisor.
Monitors plant conditions and keeps Test Table informed.3.3.5 Local Leakage Rate Testing (LLRT) Technicians Technicians responsible for the conduct of the Type B and Type C portions of the containment leakage rate testing program.3.3.6 Computer Technician(s)
Responsible for data reduction and analysis computer operation.
Responsible for data reduction and analysis computer operation.
3.3.7 Equipment Technician(s)
3.3.7   Equipment Technician(s)
Responsible for air compressor mechanical and operational tasks, as directed by the Test Engineer.3.3.8 Consulting Engineer Provides general test oversight, as well as technical direction and guidance for conduct of test, including issues involving regulatory compliance, test coordination, test instrumentation, computer programs and software, troubleshooting assistance, compressors and development of test report.3.3.9 Leak Hunt Team Responsible for locating existing leakage paths that effects the Type A test and reporting these to the Test Supervisor.
Responsible for air compressor mechanical and operational tasks, as directed by the Test Engineer.
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 8 of 207 3.3.10 Recommended Personnel The following list of recommended personnel is provided to aid the test performers in preparation and is only a guideline:
3.3.8   Consulting Engineer Provides general test oversight, as well as technical direction and guidance for conduct of test, including issues involving regulatory compliance, test coordination, test instrumentation, computer programs and software, troubleshooting assistance, compressors and development of test report.
Personnel Listing (Per Shift) Number Test Supervisor 1 Test Engineer 1 Operations Lead 1 Consulting Engineer 1 Computer Technician 1 Equipment Technician (pressurization only) 1 Leak Hunt Team 8 3.4 Prerequisites 3.4.1 Test Equipment required for test is addressed in: 3.4.1.1 Attachment 4, Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout 3.4.1.2 Attachment 5, ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout 3.4.1.3 Attachment 17, Gauge Installation/Removal Sheet NOTE The following tasks should be performed in support of ILRT after entering Mode 5 from power operation (sequence non-critical) unless specifically approved by the Shift Outage Director.PRELIMINARY STEPS 3.4.2 Obtain Work Controls authorization to begin test preparation activities.
3.3.9   Leak Hunt Team Responsible for locating existing leakage paths that effects the Type A test and reporting these to the Test Supervisor.
Work Controls Signature/Date 3.4.3 An organization chart describing Testing Organization, including names, phone numbers and email addresses of personnel supporting preparation, implementation, and restoration activities has been developed and communicated to project team supporting ILRT.Inti l/Initials/Date SP.-1l78 Rev. 30 Page 9 of 207 3.4.4 A "Test Desk" has been designated for control of testing activities during implementation of Section 4.0, activities and phone numbers for the center have been communicated to the SSO, Outage Management, and Work Controls./Initials/Date 3.4.5 As part of ILRT, Test Supervisor(s)
SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                                   Page 8 of 207
SHALL maintain an active log with CR3 Autolog and/or per Attachment 1 (Test Supervisor's Log). The Log SHALL be initiated upon commencement of performance of this procedure.
 
The Log SHALL be used to document those activities NOT documented on existing data sheets/ attachments and should include shift turnovers, ILRT instrumentation/
3.3.10     Recommended Personnel The following list of recommended personnel is provided to aid the test performers in preparation and is only a guideline:
computer failures, compressor failures, fuel oil orders and deliveries, recommendations for procedure enhancements, and any significant events./Initials/Date 3.4.6 Rented portions of ILRT Pressurization System have been received and installed per Attachment 4 (Containment.
Personnel Listing (Per Shift)                 Number Test Supervisor                                   1 Test Engineer                                     1 Operations Lead                                   1 Consulting Engineer                               1 Computer Technician                               1 Equipment Technician (pressurization only)       1 Leak Hunt Team                                   8 3.4         Prerequisites 3.4.1     Test Equipment required for test is addressed in:
Building Pressurization  
3.4.1.1 Attachment 4, Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout 3.4.1.2   Attachment 5, ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout 3.4.1.3   Attachment 17, Gauge Installation/Removal Sheet NOTE The following tasks should be performed in support of ILRT after entering Mode 5 from power operation (sequence non-critical) unless specifically approved by the Shift Outage Director.
/ Depressurization System Installation and Checkout) at Test Supervisor's direction.
PRELIMINARY STEPS 3.4.2     Obtain Work Controls authorization to begin test preparation activities.
/Initials/Date INSTRUMENTATION  
Work Controls Signature/Date 3.4.3     An organization chart describing Testing Organization, including names, phone numbers and email addresses of personnel supporting preparation, implementation, and restoration activities has been developed and communicated to project team supporting ILRT.
& CONTROLS PREREQUISITES 3.4.7 Plant instrumentation required for conduct of ILRT (e.g. tank/sump level instrumentation) listed in Attachment 14 (Control Room Log) is calibrated per calibration program and is available for ILRT.* _ Pressurizer level (RC-001-LIR1)
Inti l/
* _ Pressurizer level (RC-001-LIR3)
Initials/Date SP.-1l78                                     Rev. 30                                 Page 9 of 207
* _ Reactor Building Sump level (WD-222-LI)
 
* _ Reactor Building Sump level (WD-302-LI) 0 OTSG A level (SP-1A-LI1)
3.4.4   A "Test Desk" has been designated for control of testing activities during implementation of Section 4.0, activities and phone numbers for the center have been communicated to the SSO, Outage Management, and Work Controls.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.5   As part of ILRT, Test Supervisor(s) SHALL maintain an active log with CR3 Autolog and/or per Attachment 1 (Test Supervisor's Log). The Log SHALL be initiated upon commencement of performance of this procedure. The Log SHALL be used to document those activities NOT documented on existing data sheets/ attachments and should include shift turnovers, ILRT instrumentation/ computer failures, compressor failures, fuel oil orders and deliveries, recommendations for procedure enhancements, and any significant events.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.6   Rented portions of ILRT Pressurization System have been received and installed per Attachment 4 (Containment. Building Pressurization / Depressurization System Installation and Checkout) at Test Supervisor's direction.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS PREREQUISITES 3.4.7   Plant instrumentation required for conduct of ILRT (e.g. tank/sump level instrumentation) listed in Attachment 14 (Control Room Log) is calibrated per calibration program and is available for ILRT.
* _     Pressurizer level (RC-001-LIR1)
* _     Pressurizer level (RC-001-LIR3)
* _     Reactor Building Sump level (WD-222-LI)
* _     Reactor Building Sump level (WD-302-LI) 0         OTSG A level (SP-1A-LI1)
* OTSG B level (SP-1B-LI1)
* OTSG B level (SP-1B-LI1)
* RCDT level (WD-23-1 1)* Core Flood Tank A level (CF-2-LI1) 0 Core Flood Tank B level (CF-2-L13)
* RCDT level (WD-23-1 1)
/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 10 of 207 3.4.8 Prepare RB instrumentation and equipment for Integrated Containment Leak Rate Test by completing items listed on RB Preparation Checklist, Attachment 2, (Containment Preparation Checklist).
* Core Flood Tank A level (CF-2-LI1) 0         Core Flood Tank B level (CF-2-L13)
/Initials/Date 3.4.9 Termination of ILRT sensor instrument strings inside containment have been completed per Attachment 5, (ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout).
                                                                                          /
Circuit terminations have been "rung out" or otherwise verified to be correct./Initials/Date 3.4.10 Modify LR system tubing to allow adequate flow for the verification test by removing LRV-63 and LRV-69 and installing a tubing jumper./Initials/Date 3.4.11 Secure Radiation Monitors RM-G16, RM-G17 and RM-G18 and associated Radiation Monitoring System) and remove G-M tubes per Attachment 2./Initials/Date 3.4.12 DISCONNECT H2 Analyzer Calibration (Span) Gas bottles (4)/Initials/Date 3.4.13 Installation of temporary calibrated pressure gauges is complete per Attachment 17./Initials/Date MECHANICAL PREREQUISITES 3.4.14 The following Temporary Alterations have been performed in accordance with Attachments listed: Maintenance support of penetration preparations described in Attachments 3 and 4, (e.g. flange removal, temporary pipe hookup, etc.)./Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 11 of 207 3.4.15 Temporary pressurization header has been installed and rented pressurization equipment attached per Work Order instructions and Attachment 4 of this procedure.
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                               Page 10 of 207
/Initials/Date 3.4.16 Plant mechanical equipment protection activities inside containment per Attachment 2, (Containment Preparation Checklist) are complete./Initials/Date ELECTRICAL PREREQUISITES 3.4.17 Plant electrical equipment protection activities inside the containment per Attachment 2 are complete./Initials/Date 3.4.18 Temporary power and lighting requirements at temporary portions of Pressurization System per Attachment 4 are met./Initials/Date TEST SUPERVISOR PREPARATIONS 3.4.19 Verify all permits required for Test Desk and Pressurization Laydown areas have been obtained and posted./Initials/Date 3.4.20 Temporary communications have been provided as determined by Test Supervisor.
 
Record numbers on Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log)./Initials/Date 3.4.21 Tables, chairs, portable ventilation equipment, uninterruptible power supplies have been provided as determined by Test Supervisor.
3.4.8   Prepare RB instrumentation and equipment for Integrated Containment Leak Rate Test by completing items listed on RB Preparation Checklist, Attachment 2, (Containment Preparation Checklist).
/Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 12 of 207 3.4.22 Provide a listing of materials/equipment that should NOT be brought into or left in RB to Containment Coordinator and Shift Outage Director./Initials/Date 3.4.23 VERIFY that all required Environmental Permits/Notifications associated with running the rented diesel-driven air compressors have been dispositioned.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.24 VERIFY installation and checkout portions of Attachment 4, (Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout) are complete and satisfactory.
Initials/Date 3.4.9   Termination of ILRT sensor instrument strings inside containment have been completed per Attachment 5, (ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout). Circuit terminations have been "rung out" or otherwise verified to be correct.
/Initials/Date 3.4.25 VERIFY that installation and calibration of instrumentation for ILRT is completed and properly documented in Attachment 5, (ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout).
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.26 VERIFY "as-installed" certification of ILRT Data Management computer program is completed.
Initials/Date 3.4.10 Modify LR system tubing to allow adequate flow for the verification test by removing LRV-63 and LRV-69 and installing a tubing jumper.
Include certification package in Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.27 A general inspection of accessible interior and exterior surfaces of containment structures and components has been performed.
Initials/Date 3.4.11 Secure Radiation Monitors RM-G16, RM-G17 and RM-G18 and associated Radiation Monitoring System) and remove G-M tubes per Attachment 2.
Any irregularities such as cracking, peeling, delamination, corrosion, and structural deterioration SHALL be recorded and evaluated or repaired as required, prior to conduct of ILRT. Document results in Attachment 10, Containment Building Visual Inspection.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.28 Establish controls (signs) limiting access to periphery of containment during test at RCA Access Points. Access should be limited to personnel authorized by Test Supervisor or Work Controls./Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 13 of 207 3.4.29 Collect available local leak rate test results completed prior to ILRT. Record as-found and as-left results in Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary for calculations.
Initials/Date 3.4.12 DISCONNECT H2 Analyzer Calibration (Span) Gas bottles (4)
/Initials/Date ILRT CONSULTANT PREREQUISITES 3.4.30 The test preparation portions of Attachment 5, ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout are complete:/Initials/Date 3.4.31 The installed ILRT Measurement System meets performance and quality specifications of Attachment 5, Section 1.0./Initials/Date 3.4.32 Calibration and pre-test check information has been entered into Attachment 5, Section 4.0, reviewed and found acceptable.
                                                                                        /
Copies of sensor calibration sheets have been included in Attachment 16, Computer Printouts and Attachments.
Initials/Date 3.4.13 Installation of temporary calibrated pressure gauges is complete per Attachment 17.
/Initials/Date 3.4.33 ILRT Measurement System cabling has been terminated per Section 5.0 of Attachment
                                                                                        /
: 5. Documentation of cable lead landings may be on form in Section 5.0 or using standard plant form such as Enclosure 1 of CP-1 13A, Maintenance Work Performance.
Initials/Date MECHANICAL PREREQUISITES 3.4.14 The following Temporary Alterations have been performed in accordance with Attachments listed:
If WO related form is used, attach copy to Attachment 16 of this procedure.
Maintenance support of penetration preparations described in Attachments 3 and 4, (e.g. flange removal, temporary pipe hookup, etc.).
/Initials/Date 3.4.34 ILRT Measurement System dry-bulb and RH sensors have been placed in containment per Section 6.0 of Attachment 5./Initials/Date 3.4.35 ILRT Measurement System outside containment has been installed and functionally checked per Attachments 5 and 6./Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 14 of 207 3.4.36 ILRT software program has been installed and "As-installed" Certification Package is complete.
                                                                                        /
Attach certification package to Attachment 16./Initials/Date 3.4.37 Beginning at least 24 hours prior to scheduled start of pressurization, perform a tour of containment once a shift to verify containment readiness for testing. Walk-down should catalog remaining items to be removed from containment, or items that must be protected from test pressure.
Initials/Date SP-178                                   Rev. 30                               Page 11 of 207
Provide a list of discrepancies to Shift Outage Director and Containment Coordinator.
 
/Initials/Date 3.4.38 Provide a set of marked-up Flow Diagrams (FD-302) to Work Controls organization illustrating test valve lineups/boundaries.
3.4.15 Temporary pressurization header has been installed and rented pressurization equipment attached per Work Order instructions and Attachment 4 of this procedure.
Review drawings with affected coordinators.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.39 Review of all work orders, clearances, and temporary alterations outstanding or planned for release during ILRT window (plus 24 hours) has been completed.
Initials/Date 3.4.16 Plant mechanical equipment protection activities inside containment per Attachment 2, (Containment Preparation Checklist) are complete.
Review should identify existing and/or potential infringement on test boundaries, equipment operations/losses that could impact plant conditions/stability during ILRT, and ensure Work Control provisions/communication channels are adequate./Initials/Date 3.4.40 Verify that compressors and associated air handling equipment are setup per Attachment 4, Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout./Initials/Date OPERATIONS PREREQUISITES 3.4.41 Setup a Trend Report on plant computer to monitor levels in MCR Log per Attachment 14, Control Room Log every 15 minutes during test. Set plant computer to collect data on 15 minute intervals, and print reports on the hour./Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 15 of 207 3.4.42 Verify pressurizer level between 100 to 140 inches prior to performing ILRT to compensate for level changes during pressurization.
                                                                                        /
Pressurizer level must be within indicating range during ILRT./Initials/Date 3.4.43 Verify RCDT (WDT-5) is pumped below < 95inches.
Initials/Date ELECTRICAL PREREQUISITES 3.4.17 Plant electrical equipment protection activities inside the containment per Attachment 2 are complete.
Use OP-407J, Operations of the Reactor Coolant Drain Tank as necessary.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.44 Plant stability is critical during the ILRT. Avoid any activity that changes containment volume during Stabilization, Hold Test and Verification Test phases./Initials/Date NOTE For the purpose of the ILRT, Steam Generator levels are acceptable anywhere from the normal range to the 400" mark specified below.3.4.45 The Steam Generator's (RCSG 1A / 1 B) secondary side may be placed in the following ILRT Layup condition:
Initials/Date 3.4.18 Temporary power and lighting requirements at temporary portions of Pressurization System per Attachment 4 are met.
3.4.45.1 Steam Generators drained to just below the Main Steam lines (approximately 400" on the full range instrument).
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.45.2 Main Steam Lines Al, A2, B1, and B2 drained./Initials/Date 3.4.46 Reactor coolant temperature is being controlled via Decay Heat to within +/- 2&deg;F of any temperature selected by the Control Room Supervisor when pressurization starts./Initials/Date 3.4.47 Perform the following system alignments as soon as practical prior to their related phases: 3.4.47.1 Attachment 3A, ILRT Valve Lineup Prior to Pressurization.
Initials/Date TEST SUPERVISOR PREPARATIONS 3.4.19 Verify all permits required for Test Desk and Pressurization Laydown areas have been obtained and posted.
/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 16 of 207 3.4.47.2 Attachment 3B, ILRT Valve Lineup Prior to Stabilization (NOT required prior to starting compressors).
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.47.3 Attachment 3C, ILRT Special Valve Lineups. Completion REQUIRED before starting compressors.
Initials/Date 3.4.20 Temporary communications have been provided as determined by Test Supervisor.
/Initials/Date 3.4.47.4 Attachment 3D, Supplementary ILRT Valve Lineups./Initials/Date 3.4.47.5 Attachment 3E, Breaker List./Initials/Date 3.4.48 Secure Reactor Building Cooling Units per OP-417./Initials/Date 3.4.49 Record Decay Heat Removal Loop in operation:
Record numbers on Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).
/Initials/Date FINAL PREPARATIONS 3.4.50 Inspect Personnel and Equipment Hatch air lock doors. Door seals and mating surfaces SHALL be clean and in acceptable condition.
                                                                                        /
Close inner doors of personnel and equipment air locks. Outer doors will remain open to prevent excessive equalization time if there is a small leak into air lock./Initials/Date 3.4.51 HPI is tagged out and the system has been bypassed to prevent actuation from an inadvertent RBIC signal during containment pressurization.
Initials/Date 3.4.21 Tables, chairs, portable ventilation equipment, uninterruptible power supplies have been provided as determined by Test Supervisor.
/Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 17 of 207  
                                                                                        /
.NOTE AI-504, Shutdown Guidelines requires one Reactor Building Cooling Unit to be available in Shutdown Condition
Initials/Date SP-178                                     Rev. 30                               Page 12 of 207
: 4. Due to the higher density of compressed air during ILRT conditions, the cooling unit is required to be temporarily modified with flow baffles and 129 Amp overloads for it to be considered available.
 
Reference ED 62366.3.4.52 Ensure one Reactor Building Cooling Unit has been temporarily modified per Attachment 2 such that it remains available per AI-504, Shutdown Guidelines.
3.4.22 Provide a listing of materials/equipment that should NOT be brought into or left in RB to Containment Coordinator and Shift Outage Director.
Indicate below which unit has been modified and NOTIFY the SSO which cooling unit is considered available.
                                                                                        /
AHF-1A (ES-MCC-3A2, Unit 1B) [] N/A AHF-1 B (ES-MCC-3B3-Unit 6AN) [] N/A AHF-1C (ES-MCC-3AB, Unit 1B) [ ] N/A SSO Notified/Initials/Date 3.4.53 All electrical equipment should be de-energized within containment, except for those services required.
Initials/Date 3.4.23 VERIFY that all required Environmental Permits/Notifications associated with running the rented diesel-driven air compressors have been dispositioned.
Refer to Attachment 3E./Initials/Date 3.4.54 VERIFY that a review of on-going work and clearances on or around RB with Outage Work Control organization has been completed by the Test Supervisor AND ILRT Consultant, and any potential interferences with the test or breaches of testing lineups have been resolved./Initials/Date 3.4.55 REVIEW Attachment 8, Valve Lineup Alteration Log. Verify any lineup alterations have been satisfactorily resolved./Initials/Date 3.4.56 REVIEW Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary to verify actual penetration status entering ILRT is accurately reflected.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 18 of 207 3.4.57 Conduct a phase-specific briefing for Control Room personnel prior to commencement of Pressurization Phase./Initials/Date 3.4.58 A final closeout inspection has been made by ILRT Test Supervisor or Designee to ensure: 3.4.58.1 All containment temporary equipment that contains supplies of compressed gases has been removed or vented./Initials/Date 3.4.58.2 NO significant fire hazards have been identified in containment.
Initials/Date 3.4.24 VERIFY installation and checkout portions of Attachment 4, (Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout) are complete and satisfactory.
/Initials/Date 3.4.58.3 Any water standing on Containment Building floors or low spots has been removed and areas left dry if practical.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.59 The RB sump has been pumped down to its minimum level within the indicating range of WD-222-LI.
Initials/Date 3.4.25 VERIFY that installation and calibration of instrumentation for ILRT is completed and properly documented in Attachment 5, (ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout).
/Initials/Date 3.4.60 Align Leak Rate Test System air compressor discharge header for Pressurization per Table 1 of Attachment
                                                                                        /
: 4. START compressors when notified by ILRT Test Supervisor.
Initials/Date 3.4.26 VERIFY "as-installed" certification of ILRT Data Management computer program is completed. Include certification package in Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).
/Initials/Date 3.4.61 Pressurization may begin prior to completion of valve alignments providing Test Supervisor has verified: 3.4.61.1 Component manipulations and/or visual verifications associated with components inside containment on Attachments 3A, 3C, 3D and 3E are complete./Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 19 of 207 3.4.61.2 Attachment 3C, (SYSTEM: NG, N2 to NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT) system piping venting is complete./Initials/Date 3.4.61.3 Attachment 3C, (SYSTEM: IA, INSTRUMENT AIR) depressurizing Instrument Air header is complete./Initials/Date 3.4.61.4 Containment portions of Attachment 2 are complete./Initials/Date 3.4.61.5 Installation of ILRT Measurement System inside RB is complete per Attachment 5./Initials/Date 3.4.61.6 Containment Inspection is complete in its entirety, or intent of containment inspection requirements as stated in Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program have been met./Initials/Date 3.4.61.7 Test Supervisor has reviewed Attachment 8, Valve Lineup Alteration Log to ensure that all components inside containment are in their Test Position, or have been satisfactorily dispositioned.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 3.4.61.8 Review of all outstanding work orders, clearances and temporary alterations have been completed at least to the extent that Test Supervisor, Outage Management or Operations interface are satisfied that NO obstacles to closing out of containment/performing the test exist./Initials/Date 3.4.62 Final walkdown/closeout inspection of containment has been satisfactorily completed.
Initials/Date 3.4.27 A general inspection of accessible interior and exterior surfaces of containment structures and components has been performed. Any irregularities such as cracking, peeling, delamination, corrosion, and structural deterioration SHALL be recorded and evaluated or repaired as required, prior to conduct of ILRT. Document results in Attachment 10, Containment Building Visual Inspection.
/Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 20 of 207 3.4.63 Notify Chemistry to take RB air sample e.g. RM-A6 prior to pressurization.
                                                                                        /
This sample is to be used to prepare release permit for the verification (imposed) leak test and depressurizing containment after ILRT./Initials/Date 3.4.64 Establish communications between ILRT Test Desk, Main Control Room, and air compressors.
Initials/Date 3.4.28 Establish controls (signs) limiting access to periphery of containment during test at RCA Access Points. Access should be limited to personnel authorized by Test Supervisor or Work Controls.
/Initials/Date 3.4.65 Verify containment temporary power/lighting has been isolated./Initials/Date 3.4.66 Verify all personnel are clear of the RB. Evacuate all personnel from RB by making the following announcement twice: "ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL IN THE REACTOR BUILDING ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL IN THE REACTOR BUILDING, ILRT PREPARATIONS ARE COMPLETE.
                                                                                        /
ALL PERSONNEL EXIT THE CONTAINMENT AT THIS TIME."/Initials/Date 3.4.67 Prior to RB pressurization, have Operations Department sound the RB evacuation alarm, Health Physics review all sign-in sheets and Security review computer logs to verify reactor containment has been evacuated by all personnel.
Initials/Date SP-178                                   Rev. 30                               Page 13 of 207
Have each department Initial/Date below: INITIALS / DATE Operation Department Sound Evacuation Alarm Health Physics Dept. Sign-in Sheet ./ Computer Logs Verification Security Review of Containment Access Computer Logs 3.4.68 Close out the Containment Building as follows: 3.4.68.1 Equipment Hatch Resilient Seals a. Verify RB Equipment Hatch is installed.
 
/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 21 of 207
3.4.29   Collect available local leak rate test results completed prior to ILRT. Record as-found and as-left results in Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary for calculations.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date ILRT CONSULTANT PREREQUISITES 3.4.30   The test preparation portions of Attachment 5, ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout are complete:
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.31   The installed ILRT Measurement System meets performance and quality specifications of Attachment 5, Section 1.0.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.32   Calibration and pre-test check information has been entered into Attachment 5, Section 4.0, reviewed and found acceptable. Copies of sensor calibration sheets have been included in Attachment 16, Computer Printouts and Attachments.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.33   ILRT Measurement System cabling has been terminated per Section 5.0 of Attachment
: 5. Documentation of cable lead landings may be on form in Section 5.0 or using standard plant form such as Enclosure 1 of CP-1 13A, Maintenance Work Performance. If WO related form is used, attach copy to Attachment 16 of this procedure.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.34   ILRT Measurement System dry-bulb and RH sensors have been placed in containment per Section 6.0 of Attachment 5.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.35   ILRT Measurement System outside containment has been installed and functionally checked per Attachments 5 and 6.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date SP-178                                     Rev. 30                               Page 14 of 207
 
3.4.36 ILRT software program has been installed and "As-installed" Certification Package is complete. Attach certification package to Attachment 16.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.37 Beginning at least 24 hours prior to scheduled start of pressurization, perform a tour of containment once a shift to verify containment readiness for testing. Walk-down should catalog remaining items to be removed from containment, or items that must be protected from test pressure. Provide a list of discrepancies to Shift Outage Director and Containment Coordinator.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.38 Provide a set of marked-up Flow Diagrams (FD-302) to Work Controls organization illustrating test valve lineups/boundaries. Review drawings with affected coordinators.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.39 Review of all work orders, clearances, and temporary alterations outstanding or planned for release during ILRT window (plus 24 hours) has been completed. Review should identify existing and/or potential infringement on test boundaries, equipment operations/losses that could impact plant conditions/stability during ILRT, and ensure Work Control provisions/communication channels are adequate.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 3.4.40 Verify that compressors and associated air handling equipment are setup per Attachment 4, Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date OPERATIONS PREREQUISITES 3.4.41 Setup a Trend Report on plant computer to monitor levels in MCR Log per Attachment 14, Control Room Log every 15 minutes during test. Set plant computer to collect data on 15 minute intervals, and print reports on the hour.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                               Page 15 of 207
 
3.4.42     Verify pressurizer level between 100 to 140 inches prior to performing ILRT to compensate for level changes during pressurization. Pressurizer level must be within indicating range during ILRT.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 3.4.43     Verify RCDT (WDT-5) is pumped below < 95inches. Use OP-407J, Operations of the Reactor Coolant Drain Tank as necessary.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 3.4.44     Plant stability is critical during the ILRT. Avoid any activity that changes containment volume during Stabilization, Hold Test and Verification Test phases.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date NOTE For the purpose of the ILRT, Steam Generator levels are acceptable anywhere from the normal range to the 400" mark specified below.
3.4.45     The Steam Generator's (RCSG 1A / 1B) secondary side may be placed in the following ILRT Layup condition:
3.4.45.1       Steam Generators drained to just below the Main Steam lines (approximately 400" on the full range instrument).
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 3.4.45.2 Main Steam Lines Al, A2, B1, and B2 drained.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 3.4.46     Reactor coolant temperature is being controlled via Decay Heat to within +/- 2&deg;F of any temperature selected by the Control Room Supervisor when pressurization starts.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 3.4.47     Perform the following system alignments as soon as practical prior to their related phases:
3.4.47.1     Attachment 3A, ILRT Valve Lineup Prior to Pressurization.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                         Rev. 30                                 Page 16 of 207
 
3.4.47.2   Attachment 3B, ILRT Valve Lineup Prior to Stabilization (NOT required prior to starting compressors).
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.47.3   Attachment 3C, ILRT Special Valve Lineups. Completion REQUIRED before starting compressors.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.47.4     Attachment 3D, Supplementary ILRT Valve Lineups.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.47.5     Attachment 3E, Breaker List.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.48   Secure Reactor Building Cooling Units per OP-417.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.49   Record Decay Heat Removal Loop in operation:
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date FINAL PREPARATIONS 3.4.50   Inspect Personnel and Equipment Hatch air lock doors. Door seals and mating surfaces SHALL be clean and in acceptable condition. Close inner doors of personnel and equipment air locks. Outer doors will remain open to prevent excessive equalization time if there is a small leak into air lock.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.51   HPI is tagged out and the system has been bypassed to prevent actuation from an inadvertent RBIC signal during containment pressurization.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date SP-178                                     Rev. 30                             Page 17 of 207
 
                                              . NOTE AI-504, Shutdown Guidelines requires one Reactor Building Cooling Unit to be available in Shutdown Condition 4. Due to the higher density of compressed air during ILRT conditions, the cooling unit is required to be temporarily modified with flow baffles and 129 Amp overloads for it to be considered available. Reference ED 62366.
3.4.52     Ensure one Reactor Building Cooling Unit has been temporarily modified per Attachment 2 such that it remains available per AI-504, Shutdown Guidelines. Indicate below which unit has been modified and NOTIFY the SSO which cooling unit is considered available.
AHF-1A (ES-MCC-3A2, Unit 1B)                     [] N/A AHF-1 B (ES-MCC-3B3-Unit 6AN)                   [] N/A AHF-1C (ES-MCC-3AB, Unit 1B)                     [ ] N/A SSO Notified
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 3.4.53     All electrical equipment should be de-energized within containment, except for those services required. Refer to Attachment 3E.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 3.4.54     VERIFY that a review of on-going work and clearances on or around RB with Outage Work Control organization has been completed by the Test Supervisor AND ILRT Consultant, and any potential interferences with the test or breaches of testing lineups have been resolved.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 3.4.55     REVIEW Attachment 8, Valve Lineup Alteration Log. Verify any lineup alterations have been satisfactorily resolved.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 3.4.56     REVIEW Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary to verify actual penetration status entering ILRT is accurately reflected.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                                 Page 18 of 207
 
3.4.57 Conduct a phase-specific briefing for Control Room personnel prior to commencement of Pressurization Phase.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.58 A final closeout inspection has been made by ILRT Test Supervisor or Designee to ensure:
3.4.58.1     All containment temporary equipment that contains supplies of compressed gases has been removed or vented.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.58.2     NO significant fire hazards have been identified in containment.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.58.3     Any water standing on Containment Building floors or low spots has been removed and areas left dry if practical.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.59 The RB sump has been pumped down to its minimum level within the indicating range of WD-222-LI.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.60 Align Leak Rate Test System air compressor discharge header for Pressurization per Table 1 of Attachment 4. START compressors when notified by ILRT Test Supervisor.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61 Pressurization may begin prior to completion of valve alignments providing Test Supervisor has verified:
3.4.61.1   Component manipulations and/or visual verifications associated with components inside containment on Attachments 3A, 3C, 3D and 3E are complete.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                               Page 19 of 207
 
3.4.61.2 Attachment 3C, (SYSTEM: NG, N2 to NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT) system piping venting is complete.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61.3 Attachment 3C, (SYSTEM: IA, INSTRUMENT AIR) depressurizing Instrument Air header is complete.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61.4   Containment portions of Attachment 2 are complete.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61.5 Installation of ILRT Measurement System inside RB is complete per Attachment 5.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61.6 Containment Inspection is complete in its entirety, or intent of containment inspection requirements as stated in Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program have been met.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61.7 Test Supervisor has reviewed Attachment 8, Valve Lineup Alteration Log to ensure that all components inside containment are in their Test Position, or have been satisfactorily dispositioned.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.61.8 Review of all outstanding work orders, clearances and temporary alterations have been completed at least to the extent that Test Supervisor, Outage Management or Operations interface are satisfied that NO obstacles to closing out of containment/performing the test exist.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.62 Final walkdown/closeout inspection of containment has been satisfactorily completed.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date SP-178                                 Rev. 30                                 Page 20 of 207
 
3.4.63   Notify Chemistry to take RB air sample e.g. RM-A6 prior to pressurization. This sample is to be used to prepare release permit for the verification (imposed) leak test and depressurizing containment after ILRT.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.64   Establish communications between ILRT Test Desk, Main Control Room, and air compressors.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.65 Verify containment temporary power/lighting has been isolated.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.66 Verify all personnel are clear of the RB. Evacuate all personnel from RB by making the following announcement twice:
        "ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL IN THE REACTOR BUILDING ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL IN THE REACTOR BUILDING, ILRT PREPARATIONS ARE COMPLETE. ALL PERSONNEL EXIT THE CONTAINMENT AT THIS TIME."
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 3.4.67 Prior to RB pressurization, have Operations Department sound the RB evacuation alarm, Health Physics review all sign-in sheets and Security review computer logs to verify reactor containment has been evacuated by all personnel. Have each department Initial/Date below:
INITIALS / DATE Operation Department Sound Evacuation Alarm Health Physics Dept. Sign-in Sheet ./ Computer Logs Verification Security Review of Containment Access Computer Logs 3.4.68 Close out the Containment Building as follows:
3.4.68.1 Equipment Hatch Resilient Seals
: a. Verify RB Equipment Hatch is installed.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                               Page 21 of 207
: b. Verify RB Equipment Hatch seal test (SP-179B, Pen-222) following installation was acceptable.
: b. Verify RB Equipment Hatch seal test (SP-179B, Pen-222) following installation was acceptable.
/Initials/Date 3.4.68.2 Equipment Hatch Air Lock.a. Verify outer door OPEN I /Initials/Date
                                                                                            /
: b. Close and lock inner door of Airlock./Initials/Date 3.4.68.3 Personnel Airlock.a. Verify outer door OPEN.Initials/Date
Initials/Date 3.4.68.2 Equipment Hatch Air Lock.
: b. Close and lock inner door of Airlock./Initials/Date NOTE Seal testing of airlock doors can occur as soon as the door is secured to traffic/locked (e.g., the Equipment Hatch Lock). Testing of the Personnel Hatch Door Seals can occur 12-18 hours earlier at the ILRT Supervisor's direction, and need not be repeated if the pre-closing inspection of the seals/seating surface shows no signs of damage. IF there is any reason to suspect the performance of the door seals, THEN perform the leak test, 3.4.69 SP-430, Containment Airlock Seal Leakage Test has been successfully performed for the inner door seal./Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 22 of 207 3.5 Limits and Precautions 3.5.1 The Containment Integrated Leak Rate Test is considered an Infrequently Performed Test or Evolution (IPTE). This test will require additional oversight to promote event free operation through a heightened level of awareness.
: a. Verify outer door OPEN I/
Shift briefings must be conducted prior to actual test commencement in accordance with AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions.
Initials/Date
3.5.2 For performance of this critical infrequently performed test the Manager, Engineering or designee has overall responsibility for the oversight of this test, including briefing the operating and test personnel with management expectations prior to performance of the infrequently performed test.3.5.3 Containment isolation valves that will be tested by the ILRT shall be closed using the normal mode of force without any preliminary exercising or adjustments. (No manual tightening of automatic valves after closure by normal means.) Alternate means of closure may be used provided they are documented and are equivalent to normal means. This precaution does not apply to valves in penetrations for which a Type C penalty is being applied to the ILRT results.3.5.4 If the test results exceed the performance criteria (La) as defined in TS, those exceedances must be assessed for Emergency Notification System reporting under 10 CFR 50.72.3.5.5 Work to be performed in Auxiliary or Intermediate Building during the ILRT must be coordinated through the Shift Outage Director.3.5.6 No instrument or logic tests that could affect the ILRT or supporting systems should be performed during the ILRT. If required, the Shift Outage Director and the Test Supervisor shall review the work activity to determine if it could affect the ILRT test.3.5.7 Containment Building pressure is to be increased or decreased only at the direction of the ILRT Test Supervisor.
: b. Close and lock inner door of Airlock.
3.5.8 Test pressure during the Stabilization and ILRT phases must equal or exceed 0.96 Pa (_> 52.1 psig). Containment pressure shall NOT exceed Pd (55.0 psig) during any test phase. Pressure may drop below this limit during the Verification Test phase.3.5.9 The pressurization/depressurization rate shall be regulated to limit pressure changes to not more than 15 psig/hr. This is to prevent a large differential pressure across RB components such as insulation, electrical box covers, light bulbs, paint, etc.3.5.10 During pressurization of the containment, periodic surveillance of the containment and penetrations should be maintained.
                                                                                              /
Any unusual conditions noted SHALL be immediately reported to the ILRT Test Supervisor.
Initials/Date 3.4.68.3 Personnel Airlock.
A determination of the condition will then be made.SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 23 of 207 3.5.11 NO leakage path SHALL be isolated without the approval of the ILRT Test Supervisor.
: a. Verify outer door OPEN.
Prior to or during the test any leaks which are repaired or valve lineups which are altered SHALL be listed in Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Any leakage penalties for the above will be documented on Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
Initials/Date
Additional guidance is provided in Section 2.0 of Attachment 11.3.5.12 During pressurization for the ILRT the outer airlock doors on the Personnel Hatch (RAX-1) and Equipment Hatch (RAX-2) are left open. If leakage checks of the inner doors indicates excessive leakage into the airlocks it is permissible to accelerate airlock pressurization by closing the outer doors and pressurizing the airlock with air as directed in SP-181, Containment Air Lock Test to within 0.5 psig below the planned final test pressure, accounting for gauge accuracy per Section 6.0 of Attachment 11, CONTINGENCIES.
: b. Close and lock inner door of Airlock.
If pressurization of the airlock is chosen, leak check the outer doors and outboard boundary components using a soap bubble test solution such as Leaktec. If tight, isolate and remove air source once pressure has been reached. If excessive leakage is observed proceed per the guidance in Step 3.5.13.3.5.13 EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE: Leakage discovered during leak searches or routine operations while containment is at pressure must be reported to ILRT Test Supervisor for evaluation, AND unless leakage is a personnel safety hazard, it must NOT be adjusted or isolated without specific direction from ILRT Test Supervisor.
                                                                                            /
ANY adjustment to a leaking containment boundary may result in test failure, therefore when leakage is identified, ILRT Test Supervisor will consider the options listed on Attachment 11.3.5.14 UNEXPECTED RESPONSE: ILRT is a complex evolution involving temporary test equipment and several plant systems. Unexpected responses/alarms/plant indications can include sensor failure or erratic behavior; fire/smoke alarms, misleading indications of excessive leakage; loss of or erratic level indication; unplanned rapid depressurization through a failed component, or failure to pressurize due to valve/flange alignment problems.
Initials/Date NOTE Seal testing of airlock doors can occur as soon as the door is secured to traffic/locked (e.g., the Equipment Hatch Lock). Testing of the Personnel Hatch Door Seals can occur 12-18 hours earlier at the ILRT Supervisor's direction, and need not be repeated if the pre-closing inspection of the seals/seating surface shows no signs of damage. IF there is any reason to suspect the performance of the door seals, THEN perform the leak test, 3.4.69       SP-430, Containment Airlock Seal Leakage Test has been successfully performed for the inner door seal.
IF any of these conditions are encountered during the test, THEN establish the Safe Condition for the test mode and assess plant/test conditions.
                                                                                            /
Refer to Attachment 11.3.5.15 SAFE CONDITIONS  
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                         Rev. 30                               Page 22 of 207
& TEST ABORT CRITERIA: Operations, or ILRT Test Supervisor may decide to abort ILRT if plant conditions, test conditions, or test results warrant. Attachment 11, Contingencies addresses actions for various phases of the test, safe conditions for each, and appropriate abort plans.3.5.16 Maintain the Reactor Coolant System level and temperature stable. Containment leakage rate results are sensitive to factors which change the net free volume of the containment.
 
Changes in level and temperature may affect containment leakage rates during critical portions of the ILRT, impacting results and/or test schedule.3.5.17 The ILRT Test Supervisor shall be notified of any RB sump high level alarms to assist in analysis of leakage sources.SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 24 of 207 3.5.18 Communications must be established between key ILRT locations prior to the start of pressurization, and shall be available between the ILRT Test Desk and the Control Room at all times during the test.3.5.19 Preparation for ILRT may begin prior to the plant entering Mode 5. Containment integrity SHALL be maintained in Modes 1, 2, 3 and 4 in accordance with applicable portions of Technical Specification 3.6.3.5.20 Do not leave any portion of the secondary system inside containment vented to the containment atmosphere.
3.5     Limits and Precautions 3.5.1   The Containment Integrated Leak Rate Test is considered an Infrequently Performed Test or Evolution (IPTE). This test will require additional oversight to promote event free operation through a heightened level of awareness. Shift briefings must be conducted prior to actual test commencement in accordance with AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions.
3.5.21 Do NOT use any jumper leads without insulated connections.
3.5.2   For performance of this critical infrequently performed test the Manager, Engineering or designee has overall responsibility for the oversight of this test, including briefing the operating and test personnel with management expectations prior to performance of the infrequently performed test.
3.5.22 The ILRT Test Supervisor SHALL verify prior to the test that there is NO significant fire hazard in containment.
3.5.3   Containment isolation valves that will be tested by the ILRT shall be closed using the normal mode of force without any preliminary exercising or adjustments. (No manual tightening of automatic valves after closure by normal means.) Alternate means of closure may be used provided they are documented and are equivalent to normal means. This precaution does not apply to valves in penetrations for which a Type C penalty is being applied to the ILRT results.
3.5.23 Temperature limits for Reactor Containment atmosphere SHALL NOT be exceeded.Limits are > 60'F and < 130 0 F.3.5.24 Test Tags may be used on plant equipment.
3.5.4   Ifthe test results exceed the performance criteria (La) as defined in TS, those exceedances must be assessed for Emergency Notification System reporting under 10 CFR 50.72.
These tags are used to indicate that a component has been aligned to a certain configuration in support of ILRT.3.5.25 Individual steps may be omitted or performed out of order at discretion of ILRT Test Supervisor, marked N/A, and explained in Attachment 7, Test Exception Log.3.5.26 At the direction of the Operations Lead, valve alignment may be performed out of order. Any deviation SHALL be documented on Attachment 8.3.5.27 CR3 Safety Representative will specify approved hearing protection in test areas (adjacent to the air compressors, air charging piping, pressurization lines, and depressurization lines) during pressurization AND depressurization operations.
3.5.5   Work to be performed in Auxiliary or Intermediate Building during the ILRT must be coordinated through the Shift Outage Director.
3.5.28 NO data point is to be rejected on a purely statistical basis. Apparent outliers will be investigated for physical or measurement system problems.
3.5.6   No instrument or logic tests that could affect the ILRT or supporting systems should be performed during the ILRT. If required, the Shift Outage Director and the Test Supervisor shall review the work activity to determine if it could affect the ILRT test.
Individual sensor performance graphs and sensor deviation/failure criteria, provided by ILRT computer program, will be used to evaluate sensor performance and to provide basis for sensor deletion.
3.5.7   Containment Building pressure is to be increased or decreased only at the direction of the ILRT Test Supervisor.
Raw data for deleted sensors will continue to be recorded if possible, but NOT used, throughout the test.3.5.29 Containment entry is permissible when containment is pressurized per OP-417, Containment Operating Procedure.
3.5.8   Test pressure during the Stabilization and ILRT phases must equal or exceed 0.96 Pa
3.5.30 IF a containment entry is required prior to 12 psig, THEN an EMT SHALL be available.
(_>52.1 psig). Containment pressure shall NOT exceed Pd (55.0 psig) during any test phase. Pressure may drop below this limit during the Verification Test phase.
NO personnel SHALL be allowed to enter containment above 12 psig without permission of the Plant General Manager.IF entries at pressure are required, THEN Safety SHALL be contacted to ensure compliance with requirements of OSHA regulations (29CFR1926.804, Subpart S, Appendix A).SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 25 of 207 3.6 Acceptance Criteria 3.6.1 As-Found Type A test leakage rate must be less than the acceptance criterion of 1.0 La given in Plant Technical Specifications AND As-Left Type A test results at the 95% UCL are less than or equal to 75%La.3.6.2 Test results exceeding 0.25 wt%/day (1.0 La) must be referred to the Engineering Manager for assessment under the Emergency Notification System reporting requirements of 10CFR 50.72.3.7 Setpoints None SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 26 of 207 4.0 4.1 INSTRUCTIONS Initial Conditions Plant is shutdown in Mode 5.4.1.1/Initials/Date Perform an IPTE briefing in accordance with AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions.
3.5.9   The pressurization/depressurization rate shall be regulated to limit pressure changes to not more than 15 psig/hr. This is to prevent a large differential pressure across RB components such as insulation, electrical box covers, light bulbs, paint, etc.
IPTE briefing has been completed for each new shift.4.1.2 Shift IPTE or Designee/Date Shift IPTE or Designee/Date Shift IPTE or Designee/Date Shift IPTE or Designee/Date 4.1.3 OBTAIN permission from SSO or Designee to perform test./SSO/Designee
3.5.10 During pressurization of the containment, periodic surveillance of the containment and penetrations should be maintained. Any unusual conditions noted SHALL be immediately reported to the ILRT Test Supervisor. A determination of the condition will then be made.
/ Date 4.1.4 The Test Supervisor has verified all Prerequisites and Precautions and Limitations have been reviewed and/or satisfactorily completed.
SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                                   Page 23 of 207
/Test Supervisor
 
/ Date 4.2 4.2.1 Pressurization of Reactor Containment Data Collection:
3.5.11 NO leakage path SHALL be isolated without the approval of the ILRT Test Supervisor.
Prior to or during the test any leaks which are repaired or valve lineups which are altered SHALL be listed in Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Any leakage penalties for the above will be documented on Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary). Additional guidance is provided in Section 2.0 of Attachment 11.
3.5.12   During pressurization for the ILRT the outer airlock doors on the Personnel Hatch (RAX-1) and Equipment Hatch (RAX-2) are left open. If leakage checks of the inner doors indicates excessive leakage into the airlocks it is permissible to accelerate airlock pressurization by closing the outer doors and pressurizing the airlock with air as directed in SP-181, Containment Air Lock Test to within 0.5 psig below the planned final test pressure, accounting for gauge accuracy per Section 6.0 of Attachment 11, CONTINGENCIES. If pressurization of the airlock is chosen, leak check the outer doors and outboard boundary components using a soap bubble test solution such as Leaktec. Iftight, isolate and remove air source once pressure has been reached. If excessive leakage is observed proceed per the guidance in Step 3.5.13.
3.5.13 EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE:
Leakage discovered during leak searches or routine operations while containment is at pressure must be reported to ILRT Test Supervisor for evaluation, AND unless leakage is a personnel safety hazard, it must NOT be adjusted or isolated without specific direction from ILRT Test Supervisor. ANY adjustment to a leaking containment boundary may result in test failure, therefore when leakage is identified, ILRT Test Supervisor will consider the options listed on Attachment 11.
3.5.14 UNEXPECTED RESPONSE:
ILRT is a complex evolution involving temporary test equipment and several plant systems. Unexpected responses/alarms/plant indications can include sensor failure or erratic behavior; fire/smoke alarms, misleading indications of excessive leakage; loss of or erratic level indication; unplanned rapid depressurization through a failed component, or failure to pressurize due to valve/flange alignment problems. IF any of these conditions are encountered during the test, THEN establish the Safe Condition for the test mode and assess plant/test conditions. Refer to Attachment 11.
3.5.15 SAFE CONDITIONS & TEST ABORT CRITERIA:
Operations, or ILRT Test Supervisor may decide to abort ILRT if plant conditions, test conditions, or test results warrant. Attachment 11, Contingencies addresses actions for various phases of the test, safe conditions for each, and appropriate abort plans.
3.5.16 Maintain the Reactor Coolant System level and temperature stable. Containment leakage rate results are sensitive to factors which change the net free volume of the containment. Changes in level and temperature may affect containment leakage rates during critical portions of the ILRT, impacting results and/or test schedule.
3.5.17 The ILRT Test Supervisor shall be notified of any RB sump high level alarms to assist in analysis of leakage sources.
SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                                 Page 24 of 207
 
3.5.18 Communications must be established between key ILRT locations prior to the start of pressurization, and shall be available between the ILRT Test Desk and the Control Room at all times during the test.
3.5.19 Preparation for ILRT may begin prior to the plant entering Mode 5. Containment integrity SHALL be maintained in Modes 1, 2, 3 and 4 in accordance with applicable portions of Technical Specification 3.6.
3.5.20 Do not leave any portion of the secondary system inside containment vented to the containment atmosphere.
3.5.21 Do NOT use any jumper leads without insulated connections.
3.5.22 The ILRT Test Supervisor SHALL verify prior to the test that there is NO significant fire hazard in containment.
3.5.23 Temperature limits for Reactor Containment atmosphere SHALL NOT be exceeded.
Limits are > 60'F and < 130 0F.
3.5.24 Test Tags may be used on plant equipment. These tags are used to indicate that a component has been aligned to a certain configuration in support of ILRT.
3.5.25 Individual steps may be omitted or performed out of order at discretion of ILRT Test Supervisor, marked N/A, and explained in Attachment 7, Test Exception Log.
3.5.26 At the direction of the Operations Lead, valve alignment may be performed out of order. Any deviation SHALL be documented on Attachment 8.
3.5.27 CR3 Safety Representative will specify approved hearing protection in test areas (adjacent to the air compressors, air charging piping, pressurization lines, and depressurization lines) during pressurization AND depressurization operations.
3.5.28 NO data point is to be rejected on a purely statistical basis. Apparent outliers will be investigated for physical or measurement system problems. Individual sensor performance graphs and sensor deviation/failure criteria, provided by ILRT computer program, will be used to evaluate sensor performance and to provide basis for sensor deletion. Raw data for deleted sensors will continue to be recorded if possible, but NOT used, throughout the test.
3.5.29 Containment entry is permissible when containment is pressurized per OP-417, Containment Operating Procedure.
3.5.30 IF a containment entry is required prior to 12 psig, THEN an EMT SHALL be available. NO personnel SHALL be allowed to enter containment above 12 psig without permission of the Plant General Manager.
IF entries at pressure are required, THEN Safety SHALL be contacted to ensure compliance with requirements of OSHA regulations (29CFR1926.804, Subpart S, Appendix A).
SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                                 Page 25 of 207
 
3.6     Acceptance Criteria 3.6.1   As-Found Type A test leakage rate must be less than the acceptance criterion of 1.0 La given in Plant Technical Specifications AND As-Left Type A test results at the 95% UCL are less than or equal to 75%La.
3.6.2   Test results exceeding 0.25 wt%/day (1.0 La) must be referred to the Engineering Manager for assessment under the Emergency Notification System reporting requirements of 10CFR 50.72.
3.7     Setpoints None SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                             Page 26 of 207
 
4.0     INSTRUCTIONS 4.1     Initial Conditions 4.1.1  Plant is shutdown in Mode 5.
                                                                                      /
Initials/Date 4.1.Perform an IPTE briefing in accordance with AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions. IPTE briefing has been completed for each new shift.
Shift                   IPTE or Designee/Date Shift                   IPTE or Designee/Date Shift                   IPTE or Designee/Date Shift                   IPTE or Designee/Date 4.1.3   OBTAIN permission from SSO or Designee to perform test.
                                            /
SSO/Designee                     /     Date 4.1.4   The Test Supervisor has verified all Prerequisites and Precautions and Limitations have been reviewed and/or satisfactorily completed.
                                            /
Test Supervisor                     /     Date 4.2     Pressurization of Reactor Containment 4.2.1   Data Collection:
4.2.1.1 Record ambient pressure at the start of pressurization:
4.2.1.1 Record ambient pressure at the start of pressurization:
Ambient pressure =Gauge serial #:__ psia Cal due date:/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev.' 30 Page. 27 of 207 4.2.1.2 Record initial pressure on test gauges listed on Attachment 17 and Attachment
Ambient pressure =         __  psia Gauge serial #:             Cal due date:
: 18. Record pressure readings from test gauges installed on plant equipment in Attachment 17 every thirty minutes until containment reaches 12 psig, at one hour intervals thereafter until end of pressurization, and stabilization, or as directed by Test Supervisor.
                                                                                        /
/Initials/Date 4.2.1.3 Start recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using the ILRT Measurement System./Initials/Date 4.2.1.4 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in, Attachment 14 (Control Room Log) is running. Data should be recorded at 15 minute intervals, printed hourly./Initials/Date 4.2.1.5 Record Initial Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log)./Initials/Date 4.2.2 Announce the following 3 times over plant page."ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURIZATION IS ABOUT TO COMMENCE.
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                 Rev.' 30                               Page. 27 of 207
ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL STAND CLEAR OF REACTOR BUILDING AREAS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INTEGRATED LEAK RATE TEST."/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 28 of 207 4.2.3 Initiate Pressurization by opening Penetration 216 and 217 test valves and start pressurization.
 
Continue to pressurize until containment air pressure reaches 54.0 psig + 1.0, -0 psig (the target pressure is 54.5). Maximum pressurization rate should NOT exceed 15 psi per hour.4.2.3.1 Pen-216 (8")* reOPEN PEN216-TV3 (compressor isolation valve)* __CLOSE PEN216-TV4 (muffler isolation valve)* OPEN PEN216-TV1 (penetration isolation valve)* OPEN PEN216-TV2 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum pressurization rate NOT to exceed 15 psi/hr/Initials/Date 4.2.3.2 Pen-217 (8")0 OPEN PEN217-TV7 (compressor isolation valve)* CLOSE PEN217-TV8 (muffler isolation valve)* OPEN PEN217-TV5 (penetration isolation valve)* OPEN PEN217-TV6 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum pressurization rate not to exceed 15 psi/hr/Initials/Date NOTE Test pressure SHALL NOT fall below 52.1 psig or exceed 55 psig at anytime during ILRT.Test pressure may fall below 52.1 psig during verification test.4.2.3.3 Maintain moisture and oil content as low as possible when pressurizing Reactor Containment Building./Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 29 of 207 4.2.3.4 Containment inlet air temperature should be monitored during pressurization phase of test to ensure containment weighted average temperature is above 601F and below 130&deg;F./Initials/Date NOTE Report any apparent leakage to ILRT Test Supervisor.
4.2.1.2 Record initial pressure on test gauges listed on Attachment 17 and Attachment 18. Record pressure readings from test gauges installed on plant equipment in Attachment 17 every thirty minutes until containment reaches 12 psig, at one hour intervals thereafter until end of pressurization, and stabilization, or as directed by Test Supervisor.
DO NOT isolate or adjust any leakage found during leak checks. Excessive leakage is to be dispositioned per Attachment 11.4.2.3.5 Inspect containment boundary for leakage at containment pressures of approximately 20 psig and 40 psig./Initials/Date 4.2.4 Notify Chemistry that this is the final opportunity to obtain an air sample from containment prior to end of pressurization phase. This sample may be used to prepare a release permit for depressurizing containment after ILRT. Following pressurization, samples will not be allowed until depressurization phase of ILRT./Initials/Date NOTE Evolutions such as changing tank/sump and pressurizer levels can destabilize the containment atmosphere and put the ILRT schedule at risk. It is highly desirable to make any such adjustments prior to commencing data taking in the Stabilization Phase.4.2.5 As the containment nears test pressure assess plant conditions, e.g. pressurizer and/or sump levels, pump sumps or make additions to the RCS as required prior to entering the stabilization phase./Initials/Date 4.2.6 At equal to or greater than 40 psig, verify adequate flow can be obtained through each verification test flowmeter and check connections for leakage. IF required minimum flowrate cannot be obtained individually or in parallel, refer to Attachment 11, Contingencies, Section 7.0./Initials/Date 4.2.7 The ILRT Test Supervisor will direct compressor operator to isolate compressors in groups as pressure exceeds 45 psig. The number of compressors secured and isolated at a given time is at the discretion of the ILRT Test Supervisor.
                                                                                          /
/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 30 of 207 NOTE At 50 psig, alert Operations that an Operator will need to be stationed to CLOSE the ILRT test isolation valves as soon as test pressure is reached. The ILRT Test Supervisor may direct additional test valves to be repositioned.
Initials/Date 4.2.1.3 Start recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using the ILRT Measurement System.
4.2.8 WHEN desired pressure is achieved, THEN: 4.2.8.1 Isolate containment by closing the two (2) eight-inch isolation valves upstream of penetrations 216 and 217.0 0 CLOSE PEN216-TV1 (penetration isolation valve)CLOSE PEN217-TV5 (penetration isolation valve)/Initials/Date 4.2.8.2 Shutdown remaining compressors.
                                                                                          /
/Initials/Date 4.2.8.3 Isolate compressors at compressor outlets and pressurization system manifold/Initials/Date 4.2.8.4 Open a vent on compressor manifold to vent pressurization lines./Initials/Date NOTE At any time after it has been verified that NO leakage is present at the two 8" isolation valves at Penetrations 216 and 217, the ILRT Test Supervisor, with the concurrence of the ILRT Consultant, may direct partial disassembly of the Pressurization System outside the Protected Area fence.4.2.8.5 After lines are depressurized, THEN check vent for evidence of leakage past the two (2) closed eight-inch isolation valves at penetrations 216 and 217./Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 31 of 207 NOTE ILRT Data Management computer program may be placed in Stabilization Mode while administrative review of remaining sections of this step is completed.
Initials/Date 4.2.1.4 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in, Attachment 14 (Control Room Log) is running. Data should be recorded at 15 minute intervals, printed hourly.
4.2.9 IF pressurization was begun prior to completion of all valve alignments, THEN verify the following:
                                                                                          /
4.2.9.1 Component manipulations/visual verifications associated with components outside containment in Attachment 38, Lineup Prior to Stabilization are complete./Initials/Date 4.2.9.2 ILRT Test Supervisor and ILRT Consultant has reviewed Attachment 8, (Valve Lineup Alteration Log) to ensure that all components listed are in their"TEST POSITION".
Initials/Date 4.2.1.5 Record Initial Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).
Any unresolved component positions must be listed as Test Exceptions in Attachment 7, and the impact on penetration status listed in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary) must be assessed./Initials/Date 4.2.10 RECORD lowest reading ILRT pressure gauge on line 1 and outside atmospheric pressure on line 2 below. Subtract line 2 from line 1. Enter the result on line 3. Verify Line 3 value is greater than 52.1 psig.(1) Lowest Reading ILRT Pressure Gauge psia (2) Outside Atmospheric Pressure psia (1) -(2) = (3) psig (3) Containment Gauge Pressure psig Line (3) value __ > 52.10 psig/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 32 of 207 4.3 4.3.1 Stabilization Phase Data Collection:
                                                                                          /
4.3.1.1 Record ambient pressure at the start of stabilization:
Initials/Date 4.2.2   Announce the following 3 times over plant page.
Ambient pressure psia Gauge serial #: Cal due date:/Initials/Date 4.3.1.2 Record the Start of the Stabilization Phase: Time (24 hr clock)Date //Initials/Date 4.3.1.3 Record pressure readings from test gauges installed on plant equipment in Attachment 17 every hour until the end of stabilization, or as directed by Test Supervisor.
        "ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURIZATION IS ABOUT TO COMMENCE. ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL STAND CLEAR OF REACTOR BUILDING AREAS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INTEGRATED LEAK RATE TEST."
/Initials/Date 4.3.1.4 Continue recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using ILRT Measurement System./Initials/Date 4.3.1.5 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in Attachment 14 is still running./Initials/Date Allow containment atmosphere to stabilize for a minimum of four hours after time recorded in step 4.3.1.2 THEN record time and date.4.3.2 Time (24 hr clock)Date / //Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 33 of 207 NOTE Stabilization criteria for performing ILRTs under both the BN-TOP-1 and ANSI 56.8-1994 methodologies are included.
                                                                                          /
Leakage stabilization criteria of ANSI 56.8-1994 is more difficult to meet. At least one method's criteria must be met in order to enter Hold Test Phase. Both criteria should be met before starting Type A Test in order to provide the most options during Hold Test Phase. Note that failing to meet a methodology's stabilization criteria may preclude its use as a means to perform ILRT.4.3.3 During pressure stabilization period, check for leaks at RB Pressure Sensing Cabinets 3A1, 3A2, 3A3, 3A4, 3B1, 3B2, and 3B3/Initials/Date 4.3.4 Prior to start of Type A Test, verify the following stabilization criteria for containment atmosphere are met. Stabilization occurs when: 4.3.4.1 BN-TOP-1 a. Rate of change of average temperature is less than 1.0&deg;F/Hour averaged over the last two hours. (BN-TOP-1 requirement).
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                                 Page 28 of 207
OR b. Rate of change of temperature changes less than 0.5&deg;F/Hour/Hour averaged over the last two hours. (BN-TOP-1 requirement).
 
4.2.3       Initiate Pressurization by opening Penetration 216 and 217 test valves and start pressurization. Continue to pressurize until containment air pressure reaches 54.0 psig + 1.0, - 0 psig (the target pressure is 54.5). Maximum pressurization rate should NOT exceed 15 psi per hour.
4.2.3.1     Pen-216 (8")
* reOPEN PEN216-TV3 (compressor isolation valve)
* __CLOSE PEN216-TV4 (muffler isolation valve)
* OPEN PEN216-TV1 (penetration isolation valve)
* OPEN PEN216-TV2 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum pressurization rate NOT to exceed 15 psi/hr
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 4.2.3.2     Pen-217 (8")
0     OPEN PEN217-TV7 (compressor isolation valve)
* CLOSE PEN217-TV8 (muffler isolation valve)
* OPEN PEN217-TV5 (penetration isolation valve)
* OPEN PEN217-TV6 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum pressurization rate not to exceed 15 psi/hr
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date NOTE Test pressure SHALL NOT fall below 52.1 psig or exceed 55 psig at anytime during ILRT.
Test pressure may fall below 52.1 psig during verification test.
4.2.3.3 Maintain moisture and oil content as low as possible when pressurizing Reactor Containment Building.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                               Page 29 of 207
 
4.2.3.4 Containment inlet air temperature should be monitored during pressurization phase of test to ensure containment weighted average temperature is above 601F and below 130&deg;F.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date NOTE Report any apparent leakage to ILRT Test Supervisor. DO NOT isolate or adjust any leakage found during leak checks. Excessive leakage is to be dispositioned per Attachment 11.
4.2.3.5 Inspect containment boundary for leakage at containment pressures of approximately 20 psig and 40 psig.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 4.2.4     Notify Chemistry that this is the final opportunity to obtain an air sample from containment prior to end of pressurization phase. This sample may be used to prepare a release permit for depressurizing containment after ILRT. Following pressurization, samples will not be allowed until depressurization phase of ILRT.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date NOTE Evolutions such as changing tank/sump and pressurizer levels can destabilize the containment atmosphere and put the ILRT schedule at risk. It is highly desirable to make any such adjustments prior to commencing data taking in the Stabilization Phase.
4.2.5     As the containment nears test pressure assess plant conditions, e.g. pressurizer and/or sump levels, pump sumps or make additions to the RCS as required prior to entering the stabilization phase.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 4.2.6     At equal to or greater than 40 psig, verify adequate flow can be obtained through each verification test flowmeter and check connections for leakage. IF required minimum flowrate cannot be obtained individually or in parallel, refer to Attachment 11, Contingencies, Section 7.0.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 4.2.7     The ILRT Test Supervisor will direct compressor operator to isolate compressors in groups as pressure exceeds 45 psig. The number of compressors secured and isolated at a given time is at the discretion of the ILRT Test Supervisor.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                                 Page 30 of 207
 
NOTE At 50 psig, alert Operations that an Operator will need to be stationed to CLOSE the ILRT test isolation valves as soon as test pressure is reached. The ILRT Test Supervisor may direct additional test valves to be repositioned.
4.2.8       WHEN desired pressure is achieved, THEN:
4.2.8.1 Isolate containment by closing the two (2) eight-inch isolation valves upstream of penetrations 216 and 217.
0       CLOSE PEN216-TV1 (penetration isolation valve) 0        CLOSE PEN217-TV5 (penetration isolation valve)
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 4.2.8.2   Shutdown remaining compressors.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 4.2.8.3 Isolate compressors at compressor outlets and pressurization system manifold
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date 4.2.8.4   Open a vent on compressor manifold to vent pressurization lines.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date NOTE At any time after it has been verified that NO leakage is present at the two 8" isolation valves at Penetrations 216 and 217, the ILRT Test Supervisor, with the concurrence of the ILRT Consultant, may direct partial disassembly of the Pressurization System outside the Protected Area fence.
4.2.8.5 After lines are depressurized, THEN check vent for evidence of leakage past the two (2) closed eight-inch isolation valves at penetrations 216 and 217.
                                                                                              /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                                 Page 31 of 207
 
NOTE ILRT Data Management computer program may be placed in Stabilization Mode while administrative review of remaining sections of this step is completed.
4.2.9       IF pressurization was begun prior to completion of all valve alignments, THEN verify the following:
4.2.9.1 Component manipulations/visual verifications associated with components outside containment in Attachment 38, Lineup Prior to Stabilization are complete.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 4.2.9.2 ILRT Test Supervisor and ILRT Consultant has reviewed Attachment 8, (Valve Lineup Alteration Log) to ensure that all components listed are in their "TEST POSITION". Any unresolved component positions must be listed as Test Exceptions in Attachment 7, and the impact on penetration status listed in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary) must be assessed.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 4.2.10     RECORD lowest reading ILRT pressure gauge on line 1 and outside atmospheric pressure on line 2 below. Subtract line 2 from line 1. Enter the result on line 3. Verify Line 3 value is greater than 52.1 psig.
(1) Lowest Reading ILRT Pressure Gauge                       psia (2) Outside Atmospheric Pressure                             psia (1)               - (2)                 = (3)               psig (3) Containment Gauge Pressure                               psig Line (3) value   __     > 52.10 psig
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                               Page 32 of 207
 
4.3     Stabilization Phase 4.3.1   Data Collection:
4.3.1.1 Record ambient pressure at the start of stabilization:
Ambient pressure               psia Gauge serial #:               Cal due date:
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 4.3.1.2 Record the Start of the Stabilization Phase:
Time (24 hr clock)                 Date       /
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 4.3.1.3 Record pressure readings from test gauges installed on plant equipment in Attachment 17 every hour until the end of stabilization, or as directed by Test Supervisor.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 4.3.1.4 Continue recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using ILRT Measurement System.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 4.3.1.5 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in Attachment 14 is still running.
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date 4.3.2  Allow containment atmosphere to stabilize for a minimum of four hours after time recorded in step 4.3.1.2 THEN record time and date.
Time (24 hr clock)             Date         /     /
                                                                                        /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                                 Rev. 30                                 Page 33 of 207
 
NOTE Stabilization criteria for performing ILRTs under both the BN-TOP-1 and ANSI 56.8-1994 methodologies are included. Leakage stabilization criteria of ANSI 56.8-1994 is more difficult to meet. At least one method's criteria must be met in order to enter Hold Test Phase. Both criteria should be met before starting Type A Test in order to provide the most options during Hold Test Phase. Note that failing to meet a methodology's stabilization criteria may preclude its use as a means to perform ILRT.
4.3.3         During pressure stabilization period, check for leaks at RB Pressure Sensing Cabinets 3A1, 3A2, 3A3, 3A4, 3B1, 3B2, and 3B3
                                                                                                    /
Initials/Date 4.3.4       Prior to start of Type A Test, verify the following stabilization criteria for containment atmosphere are met. Stabilization occurs when:
4.3.4.1   BN-TOP-1
: a. Rate of change of average temperature is less than 1.0&deg;F/Hour averaged over the last two hours. (BN-TOP-1 requirement).
OR
: b. Rate of change of temperature changes less than 0.5&deg;F/Hour/Hour averaged over the last two hours. (BN-TOP-1 requirement).
: c. BN-TOP-1 stabilization criteria met. Attach a screen-print from the Stabilization Phase screen of ILRT Data Management Program stating criteria has been met to Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).
: c. BN-TOP-1 stabilization criteria met. Attach a screen-print from the Stabilization Phase screen of ILRT Data Management Program stating criteria has been met to Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).
/Initials/Date.
                                                                                                    /
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 34 of 207 NOTE Ll h = estimate of leakage rate, derived from least squares slope and intercept using mass data over the last hour (in % wt/day).L2h = estimate of leakage rate, derived from least squares slope and intercept using mass data over the last two hours (in % wt/day).4.3.4.2 ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 a. Primary containment atmosphere is assumed to be stabilized for Type A test purposes when the following criteria are simultaneously met (ANSI 56.8-1994):
Initials/Date.
Criterion (1)The absolute value of difference between L2h and Llh SHALL be less than or equal to 0.25La.Llh =L2h =(L2h) -_ (Llh) = < (0.0625% wt/day)Criterion (2)Ll h SHALL be greater than or equal to zero and SHALL be less than La.NOTE Per ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994, paragraph 5.6, If one or more leakage pathways require isolation, repair or adjustment in order to meet criterion (2), criterion (1) need NOT be re-verified provided this criterion was met prior to time of isolation, repair, or adjustment.
SP-1 78                                         Rev. 30                                     Page 34 of 207
 
NOTE Ll h = estimate of leakage rate, derived from least squares slope and intercept using mass data over the last hour (in % wt/day).
L2h = estimate of leakage rate, derived from least squares slope and intercept using mass data over the last two hours (in % wt/day).
4.3.4.2   ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994
: a. Primary containment atmosphere is assumed to be stabilized for Type A test purposes when the following criteria are simultaneously met (ANSI 56.8-1994):
Criterion (1)
The absolute value of difference between L2h and Llh SHALL be less than or equal to 0.25La.
Llh =
L2h =
(L2h)   -   _     (Llh) =           < (0.0625% wt/day)
Criterion (2)
Ll h SHALL be greater than or equal to zero and SHALL be less than La.
NOTE Per ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994, paragraph 5.6, If one or more leakage pathways require isolation, repair or adjustment in order to meet criterion (2), criterion (1) need NOT be re-verified provided this criterion was met prior to time of isolation, repair, or adjustment.
The change in Ll h should be demonstrated to be a direct result of this isolation, repair, or adjustment.
The change in Ll h should be demonstrated to be a direct result of this isolation, repair, or adjustment.
: b. ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 leakage stabilization criteria met.Attach a screen-print from Stabilization Phase screen of ILRT Data Management Program stating criteria has been met to Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).
: b.          ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 leakage stabilization criteria met.
/Initials/Date 4.3.5 ILRT Test Supervisor SHALL judge if containment is stabilized and declare start of test based
Attach a screen-print from Stabilization Phase screen of ILRT Data Management Program stating criteria has been met to Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).
                                                                                                /
Initials/Date 4.3.5        ILRT Test Supervisor SHALL judge if containment is stabilized and declare start of test based on a review of temperature vs. time, pressure vs. time graphs, available mass change and leakage data, as well as meeting criteria of 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 or 4.3.3.
RECORD below the number of hours of stabilization, the time and date of the end of stabilization and the time and date of the start of the ILRT.
SP-1 78                                          Rev. 30                                  Page 35 of 207
 
Stabilization Declared:
Time / Date No. of Hours for Stabilization:
Hours Start of ILRT Hold Test Phase:
Time / Date I/
Initials/Date 4.4        Hold Test Phase NOTE Perform ILRT calculations in accordance with Section 4.4.4 for BN-TOP-1 test or Section 4.4.5 for an ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 test.
4.4.1      Data Collection:
Record ambient pressure at the start of the Hold Test:
Ambient pressure            psia Gauge serial #:            Cal due date:
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 4.4.1.1 IF there has been NO indication of rising pressure on any of the test gauges, THEN discontinue recording the pressure on test gauges listed on Attachment 17.
                                                                                          /D    :
Initials/Date SP-178                                      Rev. 30                                Page 36 of 207
 
4.4.1.2 Continue recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using ILRT Measurement System.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 4.4.1.3 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in Attachment 14, is running.
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 4.4.1.4    Record Initial Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).
                                                                                            /
Initials/Date 4.4.2        Monitor performance of temperature, humidity, and pressure sensors during conduct of test. Delete any non-operable sensors from calculation and modify weighing factors, if
Issue the Line up Checklists to Operations and attach a copy of these instructions CAUTION Do NOT change Clearance Tagout boundaries without first obtaining approval from ILRT Test Supervisor AND Test Supervisor.
Issue the Line up Checklists to Operations and attach a copy of these instructions CAUTION Do NOT change Clearance Tagout boundaries without first obtaining approval from ILRT Test Supervisor AND Test Supervisor.
Clearance Tagouts will only be used when already in place for maintenance when a system's piping is opened for the test (e.g. vented to atmosphere), or for personnel safety.Caution or Test Tagging if required is used sparingly to save time, and minimize demand on resources.
Clearance Tagouts will only be used when already in place for maintenance when a system's piping is opened for the test (e.g. vented to atmosphere), or for personnel safety.
Caution or Test Tags are information tags placed on valves/components moved from their NORMAL position for the ILRT (i.e. if the "Test Position" is the same as the component's normal position, a tag is not hung).NO liquid filled penetrations are being vented/drained as part of this line-up.Perform ATTACHMENT 3C in the order written for systems to be vented/opened to simplify proper venting of the system.SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 71 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS Except in cases where a penetration will be vented, the lineup is organized (sorted) by location to facilitate its completion.
Caution or Test Tagging if required is used sparingly to save time, and minimize demand on resources. Caution or Test Tags are information tags placed on valves/components moved from their NORMAL position for the ILRT (i.e. if the "Test Position" is the same as the component's normal position, a tag is not hung).
NO liquid filled penetrations are being vented/drained as part of this line-up.
Perform ATTACHMENT 3C in the order written for systems to be vented/opened to simplify proper venting of the system.
SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                               Page 71 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS Except in cases where a penetration will be vented, the lineup is organized (sorted) by location to facilitate its completion.
Most penetrations in Attachments 3A will NOT be vented, AND none in Attachment 3B. Their line-ups may be performed in any order, providing all piping is depressurized.
Most penetrations in Attachments 3A will NOT be vented, AND none in Attachment 3B. Their line-ups may be performed in any order, providing all piping is depressurized.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:
IF a containment isolation valve in Penetrations that will be vented/tested by the ILRT (See Attachment
IF a containment isolation valve in Penetrations that will be vented/tested by the ILRT (See ) has NOT been closed via normal means THEN stroke valve prior to closure per the Line Up Checklist to demonstrate they were closed by their normal mode of force. Record any Containment Isolation Valve closure NOT by normal means in the Test Exception Log.
: 9) has NOT been closed via normal means THEN stroke valve prior to closure per the Line Up Checklist to demonstrate they were closed by their normal mode of force. Record any Containment Isolation Valve closure NOT by normal means in the Test Exception Log.Lineups in Attachments 3A and 3B are suggested lineups, intended to disposition a penetration for the ILRT. These lineups may be modified if required with the concurrence of the ILRT Test Director and the Test Supervisor.
Lineups in Attachments 3A and 3B are suggested lineups, intended to disposition a penetration for the ILRT. These lineups may be modified if required with the concurrence of the ILRT Test Director and the Test Supervisor. Any variation from this lineup MUST be documented in , (Test Exception Log), AND testing status of the penetration reviewed and updated (if changed) in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).,
Any variation from this lineup MUST be documented in Attachment 7, (Test Exception Log), AND testing status of the penetration reviewed and updated (if changed) in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary)., Modifications to component line-ups may be required during the preparations for the ILRT.Attachment 8, (Valve Lineup Alteration Log) will be used to track changes requested to a system/penetration lineup once signed off as completed for the ILRT. The component position MUST be returned to the "Test Position" prior to starting compressors or stabilization as appropriate (reviews are cued by the procedure).
Modifications to component line-ups may be required during the preparations for the ILRT. , (Valve Lineup Alteration Log) will be used to track changes requested to a system/penetration lineup once signed off as completed for the ILRT. The component position MUST be returned to the "Test Position" prior to starting compressors or stabilization as appropriate (reviews are cued by the procedure). Any temporary valve lineup alteration that can NOT be restored prior to the test must be accepted by the ILRT Test Director, and be dispositioned as stated in the previous paragraph above via Test Exception Log.
Any temporary valve lineup alteration that can NOT be restored prior to the test must be accepted by the ILRT Test Director, and be dispositioned as stated in the previous paragraph above via Test Exception Log.ILRT "Test Position" may be verified through review of administrative controls documents (e.g. a completed Containment Integrity Checklist OR Equipment Tagout Log, Locked Valve Log, etc.) at the sole discretion of the Test Supervisor.
ILRT "Test Position" may be verified through review of administrative controls documents (e.g. a completed Containment Integrity Checklist OR Equipment Tagout Log, Locked Valve Log, etc.) at the sole discretion of the Test Supervisor. Components verified through review or acceptance of administrative controls will be denoted with a printed "A" for "Admin." in the initials/date block to facilitate identification of verifications performed in this manner.
Components verified through review or acceptance of administrative controls will be denoted with a printed "A" for "Admin." in the initials/date block to facilitate identification of verifications performed in this manner.Component positions verified by Visual Verification will be initialed per normal practice.
Component positions verified by Visual Verification will be initialed per normal practice. A Functional Verification will be documented as described in AI-500, Appendix 10.
A Functional Verification will be documented as described in AI-500, Appendix 10.Component position may also be accepted if the component is part of a Clearance that will remain in force throughout the ILRT window. In these cases the Test Supervisor will sign-on to the applicable Clearance.
Component position may also be accepted if the component is part of a Clearance that will remain in force throughout the ILRT window. In these cases the Test Supervisor will sign-on to the applicable Clearance.
FLANGES/PIPE CAPS: The drain/vent flange and bolts may be left attached as long as flange is swung to the side. The bolts must be installed finger-tight so that flange can NOT block vent OR drain path during the ILRT.At completion of each Checklist all drain hoses need to be evaluated for removal. Determine if future activities need (scheduled clearance or maintenance) a drain hose.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 72 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS Do NOT obstruct pipe vents/drains inside OR outside containment, this will invalidate the ILRT for this penetration.
FLANGES/PIPE CAPS:
The drain/vent flange and bolts may be left attached as long as flange is swung to the side. The bolts must be installed finger-tight so that flange can NOT block vent OR drain path during the ILRT.
At completion of each Checklist all drain hoses need to be evaluated for removal. Determine if future activities need (scheduled clearance or maintenance) a drain hose.
SP-178                                           Rev. 30                                 Page 72 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS Do NOT obstruct pipe vents/drains inside OR outside containment, this will invalidate the ILRT for this penetration.
DEFINITIONS:
DEFINITIONS:
Test Tag Closed. Position the valve in the closed position and attach a Test Tag at the appropriate location.Test Tag Open. Position the valve in the open position and attach a Test Tag at the appropriate location.ORC. Outside Reactor Containment IRC. Inside Reactor Containment PENETRATION RESTORATION CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS:
Test Tag Closed. Position the valve in the closed position and attach a Test Tag at the appropriate location.
Test Tag Open. Position the valve in the open position and attach a Test Tag at the appropriate location.
ORC. Outside Reactor Containment IRC. Inside Reactor Containment PENETRATION RESTORATION CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS:
Components NOT returned to their AS FOUND condition shall be authorized by either the ILRT Test Supervisor OR CRS. Documentation for the reason the component was NOT returned to the AS FOUND condition shall be annotated or attached to the applicable Attachment.
Components NOT returned to their AS FOUND condition shall be authorized by either the ILRT Test Supervisor OR CRS. Documentation for the reason the component was NOT returned to the AS FOUND condition shall be annotated or attached to the applicable Attachment.
Independent Verification of valve restoration may be "N/A" if the test lineup position is the same as the restored position.Re-issue the lineup checklists for completion of penetration restoration to Operations and attach a copy of these instructions.
Independent Verification of valve restoration may be "N/A" if the test lineup position is the same as the restored position.
Except for portions of the lineup accomplished via clearance, the restoration may be signed off in any order. Restore vented/drained penetrations per Operations Lineup Coordinator/Clearance to
Re-issue the lineup checklists for completion of penetration restoration to Operations and attach a copy of these instructions.
Except for portions of the lineup accomplished via clearance, the restoration may be signed off in any order. Restore vented/drained penetrations per Operations Lineup Coordinator/Clearance to prevent inadvertent release of fluids through the ILRT test boundary.
Instrument Air penetrations must be restored prior to restoring any penetrations containing AOVs.
Dispose of all In ILRT Information Tags, bags, etc. in the appropriate manner.
SP-1 78                                      Rev. 30                                  Page 73 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS LUSYSTEM L/UPEN.                      PEN#            PE.TEST          STATUS      PRGMJ APP. L/U  RESTORE ATTACH.                                      DESCRIPTION                      STATUS SEQ. SEQ.
3A      Main Steam              105      MSL A-2        Normal Standby    N/R 3AMain        Steam106                  MLA-1Nora                S 3A      Main Steam              106      MSL A-i        Normal Standby    N/R 3AManStem10 MSL-2ormlStnL/U 3A 3AMain Main Steam              107      MSL B-2 ML-N            La2 Normal Standby N/R l StandbyN 3A      Main Steam              201      MSL B-i        Normal Standby N/R L/U Normal Standby 3A, 3B  Main Steam              314      RCSG 1-B Drain  L/U, Bottled Up  N/R for PI 3B      Main Steam              316      RCSG Vent 1-A Sec    Normal L/U      Standby  NIR Normal Standby 3A, 3B    Main Steam            318      RCSG 1-A Drain  L/U, Bottled Up  N/R for PI 3B        Main Steam            320     
*FSV-261 will be open to charge the fire service standpipe only when work which introduces ignition sources or transient fire loads is being performed within the Reactor Building during Mode 5 or Mode 6. FSV-261 will be closed at all other times to maintain containment integrity.
*FSV-261 will be open to charge the fire service standpipe only when work which introduces ignition sources or transient fire loads is being performed within the Reactor Building during Mode 5 or Mode 6. FSV-261 will be closed at all other times to maintain containment integrity.
SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 125 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3D SUPPLEMENTARY ILRT VALVE LINEUPS (Page 1 ofl)SYSTEM: AS TEST [NI ASLFTINT V VALVE DESCRIPTION LOCATION I FOUND L INIT AS LEFT INIT V 4 4 + + + i *4 4 + + + 4 4 4 +~ +/- 4 4 4 + + 4 + 4 4 4 + 4 4 .4- 4 Use this form to document additional lineups. Make additional copies as needed.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 126 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Action Completed Initial/Date Returned to Normal Initial/Date Returned to Normal Independent Verification Initial/Date
SP-178                                                       Rev. 30                                                     Page 125 of 207
: 1. Ensure following breakers are racked out lAW OP-209, OP-209A or OP-405: 4160V ES Bus 3A, Unit 3A8 (BSP-1A) /4160V ES Bus 3B, Unit 3B7 (BSP-1 B) / /7Conc.2. Install a jumper at the following locations:
 
Verif.ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB2-1 1, TB2-12 (RPS Ch. "A" Dwg 210-602)ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 1 Dwg 210-602, 208-028 ES-A44)ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB2-1 1, TB2-12 (RPS Ch. "B" Dwg 210-603)ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 2 Dwg 210-603, 208-028 ES-A45)ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB2-1, TB2-2 (RPS Ch. "C" Dwg 210-604)ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 3 Dwg 210-604, 208-028 ES-A46)ES Press. SW Cab 3A4 TB2-1, TB2-2 (RPS Ch. "D" Dwg 210-605)ES Press. SW Cab 3B1 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch. 1 Dwg 210-606, 208-028 ES-B44)ES Press. SW Cab 3B2 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch 2 Dwg 210-607, 208-028 ES-B45)ES Press. SW Cab 3B3 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch 3 Dwg 210-608, 208-028 ES-B46)SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 127 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Action Completed Initial/Date Returned to Normal Initial/Date Returned to Normal Independent Verification Initial/Date Conc.3. Open the following sliding links: Verif. _ _ _ __ _ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB1-3 (ES-A Ch 1 Dwg 210-602, 208-028 ES-A44)ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB1-3 (ES-A Ch 2 Dwg 210-603, 208-028 ES-A45)ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB 1-3 (ES-A Ch 3 Dwg 210-604, 208-028 ES-A46)ES Press. SW Cab 381 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch. 1 Dwg 210-606, 208-028 ES-B44)ES Press. SW Cab 3B2 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch 2 Dwg 210-607, 208-028 ES-B45)ES Press. SW Cab 3B3 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch 3 Dwg 210-608, 208-028 ES-B46)De-energize the following components, place the 4. listed breakers in the lock reset position: a. ENSURE "HPI Valve Emerg Power Sel" switches are SELECT to "OFF" position lAW OP-209 or OP-209A MUV-23 and MUV-24 selected to"OFF", on ES-A panel / I MUV-25 and MUV-26 selected to"OFF", on ES-A panel I /MUV-23 and MUV-24 selected to"OFF", on ES-B panel I I MUV-25 and MUV-26 selected to"OFF", on ES-B panel I /SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 128 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Action Completed Initial/Date Returned to Normal Initial/Date Returned to Normal Independent Verification Initial/Date
ATTACHMENT 3D SUPPLEMENTARY ILRT VALVE LINEUPS (Page 1 ofl)
: b. ES-MCC-3A1 Breaker 4A (BSV-3) / / /Breaker 1D (CFV-11) / / /Breaker 2C (CFV-12) I I I Breaker 2D (CFV-15) I I I Breaker 38 (CFV-1 6) / / I Breaker 6A (AHV-1 B) / I /Breaker 8A (AHV-1 C) I I /c. ES-MCC-3A2 Breaker 5D (CAV-1) I I I Breaker 6C (CAV-3) I / I Breaker 9A (CAV-126)  
SYSTEM:
/ I /Breaker 8C (MUV-260)
VALVE         DESCRIPTION                         LOCATION           I AS FOUND TEST L
I / I Breaker 10B (MUV-261)
[NI INIT ASLFTINT AS LEFT     INIT VV 4                                   4                     +         +       i              +
I I I Breaker 8A (MUV-258)
* 4                                   4                     +         +                     +       4 4                                   4                     +~                           +/-       4 4                                   4                     +         +       4             +       4 4                                   4                     +         4       4             .4-     4 Use this form to document additional lineups. Make additional copies as needed.
I I I Breaker 88 (MUV-259)
SP-178                                                 Rev. 30                                         Page 126 of 207
I I I Breaker 98 (WDV-3) / I I Breaker 9C (WDV-60) I / I Breaker 10C (WDV-94) I I /Breaker 10A (WDV-406)  
 
/ / I Breaker 6D (CAV-4) I / I Breaker 5C (CAV-5) / I I d. ES-MCC-3A3 Unit 2 EG (MUV-567)
ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action       Returned to     Independent Completed        Normal         Verification Initial/Date   Initial/Date    Initial/Date
I ] I /e. ES-MCC-3B2  
: 1. Ensure following breakers are racked out lAW OP-209, OP-209A or OP-405:
....______Breaker 2A (MUV-27) I I I Breaker 2C (BSV-4) I I I SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 129 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Action Completed Initial/Date Returned to Normal Initial/Date Returned to Normal Independent Verification Initial/Date Breaker 5C (WDV-405)
4160V ES Bus 3A, Unit 3A8 (BSP-1A)                                           /
I f. ES-MCC-3B33 Breaker 3EG (MUV-1 8) / I /g. ES-MCC-3AB  
4160V ES Bus 3B, Unit 3B7 (BSP-1 B)                           /               /
.. .______ ..... ____" Breaker 2D (MUV-18) / /Breaker 5C (DHV-91) / /Breaker 7D (DWV-1 60) / /5. The following components are aligned to support the ILRT. Contact the ILRT Test Supervisor prior to manipulating these components.
7Conc.
If Tags are required to identify components perform this step.Valve Location ._______...
: 2. Install a jumper at the following locations:                   Verif.
___AHV-1A CB-ESFB / / /AHV-1D CB-ESFB / / I CAV-2 CB-ESFB I / I CFV-29 CB-ESFAB / / /CFV-42 CB-ESFAB / / /CFV-42 CB-ESFAB I / /CIV-34 CB-ESFAB I / /CIV-35 CB-ESFAB I I /CIV-40 CB-ESFAB / / I CIV-41 CB-ESFAB / / /MUV-49 CB-ESFAB / / I MUV-543 CB-ESFA / I /MUV-545 CB-ESFB I / /MUV-253 CB-ESFB / / /SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 130 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Action Completed Initial/Date Returned to Normal Initial/Date Returned to Normal Independent Verification Initial/Date Valve Location SWV-47 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-48 CB-ESFAB / / /SWV-49 CB-ESFAB / I /SWV-50 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-79 CB-ESFAB I / I SWV-80 CB-ESFAB I / I SWV-81 CB-ESFAB I / /SWV-82 CB-ESFAB / / /SWV-83 CB-ESFAB / I /SWV-84 CB-ESFAB / I /SWV-85 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-86 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-109 CB-ESFAB I / /SWV-110 CB-ESFAB I / /WDV-4 CB-ESFB I / I WDV-61 CB-ESFB I / /WDV-62 CB-ESFB / I /WSV-3 CB-ESFA / I I WSV-4 CB-ESFB / I I WSV-5 CB-ESFA / / I WSV-6 CB-ESFB I / I WDP-2A MCB PTL I / /WDP-2B MCB PTL I / /CIP-3A MCB VENT PAN. I I I CIP-3B MCB VENT PAN. / / I SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 131 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Action Completed Initial/Date Returned to Normal Initial/Date Returned to Normal Independent Verification Initial/Date Valve Location WDP-3A RAD WAS. PAN. PTL / / /WDP-3B RAD WAS. PAN. PTL / / /WDP-4A RAD WAS. PAN. PTL I I /WDP-4B RAD WAS. PAN. PTL / / /LOCAL CONTROL STATION 119' ELEV CGP-2 lB1 COMMENTS: SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 132 of 207 ATTACHMENT 3F LEAK DETECTION DEVICE TRACKING SHEET (Page 1 of 1)SYSTEM: AREA DESCRIPTION LOCATION AS TEST INIT AS LEFT INIT V FOUND L/U+/- _______ + + 4 + ++ 4 4 4 + _______ 4 4 4 + I I- 4 4 4 + 4 4 4 4-t t + 4 4 +4- I 4- 4 + 4 4 + _______ 4 + 4 4 4-Use this form to document additional lineups for gauge placements or to troubleshooting efforts. Make additional copies as needed.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 133 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.0 EQUIPMENT RECORD Much of the pressurization system equipment will be rented for the ILRT. The contract with the vendor provides for supplying 30,000 cfm capacity, and the necessary equipment to dry and cool the air. The exact number and types of components supplied by the vendor to meet these requirements may vary. The major components of the pressurization system are described below.Record actual equipment used: No. No. Description Planned Used 20 Air Compressor  
ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB2-1 1, TB2-12 (RPS Ch. "A"Dwg 210-602)
-Portable Engine(Diesel)
ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 1 Dwg 210-602, 208-028 ES-A44)
Driven Screw Type, Capacity of 1500 scfm, 100% oil free, 100 psi. Total capacity: 30,000 cfm.4 3000 cfm Dryer LowPres Desciccant 2 5400 cfm Dryer LowPres Desciccant 7 Heat Exchangers (Aftercoolers) 1 10,000 cfm Dryer LowPres Refrigerate 2 Air Manifold 2 60 ton Chiller LowTemp Air-Cool 2 750 gpm Pump End Suction 1 Surge Tank for Chillers 14 2 IN Quick-Connect Hose 25 FT 10 48 ft Fifth Wheel Dropdeck Trailer 2Ax 700' Hard piping; lengths of 8" diameter hard piping (8" 150# bolt pattern) as needed to reach from designated Laydown area to Penetration 216/217 area. A portion of piping/hose is being borrowed from Plant Vogtle for 2005 ILRT.30 3" bull hoses -50' long -to inter-connect the compressors, after coolers, air dryers and supply manifolds 40 3" bull hoses -25' long -to inter-connect the compressors, after coolers, air dryers and supply manifolds Miscellaneous:
ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB2-1 1, TB2-12 (RPS Ch. "B"Dwg 210-603)
* Actual Number required will depend on final choice of set-up area.SP-178.Rev. 30 Page 134 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2.0 POWER REQUIREMENTS Temporary electrical power must be supplied to the pressurization system components.
ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 2 Dwg 210-603, 208-028 ES-A45)
The types, quantities and ultimate load will vary based on the weather conditions expected during the test and test preparation periods and the actual equipment supplied by the vendor. The table below lists typical requirements.
ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB2-1, TB2-2 (RPS Ch. "C" Dwg 210-604)
Mark the table up to reflect actual requirements as needed.No. No. Description Planned Used 1 300x2 kW Generator Twinpack 1 200 amp Window Panel 1 800 amp Distribution Panel 8 Quad Box String 20 FT 8 4/0 Cam-Lok -50 FT 1 1 75 kVA Transformer LowVolt Fram SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 135 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 3.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 3 Dwg 210-604, 208-028 ES-A46)
ES Press. SW Cab 3A4 TB2-1, TB2-2 (RPS Ch. "D" Dwg 210-605)
ES Press. SW Cab 3B1 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch. 1 Dwg 210-606, 208-028 ES-B44)
ES Press. SW Cab 3B2 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch 2 Dwg 210-607, 208-028 ES-B45)
ES Press. SW Cab 3B3 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch 3 Dwg 210-608, 208-028 ES-B46)
SP-1 78                                               Rev. 30                             Page 127 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action      Returned to     Independent Completed        Normal         Verification Initial/Date    Initial/Date      Initial/Date Conc.
: 3. Open the following sliding links:                               Verif.               _ _   _   __   _
ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB1-3 (ES-A Ch 1 Dwg 210-602, 208-028 ES-A44)
ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB1-3 (ES-A Ch 2 Dwg 210-603, 208-028 ES-A45)
ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB 1-3 (ES-A Ch 3 Dwg 210-604, 208-028 ES-A46)
ES Press. SW Cab 381 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch. 1 Dwg 210-606, 208-028 ES-B44)
ES Press. SW Cab 3B2 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch 2 Dwg 210-607, 208-028 ES-B45)
ES Press. SW Cab 3B3 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch 3 Dwg 210-608, 208-028 ES-B46)
De-energize the following components, place the
: 4. listed breakers in the lock reset position:
: a.       ENSURE "HPI Valve Emerg Power Sel" switches are SELECT to "OFF" position lAW OP-209 or OP-209A MUV-23 and MUV-24 selected to "OFF", on ES-A panel                               /                 I MUV-25 and MUV-26 selected to "OFF", on ES-A panel                               I                 /
MUV-23 and MUV-24 selected to "OFF", on ES-B panel                               I                 I MUV-25 and MUV-26 selected to "OFF", on ES-B panel                               I                 /
SP-1 78                                               Rev. 30                             Page 128 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action      Returned to        Independent Completed       Normal            Verification Initial/Date   Initial/Date       Initial/Date
: b. ES-MCC-3A1 Breaker 4A (BSV-3)                       /               /                 /
Breaker 1D (CFV-11)                     /               /                 /
Breaker 2C (CFV-12)                     I               I                 I Breaker 2D (CFV-15)                     I               I                 I Breaker 38 (CFV-1 6)                     /               /                 I Breaker 6A (AHV-1 B)                     /               I                 /
Breaker 8A (AHV-1 C)                     I               I                 /
: c. ES-MCC-3A2 Breaker 5D (CAV-1)                       I               I                 I Breaker 6C (CAV-3)                       I               /                 I Breaker 9A (CAV-126)                     /               I                 /
Breaker 8C (MUV-260)                     I               /                 I Breaker 10B (MUV-261)                   I               I                 I Breaker 8A (MUV-258)                     I               I                 I Breaker 88 (MUV-259)                     I               I                 I Breaker 98 (WDV-3)                       /               I                 I Breaker 9C (WDV-60)                     I               /                 I Breaker 10C (WDV-94)                     I               I                 /
Breaker 10A (WDV-406)                   /               /                 I Breaker 6D (CAV-4)                       I               /                 I Breaker 5C (CAV-5)                       /               I                 I
: d. ES-MCC-3A3 Unit 2 EG (MUV-567)                     I     ]       I                 /
: e. ES-MCC-3B2                                 ....         ______
Breaker 2A (MUV-27)                     I               I                 I Breaker 2C (BSV-4)                       I               I                 I SP-1 78                           Rev. 30                               Page 129 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action       Returned to      Independent Completed         Normal          Verification Initial/Date     Initial/Date       Initial/Date Breaker 5C (WDV-405)                                             I
: f.       ES-MCC-3B33 Breaker 3EG (MUV-1 8)                               /               I                 /
: g.       ES-MCC-3AB                               .. .______                         .....       ____"
Breaker 2D (MUV-18)                                 /                 /
Breaker 5C (DHV-91)                                 /                 /
Breaker 7D (DWV-1 60)                               /               /
: 5. The following components are aligned to support the ILRT. Contact the ILRT Test Supervisor prior to manipulating these components. IfTags are required to identify components perform this step.
Valve                     Location                               .                 _______...         ___
AHV-1A                     CB-ESFB                         /               /                 /
AHV-1D                     CB-ESFB                         /               /                 I CAV-2                     CB-ESFB                         I               /                 I CFV-29                     CB-ESFAB                                 /       /                 /
CFV-42                     CB-ESFAB                         /               /                 /
CFV-42                     CB-ESFAB                       I               /                   /
CIV-34                     CB-ESFAB                       I               /                   /
CIV-35                     CB-ESFAB                       I               I                   /
CIV-40                     CB-ESFAB                       /               /                   I CIV-41                     CB-ESFAB                       /               /                   /
MUV-49                     CB-ESFAB                       /               /                 I MUV-543                   CB-ESFA                         /               I                   /
MUV-545                   CB-ESFB                         I               /                   /
MUV-253                   CB-ESFB                         /               /                   /
SP-1 78                                             Rev. 30                               Page 130 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action     Returned to      Independent Completed     Normal          Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date     Initial/Date Valve   Location SWV-47 CB-ESFAB                     /           /                 I SWV-48 CB-ESFAB                     /           /                 /
SWV-49 CB-ESFAB                     /           I                 /
SWV-50 CB-ESFAB                     /           /                 I SWV-79 CB-ESFAB                   I           /                 I SWV-80 CB-ESFAB                   I           /                 I SWV-81 CB-ESFAB                   I           /                 /
SWV-82 CB-ESFAB                   /           /                 /
SWV-83 CB-ESFAB                   /           I                 /
SWV-84 CB-ESFAB                   /           I                 /
SWV-85 CB-ESFAB                   /           /                 I SWV-86 CB-ESFAB                   /           /                 I SWV-109 CB-ESFAB                   I           /                 /
SWV-110 CB-ESFAB                   I           /                 /
WDV-4   CB-ESFB                     I           /                 I WDV-61 CB-ESFB                     I           /                 /
WDV-62 CB-ESFB                     /           I                 /
WSV-3   CB-ESFA                     /           I                 I WSV-4   CB-ESFB                     /           I                 I WSV-5   CB-ESFA                     /           /                 I WSV-6   CB-ESFB                     I           /                 I WDP-2A MCB PTL                     I           /                 /
WDP-2B MCB PTL                     I           /                 /
CIP-3A MCB VENT PAN.               I           I                 I CIP-3B MCB VENT PAN.               /           /                 I SP-1 78                     Rev. 30                           Page 131 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action     Returned to      Independent Completed     Normal          Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date     Initial/Date Valve Location WDP-3A RAD WAS. PAN. PTL             /           /                 /
WDP-3B RAD WAS. PAN. PTL             /           /                 /
WDP-4A RAD WAS. PAN. PTL             I           I                 /
WDP-4B RAD WAS. PAN. PTL             /           /                 /
LOCAL CONTROL STATION 119' ELEV CGP-2 lB1 COMMENTS:
SP-1 78                     Rev. 30                           Page 132 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 3F LEAK DETECTION DEVICE TRACKING SHEET (Page 1 of 1)
SYSTEM:
AREA               DESCRIPTION                     LOCATION               AS       TEST         INIT   AS LEFT   INIT     V FOUND         L/U
            +/-                                                           _______     +           +       4         +     +
            +                                                                       4               4         4                 +                                                           _______     4               4         4                 +                                     I                   I-             4               4         4                 +                                                                       4               4         4     4-t                                                                       t           +       4         4     +
4-                                   I                   4-             4           +       4         4     +
_______     4           +       4         4     4-Use this form to document additional lineups for gauge placements or to troubleshooting efforts. Make additional copies as needed.
SP-178                                 Rev. 30                                   Page 133 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.0     EQUIPMENT RECORD Much of the pressurization system equipment will be rented for the ILRT. The contract with the vendor provides for supplying 30,000 cfm capacity, and the necessary equipment to dry and cool the air. The exact number and types of components supplied by the vendor to meet these requirements may vary. The major components of the pressurization system are described below.
Record actual equipment used:
No.       No.       Description Planned   Used 20                   Air Compressor - Portable Engine(Diesel) Driven Screw Type, Capacity of 1500 scfm, 100% oil free, 100 psi. Total capacity:
30,000 cfm.
4                     3000 cfm Dryer LowPres Desciccant 2                     5400 cfm Dryer LowPres Desciccant 7                     Heat Exchangers (Aftercoolers) 1                     10,000 cfm Dryer LowPres Refrigerate 2                     Air Manifold 2                     60 ton Chiller LowTemp Air-Cool 2                     750 gpm Pump End Suction 1                     Surge Tank for Chillers 14                   2 IN Quick-Connect Hose 25 FT 10                   48 ft Fifth Wheel Dropdeck Trailer 2Ax 700'                 Hard piping; lengths of 8" diameter hard piping (8" 150# bolt pattern) as needed to reach from designated Laydown area to Penetration 216/217 area. A portion of piping/hose is being borrowed from Plant Vogtle for 2005 ILRT.
30                   3" bull hoses - 50' long - to inter-connect the compressors, after coolers, air dryers and supply manifolds 40                   3" bull hoses - 25' long - to inter-connect the compressors, after coolers, air dryers and supply manifolds Miscellaneous:
* Actual Number required will depend on final choice of set-up area.
SP-178                                   .Rev. 30                               Page 134 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2.0   POWER REQUIREMENTS Temporary electrical power must be supplied to the pressurization system components. The types, quantities and ultimate load will vary based on the weather conditions expected during the test and test preparation periods and the actual equipment supplied by the vendor. The table below lists typical requirements. Mark the table up to reflect actual requirements as needed.
No.         No.       Description Planned     Used 1                       300x2 kW Generator Twinpack 1                       200 amp Window Panel 1                       800 amp Distribution Panel 8                       Quad Box String 20 FT 8                       4/0 Cam-Lok - 50 FT 1                     1 75 kVA Transformer LowVolt Fram SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                             Page 135 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 3.0   PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION


===3.1 TIMELINE===
===3.1 TIMELINE===
0 Delivery, security inspection, transport into Owner-Controlled area, 1 day (Start of pressurization  
0 Delivery, security inspection, transport into Owner-Controlled area, 1 day (Start of pressurization -4 days) 0 Set-up and check out pressurization system, connect to plant piping, 1-2 days (Start of pressurization -3 days)
-4 days)0 Set-up and check out pressurization system, connect to plant piping, 1-2 days (Start of pressurization  
* Resolve any compressor or component performance issues, perform flush/checkout if NOT previously completed (Start of pressurization -1 days)
-3 days)* Resolve any compressor or component performance issues, perform flush/checkout if NOT previously completed (Start of pressurization  
      & Compressor vendor Operator/mechanic support of pressurization (Start of pressurization -2 hrs + pressurization cycle, 8-12 hrs)
-1 days)& Compressor vendor Operator/mechanic support of pressurization (Start of pressurization  
* Refuel Compressors (Start of pressurization + 6hrs). Refueling can be performed while operating. Top off at end of pressurization.
-2 hrs + pressurization cycle, 8-12 hrs)* Refuel Compressors (Start of pressurization  
* Vent manifold line and/or compressor bull hoses, release Vendor operator (End of Pressurization, beginning of Stabilization Phase)
+ 6hrs). Refueling can be performed while operating.
* Plant personnel monitor pressurization line for leaks. (through Stabilization Phase)
Top off at end of pressurization.
      " Breakdown pressurization equipment - air dryers, compressors, chiller (if used), hose bibs to manifold (end of Verification Test). Schedule vendor pickup.
* Vent manifold line and/or compressor bull hoses, release Vendor operator (End of Pressurization, beginning of Stabilization Phase)* Plant personnel monitor pressurization line for leaks. (through Stabilization Phase)" Breakdown pressurization equipment  
      " Disconnect rented manifold from plant-piping (end of Depressurization)
-air dryers, compressors, chiller (if used), hose bibs to manifold (end of Verification Test). Schedule vendor pickup." Disconnect rented manifold from plant-piping (end of Depressurization)
* Remove equipment from site, stage to parking lot, load onto vendor's flatbeds, ship (end of Depressurization + 1 day)
* Remove equipment from site, stage to parking lot, load onto vendor's flatbeds, ship (end of Depressurization  
SP-178                                 Rev. 30                               Page 136 of 207
+ 1 day)SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 136 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM CHECKOUT/LINE FLUSH 4.1 TEST EQUIPMENT 4.1.1 Fine mesh cloth for cleanliness check may be used during flushing.4.2 PROCEDURE Initials 4.2.1 Pressurization System Setup 4.2.1.1 Rented portions of Pressurization System are connected to each other per ILRT Test Supervisor's directions to the manifolds.
 
4.2.1.2 Have Maintenance Department remove blind flanges outside Reactor Containment at penetrations 216 and 217.4.2.1.3 Have Maintenance Department install 12" to 8" reducing elbow and penetration isolation valve (PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5) on both penetrations 216 and 217. Ensure penetration isolation valves PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5 are closed.4.2.1.4 Have Maintenance Department install test flanges on the containment side of Penetrations 216 and 217.4.2.1.5 Perform (information only) LLRT of PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5.
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.0     PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM CHECKOUT/LINE FLUSH 4.1       TEST EQUIPMENT 4.1.1     Fine mesh cloth for cleanliness check may be used during flushing.
4.2       PROCEDURE                                                                       Initials 4.2.1     Pressurization System Setup 4.2.1.1   Rented portions of Pressurization System are connected to each other per ILRT Test Supervisor's directions to the manifolds.
4.2.1.2   Have Maintenance Department remove blind flanges outside Reactor Containment at penetrations 216 and 217.
4.2.1.3   Have Maintenance Department install 12" to 8" reducing elbow and penetration isolation valve (PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5) on both penetrations 216 and 217. Ensure penetration isolation valves PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5 are closed.
4.2.1.4   Have Maintenance Department install test flanges on the containment side of Penetrations 216 and 217.
4.2.1.5   Perform (information only) LLRT of PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5.
Perform LLRT of PEN216-TV2 and PEN217-TV6, if directed by ILRT Test Supervisor.
Perform LLRT of PEN216-TV2 and PEN217-TV6, if directed by ILRT Test Supervisor.
4.2.1.6 Have Maintenance Department remove test flanges on the containment side of Penetrations 216 and 217.CAUTION Prior to pressurizing supply lines, remove all personnel from area with signs posted and area roped off.4.2.2 Perform the following steps to verify pressurization line integrity.
4.2.1.6   Have Maintenance Department remove test flanges on the containment side of Penetrations 216 and 217.
4.2.2.1 Install loop-back hose inside the Turbine building between Penetration 216 8" supply line and Penetration 217 8" supply line.4.2.2.2 Align pressurization system, per Table 1 Step 4.2.2.2, for test of Penetration 216 air supply line.4.2.2.3 Start one diesel air compressor connected to Penetration 216 and slowly increase pressure in the test line via valve manifold to 100 psig.4.2.2.4 Hold pressure for ten (10) minutes (or as required to complete walkdown/leak checks). Inspect each connection for gross leakage.Repair any gross leakage. Small leakage is acceptable.
CAUTION Prior to pressurizing supply lines, remove all personnel from area with signs posted and area roped off.
4.2.2.5 Ensure personnel are clear of exhaust muffler and slowly open PEN217-TV8.
4.2.2     Perform the following steps to verify pressurization line integrity.
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 137 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.2.2.6 Start remaining air compressors on Penetration 216 header one at a time until all compressors are running. Monitor exhaust muffler and piping continuously for vibration or excessive movement.4.2.2.7 Open air sampling valve on Penetration 216 piping and notify Chemistry to perform an air sample. Also notify HP to perform a noise evaluation of the area. After air sample is complete, close air sample valve.4.2.2.8 Secure all compressors for Penetration 216 after flush is complete.4.2.2.9 Align pressurization system, per Table 1 Step 4.2.2.9, for test of Penetration 217 air supply line..4.2.2.10 Start one diesel air compressor connected to penetration 217 and slowly increase pressure in test line via valve manifold to 100 psig.4.2.2.11 Hold pressure for ten (10) minutes (or as required to complete walkdown/leak checks). Inspect each connection for gross leakage.Repair any gross leakage. Small leakage is acceptable.
4.2.2.1   Install loop-back hose inside the Turbine building between Penetration 216 8" supply line and Penetration 217 8" supply line.
4.2.2.12 Ensure personnel are clear of exhaust muffler and slowly open PEN216-TV4.
4.2.2.2   Align pressurization system, per Table 1 Step 4.2.2.2, for test of Penetration 216 air supply line.
4.2.2.13 Start remaining air compressors on Penetration 217 header one at a time until all compressors are running. Monitor exhaust muffler and piping continuously for vibration or excessive movement.4.2.2.14 Open air sampling valve on Penetration 217 piping and notify Chemistry to perform an air sample. Also notify HP to perform a noise evaluation of the area. After air sample is complete, close air sample valve.4.2.2.15 Secure all compressors for Penetration 217 after flush is complete.4.2.2.16 Remove loop-back hose installed in Step 4.2.2.1.4.2.2.17 Install remaining piping/hose for both Penetrations 216 and 217.4.2.2.18 Place pressurization system in Pressurization System Standby lineup described in Table 1 of this attachment.
4.2.2.3   Start one diesel air compressor connected to Penetration 216 and slowly increase pressure in the test line via valve manifold to 100 psig.
4.2.2.19 Top off compressors with fuel as necessary to be prepared for the ILRT.5.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM OPERATION 5.1 During ILRT rented portions of pressurization system will be operated by vendor-supplied personnel.
4.2.2.4   Hold pressure for ten (10) minutes (or as required to complete walkdown/leak checks). Inspect each connection for gross leakage.
These personnel will take direction from the ILRT Test Supervisor or his designee.5.2 Permanent plant valves and components will be manipulated by plant operating or test unit personnel as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor.
Repair any gross leakage. Small leakage is acceptable.
SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 138 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 5.3 WHEN directed by ILRT Test Supervisor, THEN lineup pressurization system to pressurize containment per "Pressurize Containment" line of Table 1.5.4 During Pressurization, SECURE compressors/pressurization system as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor.
4.2.2.5   Ensure personnel are clear of exhaust muffler and slowly open PEN217-TV8.
5.5 Top off air compressors fuel tanks before return to vendor (compressors are to be returned with the same fuel level as received or there will be an additional refueling charge).5.6 When Pressurization is complete, the pressurization header will be isolated at the 8" isolation valves, PEN216-TV1, PEN216-TV2, PEN217-TV5, and PEN217-TV6.
SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                               Page 137 of 207
Once isolated, vent the pressurization headers through spare bib connections on the Pressurization System manifolds.
 
5.7 When directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor, disconnect the temporary piping from the "compressor-side" of the outboard 8" isolation valves at Penetrations 216 and 217 (remove piping from 216-2 and 217-2) in preparation for depressurization through this path.6.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM RESTORATION 6.1 WHEN directed by ILRT Test Supervisor, THEN various components of pressurization system may be disconnected from each other, and from pressurization system manifold (e.g., dryers, compressors, aftercoolers, chiller, etc,. as applicable).
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.2.2.6   Start remaining air compressors on Penetration 216 header one at a time until all compressors are running. Monitor exhaust muffler and piping continuously for vibration or excessive movement.
6.2 Pressurization system manifold may NOT be removed until directed by ILRT Test Supervisor.
4.2.2.7   Open air sampling valve on Penetration 216 piping and notify Chemistry to perform an air sample. Also notify HP to perform a noise evaluation of the area. After air sample is complete, close air sample valve.
6.3 Rented portions of pressurization system will be disconnected, prepared for shipment and moved to a staging area outside Protected Area for pickup by vendor's freight carrier.6.4 Temporary piping from Penetrations 216 and 217 to valves PEN216-TV1, PEN216-TV2, PEN217-TV5, PEN217-TV6 may be disassembled when the containment has been completely depressurized.
4.2.2.8   Secure all compressors for Penetration 216 after flush is complete.
SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 139 of 207 ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT TABLE 1 PRESSURIZATION o-, Z >Z Z Z N Z Z Z SYSTEM ALIGNMENT O 0 .n~0 0 04 nD0 Cn Mn CD co* _0 r o o a) > >, 2 2__ >m 2m >&#xa2; 2E " u0.D Cl). Cl. Cl). CD * ).
4.2.2.9   Align pressurization system, per Table 1 Step 4.2.2.9, for test of Penetration 217 air supply line..
* l. Cl. Cl.t o4-5 -,- 4-- 4-- 4-(D 0 Q ~ l ~ .C .) (-I-l) F7 (1) FT Q ) -C) C) -C)._2 0 F7 _ o O DD Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2 OFF** Instl'd 0 ON O* C 0 C C C C*Pressurization System Flush PEN 216 Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2.9 OFF** Instl'd 0 ON O* C -C C* C O C Pressurization System Flush PEN 217 Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2.18 OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C Press. System Standby Procedure Step 5.3 ON** Instl'd 0 ON 0* 0* 0* 0* C 0* 0* 0* C Pressurize Containment Containment at Pressure OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C During ILRT OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C During Verification Test OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C During Depressurization Rmv'd Rmv'd C OFF C 0 Thrtl C 0 0 Thrtl C 0 Open Open*Opened and closed as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor
4.2.2.10   Start one diesel air compressor connected to penetration 217 and slowly increase pressure in test line via valve manifold to 100 psig.
**Started and Stopped as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 140 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT AND/OR INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS The following instrumentation or equivalent are required for the Integrated Leak Rate Test and are recently calibrated (within 6 months of test or in accordance with the plant's/supplier's Test Equipment program) and the calibration dates are properly documented in this appendix.1.1.1 Absolute Pressure Quantity Manufacturer Type Range Accuracy Repeatability Resolution 2 Paroscientific Inc.Precision pressure gauge Model 760-100A with Direct Pressure Readout and RS-232 0 -100 psia+/- 0.010% Full Scale (+ 0.01 psia)+ 0.005% Full Scale (+ 0.005 psia)0.0001 psi 1.1.2 Drybulb Temperature Quantity Manufacturer Type Range Accuracy Repeatability Resolution 30 planned (6 more than 1991 ILRT to minimize stabilization time)Graftel Model 9202 Thermistors 50 -150&deg;F+/-2.0&deg;F+/-0.01 OF+/-0.001 0 F SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 141 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.1.3. Relative Humidity Quantity Manufacturer Type Range Accuracy Repeatability Resolution 10 Graftel Model 9203 Relative Humidity Sensors (Temperature compensated bulk polymer chip)10 -90% RH+/- 2.0% RH+/- 0.10% RH 0.5 %RH 1.1.4 Verification Flow Quantity Manufacturer Type Range Accuracy Repeatability Resolution 1.1.5 Ambient Pressure Quantity Range Accuracy 2 (1 primary, 1 backup)Brooks Mechanical tube and float 2.57-25.6 scfm (< 0-32 scfm)+ 2% full scale+/- 0.2% full scale 2% FS 1 0 -25 psia+/- .1 psi SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 142 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2.0 GENERAL 2.1 Sensors should be located in the middle of the air volume they are monitoring, away from structural steel and other heat sources or sinks wherever possible, to minimize thermal lag.Drybulb Temperature Sensors = 30 Dewcells or Humidity Sensors = 10 Precision Pressure Sensors = 2 Flow Meters = 1 with 1 backup Sensor locations are described in Step 6.0 3.0 SENSOR REJECTION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE Raw sensor data on functionally dependent parameters such as temperature, pressure and humidity should NOT be rejected solely based on statistical rejection techniques.
4.2.2.11   Hold pressure for ten (10) minutes (or as required to complete walkdown/leak checks). Inspect each connection for gross leakage.
Rather, sensor data may be rejected and NOT used in final calculation of air mass provided a good physical reason exists, such as loss of instrument power or erratic signal.3.1 IF a sensor is rejected during the Type A test, THEN: 3.1.1 Which Sensor(s) rejected and cause SHALL be recorded in log of events.3.1.2 The sensor's volume fraction SHALL be re-assigned the other sensors using volume fractions provided in the Sensor Failure Analysis, Table 1 3.1.3 All data points for Type A test, including those taken prior to rejection of sensor(s), SHALL be re-calculated with the sensor's input deleted. Use Single Failure Recommendations in Instrumentation Recommendations for Integrated Leak Rate Testing.3.1.4 IF practical, THEN data from rejected sensor(s) should continue to be recorded for duration of both Type A test AND Verification Test.3.1.5 IF a sensor is rejected during verification test, Type A test leakage rate, Verification Test leakage rate, and verification leakage rate limits SHALL be recalculated.
Repair any gross leakage. Small leakage is acceptable.
3.1.6 A sensor SHALL NOT be removed solely because its removal improves leakage rate result.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 143 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.0 CALIBRATION INFORMATION 4.1 Test instrumentation have been calibrated within six months of start of ILRT, or at interval specified by the applicable Test Equipment QA program. Calibration SHALL be traceable to NIST 4.2 A calibration check has been completed at ambient conditions within SHALL be traceable to NIST.1 month of start of ILRT. Calibration of Field Standards Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0&deg;F+ 2.0OF+ 2.0 0 F+ 2.0OF+ 2.0&deg;F+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 144 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0&deg;F+ 2.0&deg;F+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 145 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:+ 2.0OF+ 2.0&deg;F+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0&deg;F+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0OF+ 2.0&deg;F+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 146 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH'+ 5%RH+ 5%RH+ 5%RH a ~. S I S I S L A t a t i 4 4 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 147 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT: 1 1 1 t I 4-a -I A. .5. A. fl J .5.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 148 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT NOTES: 1. ALL sensing line tubing (pressure and flow) should be pressurized to test pressure and snooped for leaks. This can be done during pressurization if sensing line can be isolated for repairs.2. The acceptance criteria for the calibration check for the pressure gauges is a limitation on the variance between the two corrected (if applicable) gauge readings when compared against each other. The check can be performed at atmospheric pressure or test pressure.
4.2.2.12   Ensure personnel are clear of exhaust muffler and slowly open PEN216-TV4.
A comparison is made because most plants do NOT possess field standards of equivalent or better accuracy to use during a calibration check due to the extremely high accuracy of the ILRT gauges.3. Per ANSI 56.8-1994, para. 4.2.1, Pretest checks are NOT required for mechanical flow rate device (e.g., rotameters), however they are highly recommended.
4.2.2.13   Start remaining air compressors on Penetration 217 header one at a time until all compressors are running. Monitor exhaust muffler and piping continuously for vibration or excessive movement.
Flow meter calibration checks are also a simple comparison, typically against a known valve position.
4.2.2.14   Open air sampling valve on Penetration 217 piping and notify Chemistry to perform an air sample. Also notify HP to perform a noise evaluation of the area. After air sample is complete, close air sample valve.
The calibration check should be preceeded by a line "flush" with air to verify NO particulates or moisture exists in the sensing line. The calibration check should be performed at a flow rate equivalent to LO to verify that tubing size is adequate to pass the desired flow rate with existing bends, valves, and pressure drops.4. The Paroscientific precision pressure gauges are to be installed in the locations provided for by the client. They will assume the nomenclature PI-1 and PI-2, and be connected to plant tubing at LRV-39 and LRV-40 as per FD-302-722.
4.2.2.15   Secure all compressors for Penetration 217 after flush is complete.
: 5. The two rotameters to be used for the Verification test will assume the nomenclature FE-4 and FE-5, and are to be connected at LRV-65 and LRV-64 per FD-302-722.
4.2.2.16   Remove loop-back hose installed in Step 4.2.2.1.
Do NOT connect tubing from LRV-66 and LRV-67 to the outlets of the rotameters.
4.2.2.17   Install remaining piping/hose for both Penetrations 216 and 217.
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 149 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 5.0 INSTRUMENTATION INSTALLATION SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#1 IN A A B B+ +S S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED STRING # INSIDE WIRE ISALDRMVD OUTSIDE WIRE # INTLE RMOD INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#1 OUT A A B B+ +* S S SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 150 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD STRING # INSIDE WIRE INSTALLED REMOVED OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#2.IN A A B B+ +S S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#2 OUT A A B B+ +S S SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 151 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD STRING # INSIDE WIRE ISALDRMVD OUTSIDE WIRE # INTLE RMOD INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#3 IN A A B B+ +S S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED STRING # INSIDE WIRE ISALDRMVD OUTSIDE WIRE # INTLE RMOD INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#3 OUT A A B B+ +S S SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 152 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED STRING # INSIDE WIRE ISALDRMVD OUTSIDE WIRE # INTLE RMOD INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE#4 OUT A A B B+ +S S SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 153 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 6.0 INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS 6.1 Instrument locations are approximate and may be changed at Test Supervisor discretion.
4.2.2.18   Place pressurization system in Pressurization System Standby lineup described in Table 1 of this attachment.
New locations will be recorded below, evaluated and documented in Attachment 7.6.2 Since temperature stratifies by elevation, azimuth and radius are NOT critical dimensions.
4.2.2.19   Top off compressors with fuel as necessary to be prepared for the ILRT.
Sensors should be placed away from heat sources and heat sinks such as concrete walls and steel I-beams.6.3 Additional variations are permitted if existing location is in a high radiation field, inaccessible location, or near a heat sink or heat source.6.4 Volume Weighting Fractions provided have been properly input into-ILRT Software SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 154 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST ELEVATION AZIMUTH RADIUS VWF SENSOR EQUIPMENT Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual S/N TEl 105' 120o (ESE) 60' 0.0368 (LR-20-TE)
5.0       PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM OPERATION 5.1       During ILRT rented portions of pressurization system will be operated by vendor-supplied personnel. These personnel will take direction from the ILRT Test Supervisor or his designee.
TE2 105' 220o (SSW) 60' 0.0368 (LR-21-TE)
5.2       Permanent plant valves and components will be manipulated by plant operating or test unit personnel as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor.
TE3 105' 320o (WNW) 62' 0.0367 (LR-22-TE)
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                               Page 138 of 207
TE4 108' 180o (S) -40' -Outer 0.0588 (LR-23-TE)
 
D-Ring wall TE5 140' 120o (ESE) 60' 0.0588 (LR-24-TE)
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 5.3     WHEN directed by ILRT Test Supervisor, THEN lineup pressurization system to pressurize containment per "Pressurize Containment" line of Table 1.
TE6. 140' 220o (SSW) 60' 0.0588 (LR-25-TE)
5.4     During Pressurization, SECURE compressors/pressurization system as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor.
TE7 140' 320o (WNW) 60' 0.0165 (LR-26-TE)
5.5     Top off air compressors fuel tanks before return to vendor (compressors are to be returned with the same fuel level as received or there will be an additional refueling charge).
TE8 140' 10o (N) -40' -Outer 0.0547 (LR-27-TE)
5.6     When Pressurization is complete, the pressurization header will be isolated at the 8" isolation valves, PEN216-TV1, PEN216-TV2, PEN217-TV5, and PEN217-TV6. Once isolated, vent the pressurization headers through spare bib connections on the Pressurization System manifolds.
D-Ring wall TE9 186' 100o (E) 60' 0.0547 (LR-28-TE)
5.7     When directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor, disconnect the temporary piping from the "compressor-side" of the outboard 8" isolation valves at Penetrations 216 and 217 (remove piping from 216-2 and 217-2) in preparation for depressurization through this path.
TE10 180' 220o (SSW) 20' Off hndrl 0.0638 (LR-29-TE)
6.0     PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM RESTORATION 6.1     WHEN directed by ILRT Test Supervisor, THEN various components of pressurization system may be disconnected from each other, and from pressurization system manifold (e.g., dryers, compressors, aftercoolers, chiller, etc,. as applicable).
W-side, B D-ring TEl 1 260' 290o (WNW) -20' 0.0547 (LR-30-TE)
6.2     Pressurization system manifold may NOT be removed until directed by ILRT Test Supervisor.
TE12 180' 450 (NE) -40' 0.0637 (LR-31-TE)
6.3     Rented portions of pressurization system will be disconnected, prepared for shipment and moved to a staging area outside Protected Area for pickup by vendor's freight carrier.
TE13 260' 180o (S) -20' 0.0361 (LR-32-TE)
6.4     Temporary piping from Penetrations 216 and 217 to valves PEN216-TV1, PEN216-TV2, PEN217-TV5, PEN217-TV6 may be disassembled when the containment has been completely depressurized.
TE14 244' 50o (NE) 60' 0.0361 (LR-33-TE)
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                             Page 139 of 207
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 155 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST ELEVATION AZIMUTH RADIUS VWF SENSOR EQUIPMENT Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual S/N TE15 220' 100o (E) -45' 0.0361 (LR-34-TE)
 
TE16 215' 225o (SSW) 55' 0.0361 (LR-35-TE)
ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT TABLE 1 PRESSURIZATION                               o-,a)                  >Z >Z           >,            Z   2  Z     2__N
TE17 243' 180o (S) 65' 0.0361 (LR-36-TE)
                                                                                                                        >m        Z 2m >&#xa2;    2E Z  " Z SYSTEM ALIGNMENT         "*N  O         *~-    o4-5.
TE18 239' 280o (W) 65' 0.0361 (LR-37-TE)
                                                  ***          0**  0    C*~n~0   ** 0 04 tnD0              -,-    Cn 4-- Mn   4--      CD 4-*- 4-co (D   0                ~              l  ~    . C    .)     (-I-l) F7   (1)
TE19 215' 320o (WNW) 60' 0.0360 (LR-38-TE)
FT     Q )     -     C)     C) -   C)
TE20 244' 0o (N) 65' 0.0360 (LR-39-TE)
                                                * -*o_ * *.                        o                      o        0r u0.D      0*I        cn*f                    Cl).      Cl.        Cl).      CD *          ).
TE21 108' 10o (N) -40' Inside, 0.0165 (LR-52-TE)
* l.      Cl. Cl.
N end SG-A D-ring TE22 140' 170o (S) Outer Rx Wall 0.0135 (LR-53-TE)
                                                        ._2   0         _  F7       o             O       DD Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2     OFF**       Instl'd 0             ON     O* C                     0           C         C                   C     C*
SG-B D-Ring TE23 180' 225o (SSW) 60' 0.0546 (LR-54-TE)
Pressurization System Flush PEN 216 Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2.9   OFF**       Instl'd 0             ON     O* C         -           C           C*       C                   O     C Pressurization System Flush PEN 217 Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2.18 OFF         Instl'd C             OFF   C   C         C           C           C         C         C         C     C Press. System Standby Procedure Step 5.3       ON**       Instl'd 0             ON     0* 0*       0*         0*         C           0*     0*         0*     C Pressurize Containment Containment at Pressure   OFF       Instl'd   C             OFF   C   C         C           C           C         C         C         C     C During ILRT               OFF       Instl'd   C             OFF   C   C         C           C           C         C         C         C     C During Verification Test OFF         Instl'd   C             OFF   C   C         C           C           C         C         C         C     C During Depressurization   Rmv'd     Rmv'd     C             OFF   C   0         Thrtl       C           0         0         Thrtl       C     0 Open                                       Open
TE24 180' 320o (WNW) 60' 0.0546 (LR-55-TE)
*Opened and closed as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor
**Started and Stopped as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor SP-1 78                               Rev. 30                               Page 140 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.0   SPECIAL EQUIPMENT AND/OR INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS The following instrumentation or equivalent are required for the Integrated Leak Rate Test and are recently calibrated (within 6 months of test or in accordance with the plant's/supplier's Test Equipment program) and the calibration dates are properly documented in this appendix.
1.1.1 Absolute Pressure Quantity         2 Manufacturer     Paroscientific Inc.
Type              Precision pressure gauge Model 760-100A with Direct Pressure Readout and RS-232 Range            0 - 100 psia Accuracy          +/- 0.010% Full Scale (+ 0.01 psia)
Repeatability    + 0.005% Full Scale (+ 0.005 psia)
Resolution      0.0001 psi 1.1.2 Drybulb Temperature Quantity         30 planned (6 more than 1991 ILRT to minimize stabilization time)
Manufacturer    Graftel Type              Model 9202 Thermistors Range            50 - 150&deg;F Accuracy          +/-2.0&deg;F Repeatability    +/-0.01 OF Resolution      +/-0.0010 F SP-178                                   Rev. 30                                 Page 141 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.1.3. Relative Humidity Quantity       10 Manufacturer Graftel Type           Model 9203 Relative Humidity Sensors (Temperature compensated bulk polymer chip)
Range          10 - 90% RH Accuracy      +/- 2.0% RH Repeatability +/- 0.10% RH Resolution    0.5 %RH 1.1.4 Verification Flow Quantity       2 (1 primary, 1 backup)
Manufacturer  Brooks Type          Mechanical tube and float Range          2.57-25.6 scfm (< 0-32 scfm)
Accuracy      + 2% full scale Repeatability  +/- 0.2% full scale Resolution    2% FS 1.1.5 Ambient Pressure Quantity                1 Range                  0 - 25 psia Accuracy                +/- .1 psi SP-1 78                               Rev. 30                           Page 142 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2.0   GENERAL 2.1   Sensors should be located in the middle of the air volume they are monitoring, away from structural steel and other heat sources or sinks wherever possible, to minimize thermal lag.
Drybulb Temperature Sensors = 30 Dewcells or Humidity Sensors = 10 Precision Pressure Sensors = 2 Flow Meters = 1 with 1 backup Sensor locations are described in Step 6.0 3.0   SENSOR REJECTION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE Raw sensor data on functionally dependent parameters such as temperature, pressure and humidity should NOT be rejected solely based on statistical rejection techniques. Rather, sensor data may be rejected and NOT used in final calculation of air mass provided a good physical reason exists, such as loss of instrument power or erratic signal.
3.1   IF a sensor is rejected during the Type A test, THEN:
3.1.1 Which Sensor(s) rejected and cause SHALL be recorded in log of events.
3.1.2 The sensor's volume fraction SHALL be re-assigned the other sensors using volume fractions provided in the Sensor Failure Analysis, Table 1 3.1.3 All data points for Type A test, including those taken prior to rejection of sensor(s), SHALL be re-calculated with the sensor's input deleted. Use Single Failure Recommendations in Instrumentation Recommendations for Integrated Leak Rate Testing.
3.1.4 IF practical, THEN data from rejected sensor(s) should continue to be recorded for duration of both Type A test AND Verification Test.
3.1.5 IF a sensor is rejected during verification test, Type A test leakage rate, Verification Test leakage rate, and verification leakage rate limits SHALL be recalculated.
3.1.6 A sensor SHALL NOT be removed solely because its removal improves leakage rate result.
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                                 Page 143 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.0   CALIBRATION INFORMATION 4.1   Test instrumentation have been calibrated within six months of start of ILRT, or at interval specified by the applicable Test Equipment QA program. Calibration SHALL be traceable to NIST 4.2   A calibration check has been completed at ambient conditions within 1 month of start of ILRT. Calibration of Field Standards SHALL be traceable to NIST.
Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date   Std.         Sensor     Dev. Cal. Check     Accept. Used As Sensor S/N     MTE#         Date   Due     Calibration       Rdg.         Rdg.     from     Verified       Criteria   During Date                                               Std. By/Date                   ILRT:
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0 0 F
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF
                                                                                                              + 2.0OF SP-178                               Rev. 30                                 Page 144 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor   Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due   Calibration     Rdg. Rdg. from     Verified   Criteria During Date                                     Std. By/Date             ILRT:
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                    + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF SP-1 78                 Rev. 30                         Page 145 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor   Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due   Calibration     Rdg. Rdg. from     Verified   Criteria During Date                                     Std. By/Date             ILRT:
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0OF
                                                                                    + 2.0&deg;F
                                                                                    + 5%RH
                                                                                    + 5%RH
                                                                                    + 5%RH
                                                                                    + 5%RH SP-1 78                 Rev. 30                         Page 146 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date   Std. Sensor   Dev. Cal. Check   Accept. Used As Sensor S/N   MTE#   Date   Due   Calibration       Rdg. Rdg. from     Verified     Criteria   During Date                                     Std. By/Date                 ILRT:
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH'
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH
                                                                                            + 5%RH a     ~.     S                 I     S       I       S           L         A t     a                                 t     i       4                               4 SP-1 78                       Rev. 30                         Page 147 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date   Std. Sensor   Dev. Cal. Check   Accept.     Used As Sensor S/N   MTE#   Date   Due   Calibration         Rdg. Rdg.     from   Verified     Criteria     During Date                                         Std. By/Date                   ILRT:
1     1             1                                             t             I         4-a     -     I                 A.     .5.       A.     fl           J         .5.
SP-178                       Rev. 30                             Page 148 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT NOTES:
: 1. ALL sensing line tubing (pressure and flow) should be pressurized to test pressure and snooped for leaks. This can be done during pressurization if sensing line can be isolated for repairs.
: 2. The acceptance criteria for the calibration check for the pressure gauges is a limitation on the variance between the two corrected (if applicable) gauge readings when compared against each other. The check can be performed at atmospheric pressure or test pressure. A comparison is made because most plants do NOT possess field standards of equivalent or better accuracy to use during a calibration check due to the extremely high accuracy of the ILRT gauges.
: 3. Per ANSI 56.8-1994, para. 4.2.1, Pretest checks are NOT required for mechanical flow rate device (e.g., rotameters),
however they are highly recommended. Flow meter calibration checks are also a simple comparison, typically against a known valve position. The calibration check should be preceeded by a line "flush" with air to verify NO particulates or moisture exists in the sensing line. The calibration check should be performed at a flow rate equivalent to LO to verify that tubing size is adequate to pass the desired flow rate with existing bends, valves, and pressure drops.
: 4. The Paroscientific precision pressure gauges are to be installed in the locations provided for by the client. They will assume the nomenclature PI-1 and PI-2, and be connected to plant tubing at LRV-39 and LRV-40 as per FD-302-722.
: 5. The two rotameters to be used for the Verification test will assume the nomenclature FE-4 and FE-5, and are to be connected at LRV-65 and LRV-64 per FD-302-722. Do NOT connect tubing from LRV-66 and LRV-67 to the outlets of the rotameters.
SP-1 78                                 Rev. 30                               Page 149 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 5.0   INSTRUMENTATION INSTALLATION SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED   REMOVED                     INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#1 IN       A                                           A B                                           B
              +                                           +
S                                           S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED ISALDRMVD    REMOVED     OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED INTLE      REMOVED RMOD STRING #       INSIDE WIRE       INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#1 OUT       A                                           A B                                           B
              +                                           +
            *S                                           S SP-1 78                       Rev. 30                       Page 150 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD STRING #   INSIDE WIRE         INSTALLED   REMOVED     OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#2.IN     A                                           A B                                           B
          +                                           +
S                                           S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED   REMOVED                     INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#2 OUT   A                                           A B                                           B
          +                                           +
S                                           S SP-1 78                   Rev. 30                       Page 151 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD STRING #   INSIDE WIRE         ISALDRMVD                 OUTSIDE WIRE # INTLE     RMOD INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#3 IN     A                                           A B                                           B
          +                                           +
S                                           S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED ISALDRMVD    REMOVED     OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED INTLE      REMOVED RMOD STRING #   INSIDE WIRE         INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#3 OUT   A                                           A B                                           B
          +                                           +
S                                           S SP-178                     Rev. 30                       Page 152 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED         OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED INTLE      REMOVED RMOD STRING #   INSIDE WIRE       ISALDRMVD INIT/DATE   INIT/DATE                   INIT/DATE INIT/DATE
#4 OUT   A                                           A B                                           B
          +                                           +
S                                           S SP-178                   Rev. 30                       Page 153 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 6.0   INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS 6.1   Instrument locations are approximate and may be changed at Test Supervisor discretion. New locations will be recorded below, evaluated and documented in Attachment 7.
6.2   Since temperature stratifies by elevation, azimuth and radius are NOT critical dimensions. Sensors should be placed away from heat sources and heat sinks such as concrete walls and steel I-beams.
6.3   Additional variations are permitted if existing location is in a high radiation field, inaccessible location, or near a heat sink or heat source.
6.4   Volume Weighting Fractions provided have been properly input into-ILRT Software SP-1 78                                 Rev. 30                                   Page 154 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST       ELEVATION             AZIMUTH                 RADIUS                   VWF       SENSOR EQUIPMENT   Original Actual     Original     Actual   Original     Actual     Original   Actual   S/N TEl     105'           120o (ESE)                 60'                   0.0368 (LR-20-TE)
TE2     105'           220o (SSW)                 60'                   0.0368 (LR-21-TE)
TE3     105'           320o (WNW)                   62'                   0.0367 (LR-22-TE)
TE4     108'             180o (S)             -40' - Outer               0.0588 (LR-23-TE)                                         D-Ring wall TE5     140'           120o (ESE)                 60'                   0.0588 (LR-24-TE)
TE6. 140'           220o (SSW)                 60'                   0.0588 (LR-25-TE)
TE7     140'           320o (WNW)                   60'                   0.0165 (LR-26-TE)
TE8     140'               10o (N)             -40' - Outer               0.0547 (LR-27-TE)                                         D-Ring wall TE9     186'             100o (E)                 60'                   0.0547 (LR-28-TE)
TE10     180'           220o (SSW)             20' Off hndrl             0.0638 (LR-29-TE)                                           W-side, B D-ring TEl 1   260'           290o (WNW)                 -20'                   0.0547 (LR-30-TE)
TE12     180'             450 (NE)                 -40'                   0.0637 (LR-31-TE)
TE13     260'               180o (S)                 -20'                  0.0361 (LR-32-TE)
TE14    244'              50o (NE)                  60'                  0.0361 (LR-33-TE)
SP-1 78                      Rev. 30                          Page 155 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST       ELEVATION             AZIMUTH                 RADIUS                   VWF       SENSOR EQUIPMENT   Original Actual     Original     Actual   Original       Actual     Original   Actual   S/N TE15     220'               100o (E)                 -45'                   0.0361 (LR-34-TE)
TE16     215'             225o (SSW)                   55'                   0.0361 (LR-35-TE)
TE17     243'               180o (S)                   65'                   0.0361 (LR-36-TE)
TE18     239'             280o (W)                   65'                   0.0361 (LR-37-TE)
TE19     215'           320o (WNW)                   60'                   0.0360 (LR-38-TE)
TE20     244'                 0o (N)                   65'                   0.0360 (LR-39-TE)
TE21     108'               10o (N)             -40' Inside,               0.0165 (LR-52-TE)                                           N end SG-A D-ring TE22     140'             170o (S)             Outer Rx Wall               0.0135 (LR-53-TE)                                         SG-B D-Ring TE23     180'           225o (SSW)                   60'                   0.0546 (LR-54-TE)
TE24     180'           320o (WNW)                   60'                   0.0546 (LR-55-TE)
TE25 (LR-20-TE)
TE25 (LR-20-TE)
TE26 (LR-20-TE)
TE26 (LR-20-TE)
TE27 (LR-20-TE)
TE27 (LR-20-TE)
TE28 (LR-20-TE)
TE28 (LR-20-TE)
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 156 of 207 ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST ELEVATION AZIMUTH RADIUS VWF SENSOR EQUIPMENT Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual SIN TE29 (LR-20-TE)
SP-1 78                       Rev. 30                           Page 156 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST       ELEVATION             AZIMUTH                 RADIUS                 VWF       SENSOR EQUIPMENT   Original Actual   Original     Actual   Original       Actual   Original Actual   SIN TE29 (LR-20-TE)
TE30 (LR-20-TE)
TE30 (LR-20-TE)
VWF TOTAL 1.00 HE1 105' 1700(S) -40'- Outer 0.0270 (LR-41-HE)
VWF TOTAL     1.00 HE1     105'             1700(S)             -40'- Outer               0.0270 (LR-41-HE)                                         D-Ring wall HE2     105'             2700 (W)                   62'                 0.1103 (LR-42-HE)
D-Ring wall HE2 105' 2700 (W) 62' 0.1103 (LR-42-HE)
HE3     140'             270o (W)                 -15'                 0.1764 (LR-43-HE)
HE3 140' 270o (W) -15' 0.1764 (LR-43-HE)
HE4     140'             10o (N)             -40' - Outer               0.0330 (LR-44-HE)                                         D-Ring wall HE5     244'               15o (N)                   65'                 0.1267 (LR-45-HE)
HE4 140' 10o (N) -40' -Outer 0.0330 (LR-44-HE)
HE6     215           320o (WNW)                   60'                 0.1267 (LR-46-HE)
D-Ring wall HE5 244' 15o (N) 65' 0.1267 (LR-45-HE)
HE7     215             260o (W)                   60'                 0.1266 (LR-47-HE)
HE6 215 320o (WNW) 60' 0.1267 (LR-46-HE)
HE8     200'             120o (ESE)                 60'                 0.0911 (LR-48-HE)
HE7 215 260o (W) 60' 0.1266 (LR-47-HE)
HE9     180'             0o (N)                   -20'                 0.0911 (LR-49-HE)
HE8 200' 120o (ESE) 60' 0.0911 (LR-48-HE)
HE10     180'             1700(S)             Outer Rx Wall               0.911 (LR-50-HE)                                         SG-B D-Ring VWF TOTAL     1.00 SP-1 78                       Rev. 30                         Page 157 of 207
HE9 180' 0o (N) -20' 0.0911 (LR-49-HE)
 
HE10 180' 1700(S) Outer Rx Wall 0.911 (LR-50-HE)
ATTACHMENT 6 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SP-1 78     Rev. 30             Page 158 of 207
SG-B D-Ring VWF TOTAL 1.00 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 157 of 207 ATTACHMENT 6 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 158 of 207 ATTACHMENT 7 TEST EXCEPTIONS LOG (Page 1 of 1)TEST EXCEPTION LOG PAGE OF Date/Time Proc. Initials Description/Resolution
 
____ ____ __- Step __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _I +4 4-I f 4 4- 1 *l- -I-4 4 4-i i +1 1 -I-4 4 4-4 1 4 4 4-4 1 4-I 1 4 4 4 I I I+ ++ + i Make additional copies as necessary SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 159 of 207 ATTACHMENT 8 VALVE LINEUP ALTERATION LOG (Page 1 of 1)COMPONENT INSIDE ILRT RE-POSITIONED BY RESTORED TO ILRT POSITION COMMENTS/DISPOSITION (Indiv. Comp.) CNTMNT? POSITION (Name/Ext.) (Initials/Date)
ATTACHMENT 7 TEST EXCEPTIONS LOG (Page 1 of 1)
~1~ r t I ___________________________
TEST EXCEPTION LOG                                                                     PAGE       OF Date/Time       Proc.     Initials                           Description/Resolution
+ I. .1.1~ _______________
____ __-   Step     __ _ _     _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C ________________
I        +
C ____________________________  
4       4-I       f 4       4-                             1       *l-             -I-4       4               4-i       i             +
&#xa3; ________________________
1       1               -I-4       4               4-4       1                             4       4               4-4       1               4-I       1                             4       4               4 I       I               I
j ______________________________________________
              +       +
This form is used to provide a mechanism to track temporary modifications to "completed" valve lineups/component status necessitated by ongoing outage activities during ILRT preparation.
              +       +               i Make additional copies as necessary SP-178                                         Rev. 30                                 Page 159 of 207
The form is used because many lineups/components are positioned via administrative procedure, SOP or other means, without tags. The ILRT Test Supervisor may elect to leave certain components in the requested position after reviewing them for potential impact on the ILRT.Make additional copies of this form as necessary.
 
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 160 of 207 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  
ATTACHMENT 8 VALVE LINEUP ALTERATION LOG (Page 1 of 1)
COMPONENT                 INSIDE               ILRT           RE-POSITIONED BY                     RESTORED TO ILRT POSITION                   COMMENTS/DISPOSITION (Indiv. Comp.)       CNTMNT?             POSITION                     (Name/Ext.)                   (Initials/Date)
                    ~1~               r                     t                                                             I
                    +                 I.                                                                                   .1
                    .1~_______________ C ________________     C ____________________________     &#xa3; ________________________ j ______________________________________________
This form is used to provide a mechanism to track temporary modifications to "completed" valve lineups/component status necessitated by ongoing outage activities during ILRT preparation. The form is used because many lineups/components are positioned via administrative procedure, SOP or other means, without tags. The ILRT Test Supervisor may elect to leave certain components in the requested position after reviewing them for potential impact on the ILRT.
Make additional copies of this form as necessary.
SP-1 78                                               Rev. 30                                                 Page 160 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
PENETRATION STATUS DURING ILRT APP.J TEST P. Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION STTS PRGM (i e au)DATENote MLP e STTSSTATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Saig STATUS 1Savings Main Steam 105 MSL A-2 Normal N/R Standby L/U Main Steam 106 MSL A-1 NormalN/R Standby L/U Main Steam 107 MSL B-2 Normal N/R Standby UU Main Steam 201 MSL B-1 Normal N/R Standby UU Normal Main Steam 314 RCSG 1-B Drain Standby L/U, N/R Bottled Up for P1 Main Steam 316 RCSG 1-A Sec Vent Normal N/R Standby L/U Normal Main Steam 318 RCSG 1-A Drain Standby L/U, N/R Bottled Up for PI Main Steam 320 RCSG 1-B Sec Vent Normal N/R Standby /UU Main Steam 427 RCSG 1-B Drain Normal N/R Standby /UU Main Steam 428 RCSG 1-A Drain Normal N/R Standby L/U Feedwater  
 
& Emerg. FW 108 Main FW "B" Normal Standby LJU NIR Feedwater  
PENETRATION STATUS DURING ILRT APP.J TEST         P. Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST   As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM           PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION     STTSSTATUS PRGM STTS                 (i yes (if e = value) au)DATENote         MLP MPL     MPL     e Saig STATUS                     1Savings Main Steam               105   MSL A-2             Normal         N/R Standby L/U Main Steam               106   MSL A-1             NormalN/R Standby L/U Main Steam               107   MSL B-2             Normal         N/R Standby UU Main Steam               201   MSL B-1             Normal         N/R Standby UU Normal Main Steam               314   RCSG 1-B Drain     Standby L/U,   N/R Bottled Up for P1 Main Steam               316   RCSG 1-A Sec Vent   Normal         N/R Standby L/U Normal Main Steam               318   RCSG 1-A Drain     Standby L/U, N/R Bottled Up for PI Main Steam               320   RCSG 1-B Sec Vent   Normal /UU Standby        N/R Main Steam               427   RCSG 1-B Drain     Normal /UU Standby        N/R Main Steam               428   RCSG 1-A Drain     Normal         N/R Standby L/U Feedwater & Emerg. FW   108   Main FW "B"         Normal Standby LJU   NIR Feedwater & Emerg. FW   109   EFW "B"             Normal         N/R Standby UU Feedwater & Emerg. FW   423   Main FW "A"         Normal         N/R Standby L/U Feedwater & Emerg. FW   424   EFW "A"             Normal         N/R Standby L/U Condensate & Demin       117   Demin Wtr to CNTMNT Take Penalty   Type C Water Instrument & Station Air 110   Station Air         ILRT is Testing       Type C SP-178                                 Rev. 30                           Page 161 of 207
& Emerg. FW 109 EFW "B" Normal N/R Standby UU Feedwater  
 
& Emerg. FW 423 Main FW "A" Normal N/R Standby L/U Feedwater  
ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  
& Emerg. FW 424 EFW "A" Normal N/R Standby L/U Condensate  
& Demin 117 Demin Wtr to CNTMNT Take Penalty Type C Water ILRT is Instrument  
& Station Air 110 Station Air Testing Type C SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 161 of 207 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
SSEPN POTEST APP. J Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION TESTA S PRGM PenaltyAddn.?
 
LAST TEST Leakag DATENote As-Left As-Found e STTSSTATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Saig STATUS 1Savings ILRT is Instrument  
SSEPN POTESTAPP. J                   DATENote      As-Left As-Found Leakag e
& Station Air 111 Instrument Air Testing Type C ILRT is Instrument  
SYSTEM           PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION         TESTAS      PRGM   PenaltyAddn.?     LAST TEST                     Leakag STTSSTATUS             (if yes = value)               MPL     MPL   Saig STATUS                         1Savings ILRT is Instrument & Station Air 111   Instrument Air       Testing       Type C ILRT is Instrument & Station Air 112   Instrument Air       Testing       Type C Nuclear Services Closed                             Normal Cycle321                       Letdown CIr 3B Supply         L/   N/R Nuclear Services Closed 322   Letdown Clr 3B Return Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                                       Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed       Letdown Cir 3A/3C     Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                 Supply               Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed       Letdown CIr 3A/3C     Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                 Return               Standby L/U _
& Station Air 112 Instrument Air Testing Type C Nuclear Services Closed Normal Cycle321 Letdown CIr 3B Supply L/ N/R Nuclear Services Closed 322 Letdown Clr 3B Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed Letdown Cir 3A/3C Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Supply Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed Letdown CIr 3A/3C Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Return Standby L/U _Nuclear Services Closed 330 CRDMS Supply Normal N/R Cycle Cooling 330 Standby L/U N/R Nuclear Services Closed 331 CRDMS Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3C Normal Cycle Cooling 358 Supply Standby L/U N/R Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3C Normal 359 N/R Cycle Cooling Return Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 368 RB Vent Fan 3A Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Supply Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3A Normal Cycle Cooling Return Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3B Normal 370 N/R Cycle Cooling Supply Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3B Normal Cycle Cooling Return Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 326 RCP 1C Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed 325 RCP 1C Supply Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU N/R Nuclear Services Closed 363 RCP 1D Return Normal Cycle Cooling Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed Normal N/R Cycle Cooling D Supply Standby L/U N/R SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 162 of 207 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  
Nuclear Services Closed 330   CRDMS Supply         Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling           330                         Standby L/U   N/R Nuclear Services Closed 331   CRDMS Return         Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                                       Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed       RB Vent Fan 3C       Normal Cycle Cooling           358   Supply               Standby L/U   N/R Nuclear Services Closed 359  RB Vent Fan 3C       Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                 Return               Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 368   RB Vent Fan 3A       Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                 Supply               Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed       RB Vent Fan 3A       Normal Cycle Cooling                 Return               Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed 370  RB Vent Fan 3B       Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                 Supply               Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed       RB Vent Fan 3B       Normal Cycle Cooling                 Return               Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 326   RCP 1C Return         Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                                       Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed 325   RCP 1C Supply         Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                                       Standby LJU   N/R Nuclear Services Closed 363   RCP 1D Return         Normal Cycle Cooling                                       Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed                             Normal         N/R Cycle Cooling                         D Supply       Standby L/U   N/R SP-1 78                                 Rev. 30                               Page 162 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
TEST APP. J Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION PRGM DATENote e STTSSTATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Saig STATUS 1 Savings Nuclear Services Closed 324 RCP 1A Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 323 RCP 1A Supply Normal NIR Cycle Cooling Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed Normal Cycle Cooling Standby L/U __Nuclear Services Closed 364 RCP 1 B Supply Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby L/U N/R Spent Fuel Cooling 347 Fuel Trnsfr Crg Take Penalty Type C Purification ILRT is Spent Fuel Cooling 348 Fuel Transfer Tube Testing Type B ILRT is Spent Fuel Cooling 436 Fuel Transfer Tube Testing Type B Decay Heat Removal 329 PZR Sprayline Take Penalty Type C Decay Heat Removal 345 RB Sump Recirc Normal N/R____________________Standby
 
/U N/Normal Decay Heat Removal 346 RB Sump Recirc Standby L/U N/R Reactor Coolant N/A Makeup & Purification 333 Letdown to Purif Demin Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification 353 HPI to RB Sump Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification 377 RCP Seal Bleedoff Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification 338 RCP Seal Supply Normal N/R Standby /U N/Makeup & Purification 434 HPCI Normal N/R____________________Standby LIU NR Normal Makeup & Purification 435 Makeup & HPCI Standby o LU N/R Makeup & Purification 336 HPCI Normal N/R__________________
TEST       APP. J   Penalty Addn.?   LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM                     PEN#           PEN. DESCRIPTION       STTSSTATUS PRGM       (if yes = value) DATENote  MPL     MPL       e Saig STATUS                         1                     Savings Nuclear Services Closed           324             RCP 1A Return         Normal       N/R Cycle Cooling                                                           Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed           323           RCP 1A Supply         Normal       NIR Cycle Cooling                                                           Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed                                                 Normal Cycle Cooling                                                           Standby L/U __
_______________________
Nuclear Services Closed           364           RCP 1B Supply         Normal       N/R Cycle Cooling                                                           Standby L/U N/R Spent Fuel Cooling               347             Fuel Trnsfr Crg       Take Penalty Type C Purification ILRT is Spent Fuel Cooling               348             Fuel Transfer Tube     Testing     Type B ILRT is Spent Fuel Cooling               436             Fuel Transfer Tube     Testing     Type B Decay Heat Removal               329             PZR Sprayline         Take Penalty Type C Decay Heat Removal               345             RB Sump Recirc         Normal       N/R
Standby L/U NR SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 163 of 207 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  
____________________Standby                                        /U N/
Normal Decay Heat Removal               346             RB Sump Recirc         Standby L/U N/R Reactor Coolant                   N/A Makeup & Purification             333             Letdown to Purif Demin Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification             353             HPI to RB Sump         Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification             377             RCP Seal Bleedoff     Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification             338             RCP Seal Supply       Normal       N/R Standby   /U N/
Makeup & Purification             434             HPCI                   Normal       N/R
____________________Standby                                        LIU NR Normal Makeup & Purification             435             Makeup & HPCI           o Standby LU   N/R Makeup & Purification             336             HPCI                   Normal       N/R
__________________ _______________________               Standby L/U NR SP-1 78                                                     Rev. 30                             Page 163 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
TEST APP. J Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION STPRGM DATENote e STTSSTATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Saig STATUS 1 Savings Normal Makeup & Purification 337 HPCI Standby o LU N/R Liquid Sampling 425 PASS Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling 439 PZR & RCS Sample Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling 440 SG 3A Sample Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling 441 SG 3B.Sample Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen 317 N2 to SG Secondary Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen 355 N2 to RCS Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen 372 N2 to RCDT Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 123 N2 to CFT 1A Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 124 N2 to CFT 1 B Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 350 CFT M/U Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 351 CFT Vent Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 352 CFT Sample/Bleed Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 373 CFT M/U Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 339 RB Sump Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 349 RCDT Vent Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 374 RCDT Drain Take Penalty Type C Gas Waste Disposal 354 RCS Equipment Vents Take Penalty Type C SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 164 of 207 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  
 
TEST       APP. J Penalty Addn.?   LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM         PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION       STPRGM STTSSTATUS           (if yes = value) DATENote  MPL     MPL       e Saig STATUS                         1                     Savings Normal Makeup & Purification 337   HPCI                 o StandbyLU    N/R Liquid Sampling       425   PASS               Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling       439   PZR & RCS Sample   Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling       440   SG 3A Sample       Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling       441   SG 3B.Sample       Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen             317   N2 to SG Secondary Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen             355   N2 to RCS           Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen             372   N2 to RCDT         Take Penalty Type C Core Flood           123   N2 to CFT 1A       Take Penalty Type C Core Flood           124   N2 to CFT 1B        Take Penalty Type C Core Flood           350   CFT M/U             Take Penalty Type C Core Flood           351   CFT Vent           Take Penalty Type C Core Flood           352   CFT Sample/Bleed   Take Penalty Type C Core Flood           373   CFT M/U             Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 339   RB Sump             Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 349   RCDT Vent           Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 374   RCDT Drain         Take Penalty Type C Gas Waste Disposal   354   RCS Equipment Vents Take Penalty Type C SP-1 78                             Rev. 30                           Page 164 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
TEST APP. J Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag PRGM DATENote AsL A-u e STATUS STATUS (if yes = value) 1MPL MPL Savings ILRT is Containment Monitoring 306 PASS Testing Type C ILRT is Containment Monitoring 315 RB Air Sample Testing Type C ILRTting Containment Monitoring 332 RB Air Sample Return ILRT is Type C________ ~Testing _____ILRT is Containment Monitoring 356 RB Air Sample Testing Type C Cntmnt. Mon. Sample ILRT is Containment Monitoring 376 Return Testing Type C Normal Reactor Building Spray 340 RB Spray Standby L N/R Reactor Building Spray 341 RB Spray Normal N/R S~~Standby LIU NR RB Press Sensing & 426 RB Press Sensing ILRT is N/R Testing, IA Testing RrssSnin_/
 
RB Press Sensing & ILRT is N/R Testing, IA 442 RB Press Sensing Testing RB Press Sensing & 429 RB Press Sensing ILRT is N/R Testing, IA Testing RB Press Sensing & 319 RB Press Sensing ILRT is N/R Testing, IA Testing319 RBPressSensing Leak Rate & Post Leaccdete H Purg 116 RB Leak Rate Take Penalty Type C Accident H2 Purge Leak Rate & Post RB Leak Rate, H2 ILRT is Accident H2 Purge Recombiner Testing Leak Rate & Post RB Leak Rate, H2 ILRT is Accident H2 Purge Recombiner Testing Leak Rate & Post ILRT is AcdnH2Pre125 H2 Recombiner Return TsigType C Laccidete H2 Purge 202 RB Leak Rate Take Penalty T ype C Accident H2 PurgeTetn Leak Rate & Post ILRT is Accident H2 Purge Testing Leak Rate & Post ILRT is Accident H2 Purge 306 PASS Testing Type C SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 165 of 207 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  
TEST     APP. J Penalty Addn.?   LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag PRGM                     DATENote AsL     A-u         e STATUS     STATUS   (if yes = value)     1MPL               MPL Savings ILRT is Containment Monitoring 306   PASS                 Testing     Type C ILRT is Containment Monitoring 315   RB Air Sample         Testing     Type C ILRTting Containment Monitoring 332   RB Air Sample Return ILRT is     Type C
________              ~Testing                                                   _____
ILRT is Containment Monitoring 356   RB Air Sample         Testing     Type C Cntmnt. Mon. Sample   ILRT is Containment Monitoring 376   Return               Testing     Type C Normal Reactor Building Spray 340   RB Spray             Standby L   N/R Reactor Building Spray 341   RB Spray             Normal       N/R S~~Standby                       LIU NR RB Press Sensing &     426   RB Press Sensing     ILRT is     N/R Testing, IA                   RrssSnin_/           Testing RB Press Sensing &                                 ILRT is     N/R Testing, IA             442   RB Press Sensing     Testing RB Press Sensing &     429   RB Press Sensing     ILRT is     N/R Testing, IA                                         Testing RB Press Sensing &     319   RB Press Sensing     ILRT is     N/R Testing, IA                   RBPressSensing        Testing319 Leak RateH & Post Leaccdete   Purg     116   RB Leak Rate         Take Penalty Type C Accident H2 Purge Leak Rate & Post             RB Leak Rate, H2     ILRT is Accident H2 Purge             Recombiner           Testing Leak Rate & Post             RB Leak Rate, H2     ILRT is Accident H2 Purge             Recombiner           Testing Leak Rate & Post AcdnH2Pre125           H2 Recombiner Return ILRT is TsigType           C Accident H2 PurgeTetn LaccideteH2 Purge     202   RB Leak Rate         Take Penalty T ype C Leak Rate & Post                                   ILRT is Accident H2 Purge                                   Testing Leak Rate & Post                                   ILRT is Accident H2 Purge       306   PASS                 Testing     Type C SP-178                                 Rev. 30                           Page 165 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
TEST APP. J' Pnly dn. LAST TEST AsLf sFud Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION TESTPRGM DATENote e STATUS STATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Savings ILRT is Containment Purge 113 RB Purge Supply Testing Type C ILRT is Containment Purge 357 RB Purge Exhaust Testing Type C Industrial Cooler 206 RBICW Supply Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 207 RBICW Return Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 366 RBICW Supply Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 367 RBICW Return Take Penalty Type C ILRT is Fire Service 430 FSW to CNTMNT Testing Type C RB Airlock 433 RB Personnel Airlock Outer Type B_____ ~OPEN Tp RB Airlock 222 RB Equipment Hatch Outer Door Type B Airlock OPEN SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 166 of 207 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 1 of 6)Initials 1.0 CONTAINMENT VISUAL INSPECTION 1.1 10CFR 50, Appendix J and Regulatory Guide 1.163 require a visual inspection of accessible areas of the internal and external surfaces of the Reactor Containment building.This inspection requirement may be met in part or its entirety by completing EGR-NGGC-0351, Visual Inspection of Plant Structures, NDEP-0620, VT-1 and VT-3 Visual Examination of ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE Components of Nuclear Power Plants, or by walking down the containment per the instructions in this Attachment.
 
N/A any section below met by accepting a completed EGR-NGGC-0351 or NDEP-0620 inspection result.2.0 EXTERIOR INSPECTION 2.1 INSPECT all pipe and electrical penetration areas, Airlocks (outside), and all other accessible exterior surfaces for the following that might cause loss of Containment's function:* cracks* distortions
TEST   APP. J' Pnly dn.         LAST TEST AsLf sFud Leakag SYSTEM   PEN#     PEN. DESCRIPTION         TESTPRGM                             DATENote               e STATUS     STATUS     (if yes = value)           MPL MPL Savings ILRT is Containment Purge 113     RB Purge Supply       Testing     Type C ILRT is Containment Purge 357     RB Purge Exhaust     Testing     Type C Industrial Cooler 206     RBICW Supply         Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 207     RBICW Return         Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 366     RBICW Supply         Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 367     RBICW Return         Take Penalty Type C ILRT is Fire Service     430     FSW to CNTMNT         Testing     Type C RB Airlock       433     RB Personnel Airlock Outer       Type B
* loss of material* any other unusual conditions 2.2 Using the following tables, RECORD the results of the inspection, making note of all abnormal findings, deteriorations, and WO #'s for corrective action: ALL PIPE AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION AREAS ABNORMALITIES WRT #1.2.3.4.5.6./Initials / Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 167 of 207 ATTACHMENT 10'CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 2 of 6)EXTERIOR INSPECTION (continued)
_____                  ~OPEN         Tp RB Airlock       222     RB Equipment Hatch   Outer Door   Type B Airlock               OPEN SP-1 78                           Rev. 30                               Page 166 of 207
Initials AIRLOCKS EOUIPMENT HATCH (OUTSIDE~...........
 
A O EQUIPMENT  
ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 1 of 6)
.. .H H .IDE)ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6./Initials / Date ALL OTHER ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR SURFACES ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6./Initials / Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 168 of 207 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 3 of 6)Initials 3.0 INTERIOR INSPECTION 3.1 INSPECT all pipe and electrical penetration areas, 80' and 95' Airlocks (inside), all other accessible interior surfaces, liner insulation, and Reactor Sump Pit area for the following that might cause loss of Containment's function:* cracks* distortions" loss of material* any other unusual conditions 3.2 Using the following tables, RECORD the results of this inspection, making note of all abnormal findings, deteriorations, and WO #'s for corrective action: ALL PIPE AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION AREAS ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6.SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 169 of 207 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page,4 of 6)INTERIOR INSPECTION (continued)
Initials 1.0   CONTAINMENT VISUAL INSPECTION 1.1   10CFR 50, Appendix J and Regulatory Guide 1.163 require a visual inspection of accessible areas of the internal and external surfaces of the Reactor Containment building.
Initials PERSONNEL  
This inspection requirement may be met in part or its entirety by completing EGR-NGGC-0351, Visual Inspection of Plant Structures, NDEP-0620, VT-1 and VT-3 Visual Examination of ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE Components of Nuclear Power Plants, or by walking down the containment per the instructions in this Attachment. N/A any section below met by accepting a completed EGR-NGGC-0351 or NDEP-0620 inspection result.
& EQUIPMENT HATCH AIRLOCKS (INSIDE)ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6.ALL OTHER ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR SURFACES ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 170 of 207 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 5 of 6)INTERIOR INSPECTION (continued)
2.0   EXTERIOR INSPECTION 2.1   INSPECT all pipe and electrical penetration areas, Airlocks (outside), and all other accessible exterior surfaces for the following that might cause loss of Containment's function:
Initials INSPECT THE LINER INSULATION ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6.REACTOR SUMP PIT AREA ABNORMALITIES WO #1.2.3.4.5.6.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 171 of 207 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 6 of 6)COMMENTS: TEST PERFORMERS:
* cracks
Print Name: Initials: Signature/Date:
* distortions
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 172 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 1.0 TEST ABORT Test Phase Safe Condition Abort Plans Preparation Stop in progress alignments.
* loss of material
Place components in a safe condition as directed by CRS, SSO, Test Supervisor.
* any other unusual conditions 2.2   Using the following tables, RECORD the results of the inspection, making note of all abnormal findings, deteriorations, and WO #'s for corrective action:
Document all manipulations on Attachment 8.Pressurization
ALL PIPE AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION AREAS ABNORMALITIES                                     WRT #
* Close pressurization valve(s).
1.
From SAFE condition:
2.
-Unload and stop compressors.
3.
* Proceed to Section 0, Depressurization Phase.0 Release plant systems under Test organization control (tags)..Depressurize plant per procedure and any specific directions from operations/management.
4.
.Unless otherwise directed, continue collecting data during depressurization Stabilization
5.
6.
                                                                                    /
Initials / Date SP-178                                 Rev. 30                                 Page 167 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 10
                  'CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 2 of 6)
EXTERIOR INSPECTION (continued)                                                         Initials AIRLOCKS A
                    ........... O EOUIPMENT EQUIPMENT HATCH H  .. H (OUTSIDE~
                                                          . IDE)
ABNORMALITIES                                 WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
                                                                              /
Initials / Date ALL OTHER ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR SURFACES ABNORMALITIES                                 WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
                                                                                /
Initials / Date SP-178                             Rev. 30                               Page 168 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 3 of 6)
Initials 3.0   INTERIOR INSPECTION 3.1   INSPECT all pipe and electrical penetration areas, 80' and 95' Airlocks (inside), all other accessible interior surfaces, liner insulation, and Reactor Sump Pit area for the following that might cause loss of Containment's function:
* cracks
* distortions
    " loss of material
* any other unusual conditions 3.2   Using the following tables, RECORD the results of this inspection, making note of all abnormal findings, deteriorations, and WO #'s for corrective action:
ALL PIPE AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION AREAS ABNORMALITIES                                     WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                               Page 169 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page,4 of 6)
INTERIOR INSPECTION (continued)                                       Initials PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT HATCH AIRLOCKS (INSIDE)
ABNORMALITIES                       WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ALL OTHER ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR SURFACES ABNORMALITIES                       WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SP-178                         Rev. 30                   Page 170 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 5 of 6)
INTERIOR INSPECTION (continued)                                 Initials INSPECT THE LINER INSULATION ABNORMALITIES                       WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
REACTOR SUMP PIT AREA ABNORMALITIES                       WO #
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SP-178                         Rev. 30                 Page 171 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 6 of 6)
COMMENTS:
TEST PERFORMERS:
Print Name:               Initials:           Signature/Date:
SP-1 78                       Rev. 30                           Page 172 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 1.0     TEST ABORT Test Phase                   Safe Condition                           Abort Plans Preparation       Stop in progress alignments.             Place components in a safe condition as directed by CRS, SSO, Test Supervisor. Document all manipulations on Attachment 8.
Pressurization
* Close pressurization valve(s).         From SAFE condition:
                  - Unload and stop compressors.
* Proceed to Section 0, Depressurization Phase.
0 Release plant systems under Test organization control (tags).
                                                            . Depressurize plant per procedure and any specific directions from operations/management.
                                                            . Unless otherwise directed, continue collecting data during depressurization Stabilization
* Stop leak survey activities.
* Stop leak survey activities.
o Assess plant activities which may be in progress (sampling, stopping sump Same as above draining, etc.)..Continue data acquisition.
o Assess plant activities which may be in progress (sampling, stopping sump     Same as above draining, etc.).
Hold Test (ILRT) -Inherently stable, NO active manipulation of plant equipment.
                  . Continue data acquisition.
Same as above.Stop leak survey activities.
Hold Test (ILRT) - Inherently stable, NO active manipulation of plant equipment.       Same as above
.Continue data acquisition.
                  . Stop leak survey activities.
                  . Continue data acquisition.
Verification Test
Verification Test
* Only activity is imposition of a known leak from containment.
* Only activity is imposition of a known leak from containment.
.Continue data acquisition.
                  . Continue data acquisition.
o If requested, stop imposed leak flow.Depressurization o Isolate depressurization path until
o If requested, stop imposed leak flow.
* Continue with depressurization otherwise notified.
Depressurization o Isolate depressurization path until
when so directed.o Update Test Supervisor/Ops on current -Alter depressurization path as pressures/conditions in containment, directed by SSO if required.o Monitor depressurization rate closely.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 173 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 2.0 VALVE LINEUP ERRORS 2.1 NOTIFY ILRT Test Supervisor, SSO 2.2 Test Supervisor/Consultant EVALUATE impact on test.2.3 NOTIFY SSO of course of action chosen, reposition valve if appropriate, enter actions into Attachment 1, Test Log.2.4 IF decision is made to leave valve in other than Attachment 3 desired test position, record actions and rationale in Attachment 7, Test Exceptions.
* Continue with depressurization otherwise notified.                     when so directed.
This course of action is often acceptable if current results are acceptable, and re-positioning valve would require re-starting test phase. REVIEW penetration's final status against Attachment 9 status. Modify as appropriate.
o Update Test Supervisor/Ops on current   - Alter depressurization path as pressures/conditions in containment,     directed by SSO if required.
IF the proposed correction of a valve lineup error could change the leakage rate being measured, the Test Supervisor must consider impact on the current test phase, the schedule, and the final acceptability of the test results.NOTE REPOSITIONING A VALVE THAT COULD IMPACT MEASURED LEAKAGE RATE COULD REQUIRE RESTARTING THE TEST.Follow the guidance in Section 3.0 for errors causing excessive leakage. RECORD any actions taken in Attachment 1, Test Log.3.0 EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Pressurization
o Monitor depressurization rate closely.
: 1. Containment
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                               Page 173 of 207
* Verify LLRT procedure tests leaking barrier in Boundary, Locally Post-Accident direction, AND that a LLRT will NOTE: Leak Rate Testable.
 
measure observed leakage.Pressurization does 0 IF penalty addition is already being applied for NOT have to be barrier, THEN take steps to isolate leakage.stopped during leakage
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 2.0     VALVE LINEUP ERRORS 2.1     NOTIFY ILRT Test Supervisor, SSO 2.2     Test Supervisor/Consultant EVALUATE impact on test.
* IF a penalty addition was NOT planned AND evaluation unless leakage can be measured later with a LLRT, Shift/Test Management THEN isolate penetration.
2.3     NOTIFY SSO of course of action chosen, reposition valve if appropriate, enter actions into Attachment 1, Test Log.
so orders. .Continue pressurization to test pressure..Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log), THEN modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 174 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Pressurization
2.4     IF decision is made to leave valve in other than Attachment 3 desired test position, record actions and rationale in Attachment 7, Test Exceptions. This course of action is often acceptable if current results are acceptable, and re-positioning valve would require re-starting test phase. REVIEW penetration's final status against Attachment 9 status. Modify as appropriate.
: 2. Containment  
IF the proposed correction of a valve lineup error could change the leakage rate being measured, the Test Supervisor must consider impact on the current test phase, the schedule, and the final acceptability of the test results.
.Evaluate whether the leak can be later measured Continued:
NOTE REPOSITIONING A VALVE THAT COULD IMPACT MEASURED LEAKAGE RATE COULD REQUIRE RESTARTING THE TEST.
Boundary, NOT with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN Locally Leak Rate proceed as described in scenario 1 above.Testable.
Follow the guidance in Section 3.0 for errors causing excessive leakage. RECORD any actions taken in Attachment 1, Test Log.
* IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure..IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN continue pressurization to final test pressure AND measure leakage in Stabilization Mode..IF leakage can NOT be isolated once containment exceeds 12 psi, THEN STOP pressurization AND evaluate options (e.g. entry to close additional valves, correct a lineup, etc.)..IF necessary, THEN notify SSO, ILRT Test Supervisor AND request permission to depressurize to < 12 psi to effect repairs..Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log); AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log), THEN modify penetration's test status as reflected in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary) if appropriate..
3.0     EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE TEST PHASE             LEAK SCENARIO                             RESPONSE Pressurization           1. Containment
* Verify LLRT procedure tests leaking barrier in Boundary, Locally         Post-Accident direction, AND that a LLRT will NOTE:                       Leak Rate Testable.       measure observed leakage.
Pressurization does                                 0 IF penalty addition is already being applied for NOT have to be                                         barrier, THEN take steps to isolate leakage.
stopped during leakage
* IF a penalty addition was NOT planned AND evaluation unless                                     leakage can be measured later with a LLRT, Shift/Test Management                                 THEN isolate penetration.
so orders.                                         . Continue pressurization to test pressure.
                                                    . Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log), THEN modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                                   Page 174 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE   LEAK SCENARIO                             RESPONSE Pressurization 2. Containment           . Evaluate whether the leak can be later measured Continued:         Boundary, NOT         with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN Locally Leak Rate     proceed as described in scenario 1 above.
Testable.
* IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure.
                                        . IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN continue pressurization to final test pressure AND measure leakage in Stabilization Mode.
                                        . IF leakage can NOT be isolated once containment exceeds 12 psi, THEN STOP pressurization AND evaluate options (e.g. entry to close additional valves, correct a lineup, etc.).
                                        . IF necessary, THEN notify SSO, ILRT Test Supervisor AND request permission to depressurize to < 12 psi to effect repairs.
                                        . Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log); AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log), THEN modify penetration's test status as reflected in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary) if appropriate..
: 3. Test Boundary
: 3. Test Boundary
* IF observed leakage is from a line or component that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.* Continue pressurization.
* IF observed leakage is from a line or component that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line),
* Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).4. MSIV
THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.
* IF leakage is excessive, and it appears to be flowing through a MSIV, consider breaking vacuum in the secondary plant.SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 175 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Stabilization
* Continue pressurization.
: 4. Containment
* Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).
* Continue collecting data if leakage shows Boundary, Locally downward trend that can be projected to drop NOTE: Leak Rate Testable below acceptance criteria -take NO action.It is NOT unusual to .IF leakage does NOT appear to be trending into experience what an acceptable range, THEN apply scenario 1 appears to be high response.leakage early in
: 4. MSIV
* Verify containment pressure -- 96% Pa.stabilization due to
* IF leakage is excessive, and it appears to be flowing through a MSIV, consider breaking vacuum in the secondary plant.
* Reset Stabilization phase start time in ILRT processes such as in- computer (i.e. regenerate arrays from data point gassing and void directly AFTER corrective action was taken).equalization.
SP-1 78                         Rev. 30                                   Page 175 of 207
It is imperative that NO action be taken until a full evaluation of a problem is complete.5. Containment
 
* Continue collecting data if leakage shows Boundary, NOT downward trend that can be projected to drop Locally Leak Rate below acceptance criteria -take NO action.Testable
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE           LEAK SCENARIO                             RESPONSE Stabilization           4. Containment
* Evaluate whether leak can be measured later with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN proceed as described in scenario 1 above.* IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure..IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN remain in Stabilization Mode long enough to measure leakage, THEN isolate leak..Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa..Reset array start time and quantify change once leak is isolated.0 IF the leakage can NOT be isolated at test pressure, THEN quantify leakage using ILRT computer.
* Continue collecting data if leakage shows Boundary, Locally       downward trend that can be projected to drop NOTE:                     Leak Rate Testable     below acceptance criteria - take NO action.
Notify SSO, ILRT Test Management AND request permission to depressurize to< 12 psi to effect repairs.* Record/explain the action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 176 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Stabilization
It is NOT unusual to                             . IF leakage does NOT appear to be trending into experience what                                   an acceptable range, THEN apply scenario 1 appears to be high                                 response.
: 6. Test Boundary
leakage early in
* IF observed leakage is from a line or component Continued that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by the ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage." Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa." Restart data collection in Stabilization mode, continue test." Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).Hold Test (ILRT) 7. Containment
* Verify containment pressure -- 96% Pa.
* Continue collecting data if leakage shows a Boundary, Locally downward trend that can be projected to drop Leak Rate Testable below acceptance criteria -take NO action.* IF leakage is excessive and does NOT appear to be trending downward, THEN apply scenario 4 response.0 Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa..Reset Test phase start time in ILRT computer (i.e. regenerate arrays from data point directly AFTER corrective action was taken).NOTE: 8. Containment o Continue collecting data if leakage shows a Typically excessive Boundary, NOT downward trend that can be projected to drop leakage will be Locally Leak Rate below acceptance criteria -take NO action.detected and Testable
stabilization due to
* Evaluate whether leak can be measured later addressed during with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN stabilization.
* Reset Stabilization phase start time in ILRT processes such as in-                             computer (i.e. regenerate arrays from data point gassing and void                                   directly AFTER corrective action was taken).
proceed as described in scenario 1 above.* IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure..IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN remain in Test Mode long enough to measure leakage, then isolate the leak.o Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.o Reset Test mode start and quantify change once leak is isolated (e.g. final measured leakage -measured leakage observed prior to action)..IF leakage can NOT be isolated at test pressure, THEN quantify leakage using ILRT computer, notify SSO, ILRT Test Management and request permission to depressurize to < 12 psi to effect repairs..Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).SIP-1178 Rev. 30 Page 177 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Hold Test (ILRT) 9. Test Boundary
equalization. It is imperative that NO action be taken until a full evaluation of a problem is complete.
* IF observed leakage is from a line or component Continued.
: 5. Containment
that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by the ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.* Verify containment pressure _> 96% Pa.* Restart data collection in Test mode, continue test..Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).Verification Test 10. Containment
* Continue collecting data if leakage shows Boundary, NOT           downward trend that can be projected to drop Locally Leak Rate       below acceptance criteria - take NO action.
* Apply scenario 7 response.(Leakage out of Boundary, Locally
Testable
* Verify containment pressure _> 96% Pa.acceptance band Leak Rate .Restart data collection in Test mode, complete HIGH) Testable another ILRT, then verify that test result..Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).NOTE: 11. Containment
* Evaluate whether leak can be measured later with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN proceed as described in scenario 1 above.
* Apply scenario 8 response.Leakage should have Boundary, NOT .Verify containment pressure a 96% Pa.been identified earlier Locally Leak Rate
* IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure.
* Restart data collection in Test mode, complete in the test. Changes in Testable another ILRT, then verify that test result.leakage at this point
                                                . IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN remain in Stabilization Mode long enough to measure leakage, THEN isolate leak.
* Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test are typically due to Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test plant system/lineup Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status changes in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 178 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE continued TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Verification Test 12. Test Boundary 0 Apply scenario 9 response.Continued
                                                . Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.
* Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa..Restart data collection in Test mode, complete another ILRT, then verify that test result.0 Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).Depressurization
                                                . Reset array start time and quantify change once leak is isolated.
: 13. ANY
0 IF the leakage can NOT be isolated at test pressure, THEN quantify leakage using ILRT computer. Notify SSO, ILRT Test Management AND request permission to depressurize to
* IF ILRT, Verification Test passed, and leakage is from a Test Boundary, THEN NO IMPACT to ILRT results..IF leakage is through a containment boundary, THEN ILRT Supervisor, ILRT Management and Plant Management will evaluate leak path..IF directed by Test Supervisor, THEN ISOLATE leak path..IF leakage path can NOT be isolated and it represents a safety hazard, THEN it may be prudent to secure depressurization while additional boundaries/safety precautions are established.
                                                  < 12 psi to effect repairs.
* Record/explain the action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                                   Page 176 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE       LEAK SCENARIO                             RESPONSE Stabilization       6. Test Boundary
* IF observed leakage is from a line or component Continued                                     that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by the ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.
                                            " Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.
                                            " Restart data collection in Stabilization mode, continue test.
                                            " Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).
Hold Test (ILRT)   7. Containment
* Continue collecting data if leakage shows a Boundary, Locally       downward trend that can be projected to drop Leak Rate Testable     below acceptance criteria - take NO action.
* IF leakage is excessive and does NOT appear to be trending downward, THEN apply scenario 4 response.
0 Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.
                                            . Reset Test phase start time in ILRT computer (i.e. regenerate arrays from data point directly AFTER corrective action was taken).
NOTE:               8. Containment           o Continue collecting data if leakage shows a Typically excessive   Boundary, NOT           downward trend that can be projected to drop leakage will be       Locally Leak Rate       below acceptance criteria - take NO action.
detected and           Testable
* Evaluate whether leak can be measured later addressed during                               with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN stabilization.                                 proceed as described in scenario 1 above.
* IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure.
                                            . IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN remain in Test Mode long enough to measure leakage, then isolate the leak.
o Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.
o Reset Test mode start and quantify change once leak is isolated (e.g. final measured leakage -
measured leakage observed prior to action).
                                            . IF leakage can NOT be isolated at test pressure, THEN quantify leakage using ILRT computer, notify SSO, ILRT Test Management and request permission to depressurize to < 12 psi to effect repairs.
                                            . Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
SIP-1178                             Rev. 30                                   Page 177 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE             LEAK SCENARIO                             RESPONSE Hold Test (ILRT)       9. Test Boundary
* IF observed leakage is from a line or component Continued.                                         that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by the ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.
* Verify containment pressure _> 96% Pa.
* Restart data collection in Test mode, continue test.
                                                  . Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).
Verification Test       10. Containment
* Apply scenario 7 response.
(Leakage out of               Boundary, Locally
* Verify containment pressure _>96% Pa.
acceptance band               Leak Rate           . Restart data collection in Test mode, complete HIGH)                         Testable             another ILRT, then verify that test result.
                                                  . Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
NOTE:                   11. Containment
* Apply scenario 8 response.
Leakage should have           Boundary, NOT       . Verify containment pressure a 96% Pa.
been identified earlier       Locally Leak Rate
* Restart data collection in Test mode, complete in the test. Changes in       Testable             another ILRT, then verify that test result.
leakage at this point
* Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test are typically due to                               Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test plant system/lineup                                 Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status changes                                             in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                                 Page 178 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE continued TEST PHASE               LEAK SCENARIO             RESPONSE Verification Test       12. Test Boundary         0 Apply scenario 9 response.
Continued
* Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.
                                                  . Restart data collection in Test mode, complete another ILRT, then verify that test result.
0 Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).
Depressurization         13. ANY
* IF ILRT, Verification Test passed, and leakage is from a Test Boundary, THEN NO IMPACT to ILRT results.
                                                  . IF leakage is through a containment boundary, THEN ILRT Supervisor, ILRT Management and Plant Management will evaluate leak path.
                                                  . IF directed by Test Supervisor, THEN ISOLATE leak path.
                                                  . IF leakage path can NOT be isolated and it represents a safety hazard, THEN it may be prudent to secure depressurization while additional boundaries/safety precautions are established.
* Continue depressurization to atmospheric.
* Continue depressurization to atmospheric.
4.0 UNEXPECTED ALARMS / INDICATIONS  
4.0     UNEXPECTED ALARMS / INDICATIONS / CONDITIONS 4.1     Any unexpected alarms, indications OR conditions SHALL be discussed with the ILRT supervisor and other departments / individuals as germane to the condition AND addressed as determined appropriate to the situation.
/ CONDITIONS 4.1 Any unexpected alarms, indications OR conditions SHALL be discussed with the ILRT supervisor and other departments  
5.0     RCS FILLING OR BORATION 5.1     Use OP-301A, Refueling Outage RCS Drain and Fill Operations for draining and filling the RCS.
/ individuals as germane to the condition AND addressed as determined appropriate to the situation.
SIP-1178                                 Rev. 30                                   Page 179 of 207
5.0 RCS FILLING OR BORATION 5.1 Use OP-301A, Refueling Outage RCS Drain and Fill Operations for draining and filling the RCS.SIP-1178 Rev. 30 Page 179 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 6.0 AIRLOCK LEAKAGE 6.1 PERSONNEL HATCH AIRLOCK RAX-1 IF the outer Personnel Airlock door is CLOSED to allow pressurization of the airlock due to excessive leakage from the inner door proceed as follows:/Initials/Date 6.1.1 PRESSURIZE the airlock to within 0.5 psi of 54 psig, accounting for instrument error of gauge used, per guidance of SP-181./Initials/Date 6.1.2 ISOLATE air supply from airlock./Initials/Date 6.1.3 INSTALL a test gauge at RAV-5/6 per Attachment 17/Initials/Date 6.1.4 CLOSE SAV-74/Initials/Date 6.1.5 OPEN SAV-75 to vent air supply/Initials/Date 6.2 EQUIPMENT HATCH AIRLOCK RAX-2 IF the outer Equipment Hatch Airlock door is CLOSED to allow pressurization of the airlock due to excessive leakage from the inner door proceed as follows:/Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 180 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 6.2.1 PRESSURIZE the airlock to within 0.5 psi of 54 psig, accounting for instrument error of gauge used, per guidance of SP-1 81./Initials/Date 6.2.2 ISOLATE air supply from airlock.I /Initials/Date 6.2.3 INSTALL a test gauge at RAV-7/8 per Attachment 17/Initials/Date 6.2.4 CLOSE SAV-72/Initials/Date 6.2.5 OPEN SAV-76 to vent air supply/Initials/Date 7.0 VERIFICATION TEST FLOWMETER CONTINGENCIES 7.1 INADEQUATE FLOWRATE AT STEP 4.2.6 IF the steps taken in 3.4.10 to improve flowrate to the Verification Test Flowmeters proved inadequate during step 4.2.6, proceed as follows: 7.1.1 CONNECT 1/2" I.D. hose (or greater) to the 1" tee at the inlets to LRV-64 and LRV-65./Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 181 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.1.2 Run the hose to Penetration  
 
#116 Test Connection Isolation Valve LRV-1 16 and CONNECT hose to outlet of valve (pipe cap threads)./Initials/Date 7.1.3 Take necessary steps to ensure connection at LRV-1 16 is leak tight./Initials/Date 7.1.4 REPEAT step 4.2.6 to check for leaks and to verify adequate flow is available through the rotameters FE-4 and/or FE-5./Initials/Date 7.2 VERIFICATION TEST USING LRV-116: 7.2.1 OPEN LRV-45/Initials/Date 7.2.2 VERIFY LRV-46 CLOSED/Initials/Date 7.2.3 OPEN LRV-116/Initials/Date 7.2.4 OPEN LRV-64 (N/A if not chosen)/Initials/Date Page 182 of 207 SP-178 Rev. 30 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.2.5 OPEN LRV-65 (N/A if not chosen)I /Initials/Date 7.2.6 RETURN to Step 4.5.3 and complete Verification Test./Initials/Date 7.3 RESTORE ALTERNATE PATH (IF USED): 7.3.1 CLOSE LRV-116/Initials/Date 7.3.2 REMOVE hose and fittings from LRV-1 16/Initials/Date 7.3.3 CAP LRV-1 16/Initials/Date 7.3.4 CLOSE LRV-45/Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 183 of 207 ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.3.5 REINSTALL LRV-69 and LRV-63 and associated tubing removed in Step 3.4.10 up to and including tee at LRV-64 & LRV-65./Initials/Date 7.3.6 REINSTALL LRV-66, LRV-67 and associated tubing if removed./Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 184 of 207 ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 1 of 3)START TIME START DATE END TIME END DATE (Page of Ambient CORRECTED TIME Serial#____
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 6.0   AIRLOCK LEAKAGE 6.1   PERSONNEL HATCH AIRLOCK RAX-1 IF the outer Personnel Airlock door is CLOSED to allow pressurization of the airlock due to excessive leakage from the inner door proceed as follows:
Temperature Pressure*
                                                                                        /
FLOW INT.*Ambient pressure reading is only required once -at beginning of Verification Phase.The goal is to set and maintain 16 scfm for an imposed leak. Readings are taken at 15 minute intervals to match the data scan intervals on the ILRT computer.The Verification Test typically lasts only 4-6 hours. Make additional gcopies of this sheet as necessary.
Initials/Date 6.1.1 PRESSURIZE the airlock to within 0.5 psi of 54 psig, accounting for instrument error of gauge used, per guidance of SP-181.
SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 185 of 207 ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 2 of 3)CALCULATE LO AS FOLLOWS: A. If a rotometer is used to measure the imposed leak, correct its reading to actual conditions as follows: Fc =Fr PM X Tc Pc Tm Where Fc = corrected flow.Fr = reading from rotometer (LR-004-FI or LR-005-FI).
                                                                                        /
Pm = back pressure at rotometer during test (atmospheric).
Initials/Date 6.1.2 ISOLATE air supply from airlock.
Tm = temperature of flow through rotometer during verification test (LR-57-TI or Avg. Cntmnt Temp.).Pc = pressure that rotometer calibration was performed at (from cal. sheet).Tc = temperature rotometer calibration was performed at (from cal. sheet).Instrument Used: (Serial #)Pm = psia Tm = oR Pc = psia Tc = oR Fr = SCFM B. Enter the corrected flow reading into the ILRT computer program. It will establish the acceptance criteria for the Verification Test results.Fc value entered: scfm SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 186 of 207 ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 3 of 3)NOTE The ILRT Inc Data Management program automatically calculates L 0 in % wt/day based on an input of atmospheric pressure on corrected flow (Fc). The following steps are performed solely to verify that the proper data was input into the computer program, and that the Upper and Lower Limits the computer displays are correct.C. Calculate the L 0 value imposed in weight % day using the following formula: 1. Fc (in SCF/m) x 0.07517 Ibs/SCF x 1440 min/day = L 0 in lbs/day.2. Fc (in Ibm/day):  
                                                                                        /
+3. L, (in lbs/day)/Wt of Containment Air Mass at End of ILRT x 100 = L 0 (in % wts/day).4. Mass value used: Ibm 5. Lo = %wt/day D. The Composite Leakage Rate (Lc), as measured by the ILRT Measurement System and calculated using the same analysis technique used to calculate the ILRT acceptance criteria, SHALL satisfy the following: (Lo + Lam -0.25 La) -< Lc -(Lo + Lam+ 0.25. La)Lower Limit Lc Upper Limit Where: Lo= %wt/day (value from Section 2.0, C.3 above)Lam = %wt/day (from Step 6.4.6.A.2)
Initials/Date 6.1.3 INSTALL a test gauge at RAV-5/6 per Attachment 17
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 187 of 207 ATTACHMENT 13 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 188 of 207 ATTACHMENT 14 CONTROL ROOM LOG (Page 1 of 2)HOURLY READINGS: Record the following readings to provide potential correlations between any leakage change and changes in the containment net free volume. Manually recording these readings is NOT required if a Trend Report is established on plant computer.
                                                                                        /
IF manual readings are taken, THEN record hourly. Attach Trend Report printouts to Attachment 16, Computer Printouts and Attachments.
Initials/Date 6.1.4 CLOSE SAV-74
Trend reports should read every 15 minutes, print hourly.TIME: Przr Level Przr Level Rx Sump Rx Sump OTSG A OTSG B RCDT Level Core Flood Core Flood RC-001-LIRI RC-001-LIR3 Level Level LEVEL LEVEL WD-23-LI1 Tank A Tank B WD-222-LI WD-302-LI SP-1A-LI1 SP-1B-LI1 CF-2-LI1 CF-2-LI3 F -I 4 4 4 F 4 4 _________F + 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 F + 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 F + 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 F + + 4 4 4 4 4 4 F + + 4 4 4 4 4 4_______________ -I- ______________
                                                                                        /
_____________  
Initials/Date 6.1.5 OPEN SAV-75 to vent air supply
+/- ______________  
                                                                                        /
+/- ______________
Initials/Date 6.2   EQUIPMENT HATCH AIRLOCK RAX-2 IF the outer Equipment Hatch Airlock door is CLOSED to allow pressurization of the airlock due to excessive leakage from the inner door proceed as follows:
I -I ______________
                                                                                        /
I ______________
Initials/Date SP-178                                 Rev. 30                             Page 180 of 207
I ______________
 
Make additional copies if necessary SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 189 of 207 ATTACHMENT 14 CONTROL ROOM LOG (Page 2 of 2)START AND END OF ILRT HOLD READINGS: The following readings are required at the start and end of the ILRT Hold Test, and will be used in Attachment 15 to correct the ILRT results for any influence volume changes may have had on the leakage rate.TANK/VOLUME DESCRIPTION RB SUMP LEVEL (FT): PRESSURIZER (inches): RCDT (inches): CORE FLOOD TANK A (FT)CORE FLOOD TANK B (FT)LEVEL CHANGE START END TOTAL CHANGE (TG): CHANGE (Gallons)START AND END OF VERIFICATION TEST READINGS: The following readings are required at the start and end of the Verification Test, and will be used to correct the Verification Test results for any influence volume changes may have had on the leakage rate.TANK/VOLUME DESCRIPTION RB SUMP LEVEL (FT): PRESSURIZER (inches): RCDT (inches): CORE FLOOD TANK A (FT)CORE FLOOD TANK B (FT)Conversion Factors: LEVEL CHANGE START END TOTAL CHANGE (TG): CHANGE (Gallons)1 inch changes in RB SUMP level = gallons 1 inch change in PRESSURIZER level = gallons 1 inch change in RCDT level = gallons 1 FT change in CFT A level = gallons 1 FT change in CFT B level = gallons SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 190 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 6.2.1   PRESSURIZE the airlock to within 0.5 psi of 54 psig, accounting for instrument error of gauge used, per guidance of SP-1 81.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 6.2.2   ISOLATE air supply from airlock.
I/
Initials/Date 6.2.3   INSTALL a test gauge at RAV-7/8 per Attachment 17
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 6.2.4   CLOSE SAV-72
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 6.2.5   OPEN SAV-76 to vent air supply
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.0   VERIFICATION TEST FLOWMETER CONTINGENCIES 7.1   INADEQUATE FLOWRATE AT STEP 4.2.6 IF the steps taken in 3.4.10 to improve flowrate to the Verification Test Flowmeters proved inadequate during step 4.2.6, proceed as follows:
7.1.1 CONNECT 1/2" I.D. hose (or greater) to the 1" tee at the inlets to LRV-64 and LRV-65.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date SP-178                                 Rev. 30                                 Page 181 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.1.2 Run the hose to Penetration #116 Test Connection Isolation Valve LRV-1 16 and CONNECT hose to outlet of valve (pipe cap threads).
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.1.3 Take necessary steps to ensure connection at LRV-1 16 is leak tight.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.1.4 REPEAT step 4.2.6 to check for leaks and to verify adequate flow is available through the rotameters FE-4 and/or FE-5.
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.2   VERIFICATION TEST USING LRV-116:
7.2.1 OPEN LRV-45
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.2.2 VERIFY LRV-46 CLOSED
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.2.3 OPEN LRV-116
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date 7.2.4 OPEN LRV-64 (N/A if not chosen)
                                                                                          /
Initials/Date SP-178                               Rev. 30                               Page 182 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.2.5 OPEN LRV-65 (N/A if not chosen)
I/
Initials/Date 7.2.6 RETURN to Step 4.5.3 and complete Verification Test.
                                                                      /
Initials/Date 7.3   RESTORE ALTERNATE PATH (IF USED):
7.3.1 CLOSE LRV-116
                                                                      /
Initials/Date 7.3.2 REMOVE hose and fittings from LRV-1 16
                                                                      /
Initials/Date 7.3.3 CAP LRV-1 16
                                                                      /
Initials/Date 7.3.4 CLOSE LRV-45
                                                                      /
Initials/Date SP-1 78                             Rev. 30               Page 183 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.3.5 REINSTALL LRV-69 and LRV-63 and associated tubing removed in Step 3.4.10 up to and including tee at LRV-64 & LRV-65.
                                                                                  /
Initials/Date 7.3.6 REINSTALL LRV-66, LRV-67 and associated tubing if removed.
                                                                                  /
Initials/Date SP-178                               Rev. 30                       Page 184 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 1 of 3)
START TIME                             END TIME                             (Page         of START DATE                              END DATE TIME                                                      Ambient         CORRECTED Serial#____         Temperature     Pressure*           FLOW         INT.
*Ambient pressure reading is only required once - at beginning of Verification Phase.
The goal is to set and maintain 16 scfm for an imposed leak. Readings are taken at 15 minute intervals to match the data scan intervals on the ILRT computer.
The Verification Test typically lasts only 4-6 hours. Make additional gcopies of this sheet as necessary.
SP-178                                       Rev. 30                                   Page 185 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 2 of 3)
CALCULATE LO AS FOLLOWS:
A. If a rotometer is used to measure the imposed leak, correct its reading to actual conditions as follows:
Tc Fc =Fr PM X Tm Pc Where Fc     =     corrected flow.
Fr     =     reading from rotometer (LR-004-FI or LR-005-FI).
Pm     =     back pressure at rotometer during test (atmospheric).
Tm     =     temperature of flow through rotometer during verification test (LR-57-TI or Avg. Cntmnt Temp.).
Pc     =     pressure that rotometer calibration was performed at (from cal. sheet).
Tc     =     temperature rotometer calibration was performed at (from cal. sheet).
Instrument Used:                   (Serial #)
Pm     =                   psia Tm     =                   oR Pc     =                   psia Tc     =                   oR Fr     =                   SCFM B. Enter the corrected flow reading into the ILRT computer program. It will establish the acceptance criteria for the Verification Test results.
Fc value entered:               scfm SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                             Page 186 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 3 of 3)
NOTE The ILRT Inc Data Management program automatically calculates L0 in % wt/day based on an input of atmospheric pressure on corrected flow (Fc). The following steps are performed solely to verify that the proper data was input into the computer program, and that the Upper and Lower Limits the computer displays are correct.
C. Calculate the L0 value imposed in weight % day using the following formula:
: 1.       Fc (in SCF/m) x 0.07517 Ibs/SCF x 1440 min/day = L0 in lbs/day.
: 2.       Fc (in Ibm/day):           +
: 3.       L, (in lbs/day)/Wt of Containment Air Mass at End of ILRT x 100 = L0 (in % wts/day).
: 4.       Mass value used:                           Ibm
: 5.       Lo =                 %wt/day D. The Composite Leakage Rate (Lc), as measured by the ILRT Measurement System and calculated using the same analysis technique used to calculate the ILRT acceptance criteria, SHALL satisfy the following:
(Lo + Lam - 0.25 La) -<Lc - (Lo + Lam+ 0.25. La)
Lower Limit     Lc     Upper Limit Where:
Lo=                 %wt/day (value from Section 2.0, C.3 above)
Lam =               %wt/day (from Step 6.4.6.A.2)
SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                         Page 187 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 13 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SP-1 78 Rev. 30                     Page 188 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 14 CONTROL ROOM LOG (Page 1 of 2)
HOURLY READINGS:
Record the following readings to provide potential correlations between any leakage change and changes in the containment net free volume. Manually recording these readings is NOT required if a Trend Report is established on plant computer. IF manual readings are taken, THEN record hourly. Attach Trend Report printouts to Attachment 16, Computer Printouts and Attachments.
Trend reports should read every 15 minutes, print hourly.
TIME:       Przr Level         Przr Level       Rx Sump           Rx Sump             OTSG A       OTSG B         RCDT Level       Core Flood       Core Flood RC-001-LIRI       RC-001-LIR3           Level             Level             LEVEL       LEVEL           WD-23-LI1         Tank A           Tank B WD-222-LI         WD-302-LI           SP-1A-LI1   SP-1B-LI1                           CF-2-LI1       CF-2-LI3 F                 -I-                4-                4                   4               4             F               4               4 _________
F                +                 4-                 4                   4               4             F               4               4 F                 +                 4-                 4                   4               4             F               4               4 F                 +                 4-                 4                   4               4             F               4               4 F                 +                 +                 4                   4               4             4               4               4 F                 +                 +                 4                   4               4             4               4               4
_______________ -I- ______________   _____________   +/- ______________   +/- ______________ I           - I ______________ I ______________ I ______________
Make additional copies if necessary SP-1 78                                                     Rev. 30                                       Page 189 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 14 CONTROL ROOM LOG (Page 2 of 2)
START AND END OF ILRT HOLD READINGS:
The following readings are required at the start and end of the ILRT Hold Test, and will be used in 5 to correct the ILRT results for any influence volume changes may have had on the leakage rate.
TANK/VOLUME                                                   LEVEL    CHANGE DESCRIPTION                   START            END          CHANGE    (Gallons)
RB SUMP LEVEL (FT):
PRESSURIZER (inches):
RCDT (inches):
CORE FLOOD TANK A (FT)
CORE FLOOD TANK B (FT)
TOTAL CHANGE (TG):
START AND END OF VERIFICATION TEST READINGS:
The following readings are required at the start and end of the Verification Test, and will be used to correct the Verification Test results for any influence volume changes may have had on the leakage rate.
TANK/VOLUME                                                   LEVEL    CHANGE DESCRIPTION                   START            END          CHANGE    (Gallons)
RB SUMP LEVEL (FT):
PRESSURIZER (inches):
RCDT (inches):
CORE FLOOD TANK A (FT)
CORE FLOOD TANK B (FT)
TOTAL CHANGE (TG):
Conversion Factors:
1 inch changes in RB SUMP level =                         gallons 1 inch change in PRESSURIZER level =                         gallons 1 inch change in RCDT level =                     gallons 1 FT change in CFT A level =                     gallons 1 FT change in CFT B level =                     gallons SP-178                                         Rev. 30                             Page 190 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 1 of 8)1.0 VOLUME CHANGE CORRECTIONS 1.1 QUANTIFY VOLUME CHANGES: 1.1.1 Data comes from Attachment 14, (Control Room Log). Maintain the correct sign convention throughout this calculation, as we are correcting for the net change in free volume (i.e. some levels may go up, others may go down). A decrease in tank level is NEGATIVE, conversely an increase in a tank or sump level is POSITIVE.
 
Ultimately, the changes will be converted to a %wt/day correction.
(Page 1 of 8) 1.0   VOLUME CHANGE CORRECTIONS 1.1   QUANTIFY VOLUME CHANGES:
1.1.2 NET LEVEL DECREASE:
1.1.1 Data comes from Attachment 14, (Control Room Log). Maintain the correct sign convention throughout this calculation, as we are correcting for the net change in free volume (i.e. some levels may go up, others may go down). A decrease in tank level is NEGATIVE, conversely an increase in a tank or sump level is POSITIVE. Ultimately, the changes will be converted to a %wt/day correction.
If the net change was negative, the containment net free volume increased, causing the pressure to drop and the leakage to look larger than it should have.In this case a SUBTRACTION is allowed from the ILRT leakage rate results.1.1.3 NET LEVEL INCREASE:
1.1.2 NET LEVEL DECREASE: If the net change was negative, the containment net free volume increased, causing the pressure to drop and the leakage to look larger than it should have.
Conversely, if the net level change was positive, the containment net free volume decreased, masking the actual leakage and an ADDITION is required.Net volume change from Attachment 14 in gallons: GALLONS 1.2 CONVERT GALLONS TO FT3 CHANGES: Record ILRT duration (hours) = (t) Duration = hrs Calculate net volume change in ft3/day: dV = (TG/t) (24 hrs/day) (lft3 / 7.48 gal.)Where: dV = net containment volume change TG = sum of level changes in gallons (from table above)t = test duration in hours dV = (_ gallons/ hours) (24) (0.13367 ft3 / gallon)dV = ft3 / day SP-1 78 Rev..30 Page 191 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
In this case a SUBTRACTION is allowed from the ILRT leakage rate results.
1.1.3 NET LEVEL INCREASE: Conversely, if the net level change was positive, the containment net free volume decreased, masking the actual leakage and an ADDITION is required.
Net volume change from Attachment 14 in gallons:                     GALLONS 1.2   CONVERT GALLONS TO FT3 CHANGES:
Record ILRT duration (hours) = (t)                 Duration =         hrs Calculate net volume change in ft3/day:
dV = (TG/t) (24 hrs/day) (lft3 / 7.48 gal.)
Where: dV = net containment volume change TG = sum of level changes in gallons (from table above) t = test duration in hours dV = (_     gallons/       hours) (24) (0.13367 ft3 / gallon) dV =                   ft3 / day SP-1 78                                       Rev..30                           Page 191 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 2 of 8)1.3 CALCULATE NET FREE VOLUME CHANGE IMPACT IN %WT/DAY: LV = (dV
 
(Page 2 of 8) 1.3   CALCULATE NET FREE VOLUME CHANGE IMPACT IN %WT/DAY:
LV = (dV
* Pt
* Pt
* C " 100)/ (R
* C " 100)/ (R
* T
* T
* W)Where: LV is the volume change in %wt/day dV is the net volume change in ft3 / day from Step 1.2 above Pt is the average containment pressure during the ILRT in psia C is the conversion factor, 144 in2 / ft2 R is the gas constant for air = 53.35 ft lbf / Ibm oR T is the average containment temperature in oR W is the average weight of the containment air in Ibm (use intercept of least squares fit line)LV = (.__ * -144 *100)/(53.35*
* W)
* __-Step B Pt T W LV= %wt/day SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 192 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
Where:         LV is the volume change in %wt/day dV is the net volume change in ft3 / day from Step 1.2 above Pt is the average containment pressure during the ILRT in psia C is the conversion factor, 144 in2 / ft2 R is the gas constant for air = 53.35 ft lbf / Ibm oR T is the average containment temperature in oR W is the average weight of the containment air in Ibm (use intercept of least squares fit line)
LV = (.__       *       - 144 *100)/(53.35*
* __-
Step B       Pt                       T         W LV=               %wt/day SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                           Page 192 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 3 of 8)NOTE Reference Step 1.1 for guidance pertaining to sign convention and addition/subtraction requirements.
 
2.0 PRELIMINARY TYPE B & C PENALTY ADDITIONS 2.1 Total of as-left MNPLR for penalty additions from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary: Total Penalty Addition (sccm): 2.2 Convert the MNPLR Penalty Addition to Ibm/day: Penalty Addition = ( sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517  
(Page 3 of 8)
!bm/scf)(1440 min/day)Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) =2.3 Convert the Ibm/day Penalty Addition to %wt/day value: Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) = (. Ibm/day
NOTE Reference Step 1.1 for guidance pertaining to sign convention and addition/subtraction requirements.
* 100) / initial containment Step 2.2 air mass (Ibm)Penalty Addition (%wt/day)  
2.0   PRELIMINARY TYPE B & C PENALTY ADDITIONS 2.1   Total of as-left MNPLR for penalty additions from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary:
=SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 193 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
Total Penalty Addition (sccm):
2.2   Convert the MNPLR Penalty Addition to Ibm/day:
Penalty Addition = (       sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 !bm/scf)(1440 min/day)
Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) =
2.3   Convert the Ibm/day Penalty Addition to %wt/day value:
Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) = (.       Ibm/day
* 100) /               initial containment Step 2.2                 air mass (Ibm)
Penalty Addition (%wt/day) =
SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                                 Page 193 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 4 of 8)3.0 PRELIMINARY LEAKAGE SAVINGS CALCULATION 3.1 Total of leakage savings for as-found ILRT calculation from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary: Leakage Savings Addition (sccm): 3.2 Convert the Leakage Savings Addition to Ibm/day: Leakage Savings Addition = ( sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day)Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) =3.3 Convert the Ibm/day Leakage Savings Addition to %wt/day value: Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) = (. Ibm/day
 
* 100) / initial containment Step 3.2 air mass (Ibm)Leakage Savings Addition (%wt/day)  
(Page 4 of 8) 3.0   PRELIMINARY LEAKAGE SAVINGS CALCULATION 3.1   Total of leakage savings for as-found ILRT calculation from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary:
=(This calculation will need to be repeated, COPY this page as necessary)
Leakage Savings Addition (sccm):
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 194 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
3.2   Convert the Leakage Savings Addition to Ibm/day:
Leakage Savings Addition = (     sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day)
Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) =
3.3   Convert the Ibm/day Leakage Savings Addition to %wt/day value:
Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) = (.       Ibm/day
* 100) /               initial containment Step 3.2                 air mass (Ibm)
Leakage Savings Addition (%wt/day) =
(This calculation will need to be repeated, COPY this page as necessary)
SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                                 Page 194 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 5 of 8)4.0 FINAL TYPE B & C PENALTY ADDITIONS 4.1 The preliminary ILRT results will be based on existing local leakage rate results, some of which may be replaced with tests performed after the ILRT. When all local leakage rate testing is completed, enter the results on Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary and calculate the total of as-left MNPLR for penalty additions:
 
Total Penalty Addition (sccm): 4.2 Convert the MNPLR Penalty Addition to Ibm/day: Penalty Addition = ( sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) =4.3 Convert the Ibm/day Penalty Addition to %wt/day value: Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) = ( Ibm/day
(Page 5 of 8) 4.0   FINAL TYPE B & C PENALTY ADDITIONS 4.1   The preliminary ILRT results will be based on existing local leakage rate results, some of which may be replaced with tests performed after the ILRT. When all local leakage rate testing is completed, enter the results on Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary and calculate the total of as-left MNPLR for penalty additions:
* 100) / initial containment Step 4.2 air mass (Ibm)Penalty Addition (%wt/day)  
Total Penalty Addition (sccm):
=SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 195 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
4.2   Convert the MNPLR Penalty Addition to Ibm/day:
Penalty Addition = (     sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) =
4.3   Convert the Ibm/day Penalty Addition to %wt/day value:
Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) = (       Ibm/day
* 100) /               initial containment Step 4.2                 air mass (Ibm)
Penalty Addition (%wt/day) =
SP-1 78                                       Rev. 30                                 Page 195 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 6 of 8)5.0 FINAL LEAKAGE SAVINGS CALCULATION 5.1 The preliminary ILRT results will be based on existing local leakage rate results, some of which may be replaced with tests performed after the ILRT. If maintenance is perfomed on components NOT exposed to the ILRT test pressure, any leakage savings must be included in the Final As-Found ILRT results. When all local leakage rate testing is completed, enter the results on Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary and calculate the total leakage savings for as-found ILRT calculation from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary: Leakage Savings Addition (sccm): 5.2 Convert the Leakage Savings Addition to Ibm/day: Leakage Savings Addition = (_sccm)(1scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day)Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) =5.3 Convert the Ibm/day Leakage Savings Addition to %wt/day value: Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) = ( Ibm/day
 
* 100) / initial containment Step 5.2 air mass (Ibm)Leakage Savings Addition (%wt/day)  
(Page 6 of 8) 5.0   FINAL LEAKAGE SAVINGS CALCULATION 5.1   The preliminary ILRT results will be based on existing local leakage rate results, some of which may be replaced with tests performed after the ILRT. If maintenance is perfomed on components NOT exposed to the ILRT test pressure, any leakage savings must be included in the Final As-Found ILRT results. When all local leakage rate testing is completed, enter the results on Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary and calculate the total leakage savings for as-found ILRT calculation from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary:
=(This calculation may need to be repeated COPY this page as necessary)
Leakage Savings Addition (sccm):
SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 196 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
5.2   Convert the Leakage Savings Addition to Ibm/day:
Leakage Savings Addition = (_sccm)(1scf/28,317scc)(0.07517           Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day)
Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) =
5.3   Convert the Ibm/day Leakage Savings Addition to %wt/day value:
Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) = (       Ibm/day
* 100) /               initial containment Step 5.2                 air mass (Ibm)
Leakage Savings Addition (%wt/day) =
(This calculation may need to be repeated COPY this page as necessary)
SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                                 Page 196 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 7 of 8)6.0 PRELIMINARY AS-LEFT ILRT RESULTS: CHECK box for results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT I (ANSI 56.8-1994)
 
TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)
(Page 7 of 8) 6.0   PRELIMINARY AS-LEFT ILRT RESULTS:
Lull 6.1 MEASURED LEAKAGE: 6.2 REGRESSION LINE LEAKAGE Lam: 6.3 LEAKAGE AT 95%UCL: 6.4 MNPLR Penalty Additions (from 2.3)6.5 Volume Change Correction (from 1.3)6.6 PRELIMINARY AS-LEFT ILRT Result: 7.0 PRELIMINARY AS-FOUND USE results used to accept 7.1 AS-LEFT ILRT RESULT (from 6.6): 7.2 LEAKAGE SAVINGS (from 3.3): 7.3 PRELIMINARY AS-FOUND ILRT Result: N/A~IIz ILRT RESULTS ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994)
CHECK box for results used to accept ILRT 6.1 MEASURED LEAKAGE:
N/A IZZI IZr TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)
MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994)
ZIZI LIZ SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 197 of 207 ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  
N/A I TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)
Lull 6.2 REGRESSION LINE LEAKAGE Lam:
6.3 LEAKAGE AT 95%UCL:
6.4 MNPLR Penalty Additions (from 2.3) 6.5 Volume Change Correction (from 1.3) 6.6 PRELIMINARY AS-LEFT ILRT Result:
                                    ~IIz                  IZZI 7.0   PRELIMINARY AS-FOUND ILRT RESULTS USE results used to accept ILRT 7.1 AS-LEFT ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994)  IZr TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)    LIZ RESULT (from 6.6):               N/A 7.2 LEAKAGE SAVINGS (from 3.3):
7.3 PRELIMINARY AS-FOUND ILRT Result:
ZIZI SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                 Page 197 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
(Page 8 of 8)8.0 FINAL AS-LEFT ILRT RESULTS CHECK box for results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994) 8.1 MEASURED LEAKAGE: N/A 8.2 REGRESSION LINE LEAKAGE Lam: 8.3 LEAKAGE AT 95%UCL: 8.4 MNPLR Penalty Additions (from 4.3)8.5 Volume Change Correction (from 1.3)8.6 FINAL AS-LEFT ILRT I Result:(<75%La)
 
[9.0 FINAL AS-FOUND ILRT RESULTS USE results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994) 9.1 AS-LEFT ILRT RESULT (from 8.6): N/A 9.2 LEAKAGE SAVINGS (from 5.3): 9.3 FINAL AS-FOUND ILRT Result: D-TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)"I'l D-D TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)
(Page 8 of 8) 8.0   FINAL AS-LEFT ILRT RESULTS CHECK box for results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994)   D- TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)      D-8.1 MEASURED LEAKAGE:                         N/A 8.2 REGRESSION LINE LEAKAGE Lam:
L-Z SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 198 of 207 ATTACHMENT 16 COMPUTER PRINTOUTS AND ATTACHMENTS (Page 1 of 1)The purpose of this attachment is to provide a single location in the procedure for collecting computer printouts from the plant computer trend report, the ILRT data management computer and other sources LIST OF PRINTOUTS AND ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENTS:
8.3 LEAKAGE AT 95%UCL:
Make additional copies if needed SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 199 of 207 ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION  
8.4 MNPLR Penalty Additions (from 4.3) 8.5 Volume Change Correction (from 1.3) 8.6 FINAL AS-LEFT ILRT Result:(<75%La)           [
/ REMOVAL SHEET Test gauges are used in various locations to monitor pressure in spaces/voids as an early indication of leakage from containment, or to indicate leakage between boundaries.
I                  "I'l 9.0   FINAL AS-FOUND ILRT RESULTS USE results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT             TOTAL TIME (ANSI 56.8-1994)   D  (BN-TOP-1)    L-Z 9.1 AS-LEFT ILRT RESULT (from 8.6):               N/A 9.2 LEAKAGE SAVINGS (from 5.3):
The ILRT Test Supervisor may direct installation of additional test gauges when troubleshooting potential leakag e paths. Use this attachment to document installation and removal of these test gauges.CONC GAUGE CAL INSTALLED REMOVED VERIF Serial# DUE RANGE MONITORED AREA/ PURPOSE GAUGE LOCATION (Initials/ (Initials/ (Initials Date) Date) n Datei"PI-PS" Monitor space between Purge Duct Outside RB, AHV-24 0-60 psig Purge Supply Valves AHV-1 C and AHV-1D"PI-PE" Monitor space between Purge Duct Outside RB , AHV-25 0-60 psig Purge Exhaust Valves AHV-1A and AHV-1B 0-60 psig "PI-SGA" Main Steam Line PX Conn. VIv MSV-505 0-60 psig "PI-SGB" Main Steam Line PX Conn. VIv MSV-509"PI-P" Between Personnel Lock Outer Door Pressurization Tap, 0-60 psig RAX-1 Doors RAV-5"PI-PHS" Personnel Hatch, RAX-1, PX Conn. VIv SAV-75 0-60 psig Seal"PI-EHPS" Personnel Hatch, RAX- PX Conn. VIv SAV-76 0-60 psig 2, Personnel Seal"PI-EHS" Equipment Hatch, RAX-2, PX Conn. VIv SAV-77 0-60 psig Seal"PI-E" Between Equipment Lock Outer Door Pressurization Tap, 0-60 psig RAX-2 Doors RAV-7 0-60 psig Reactor Building Pressure Leak Rate Test Panel, LRV-41 0-100 RB Sump Isolation Valves WDV-810 Test Connection psig IF Pressure Gages are directed to be installed to t removal.roubleshoot leakage, THEN the following guidance should be used for installation AND (1)To Inst 1. C 2. R 3. In 4. C A different gauge range may be used at the discretion of the Test Supervisor.
9.3 FINAL AS-FOUND ILRT Result:
all To Remove lose root stop OR gauge isolation.
SP-1 78                                    Rev. 30                   Page 198 of 207
: 1. Close root stop OR gauge isolation.
 
emove any installed instrumentation.
ATTACHMENT 16 COMPUTER PRINTOUTS AND ATTACHMENTS (Page 1 of 1)
: 2. Remove any installed instrumentation.
The purpose of this attachment is to provide a single location in the procedure for collecting computer printouts from the plant computer trend report, the ILRT data management computer and other sources LIST OF PRINTOUTS AND ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENTS:
nstall gauge as directed by Test Supervisor
Make additional copies if needed SP-178                                     Rev. 30                               Page 199 of 207
: 3. Install instrumentation removed during installation)pen valve closed in step 1 4. Open valve closed in step 1.SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 200 of 207 ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION  
 
/ REMOVAL SHEET To install Steam Generator and other space-monitoring pressure gauges perform the following:
ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET Test gauges are used in various locations to monitor pressure in spaces/voids as an early indication of leakage from containment, or to indicate leakage between boundaries. The ILRT Test Supervisor may direct installation of additional test gauges when troubleshooting potential leakag e paths. Use this attachment to document installation and removal of these test gauges.
INIT PI-SGA @ A Main Steam Line 1. Close MSV-94/504/505.
REMOVED CONC VERIF GAUGE           CAL                                                                                           INSTALLED Serial#         DUE       RANGE         MONITORED AREA/ PURPOSE                   GAUGE LOCATION                 (Initials/ (Initials/ (Initials Date)       Date)     nDatei "PI-PS" Monitor space between         Purge Duct Outside RB, AHV-24 0-60 psig   Purge Supply Valves AHV-1 C and AHV-1D "PI-PE" Monitor space between         Purge Duct Outside RB , AHV-25 0-60 psig   Purge Exhaust Valves AHV-1A and AHV-1B 0-60 psig   "PI-SGA" Main Steam Line               PX Conn. VIv MSV-505 0-60 psig   "PI-SGB" Main Steam Line               PX Conn. VIv MSV-509 "PI-P" Between Personnel Lock         Outer Door Pressurization Tap, 0-60 psig   RAX-1 Doors                           RAV-5 "PI-PHS" Personnel Hatch, RAX-1,       PX Conn. VIv SAV-75 0-60 psig   Seal "PI-EHPS" Personnel Hatch, RAX-       PX Conn. VIv SAV-76 0-60 psig   2, Personnel Seal "PI-EHS" Equipment Hatch, RAX-2,       PX Conn. VIv SAV-77 0-60 psig   Seal "PI-E" Between Equipment Lock         Outer Door Pressurization Tap, 0-60 psig   RAX-2 Doors                           RAV-7 0-60 psig   Reactor Building Pressure             Leak Rate Test Panel, LRV-41 0-100       RB Sump Isolation Valves               WDV-810 Test Connection psig IF Pressure Gages are directed to be installed to t roubleshoot leakage, THEN the following guidance should be used for installation AND removal.
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of MSV-505 3. Install test gauge downstream of MSV-505 4. Open MSV-94/504/505.
(1)     A different gauge range may be used at the discretion of the Test Supervisor.
PI-SGB @ B Main Steam Line 1. Close MSV-96/508/509.
To Inst all                                                 To Remove
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of MSV-509 3. Install test gauge downstream of MSV-509 4. Open MSV-96/508/509.es press PI-PS, Between Purge Supply Isolation Valves 1. Close AHV-24 (Purge'Supply Test Connection).
: 1. C lose root stop OR gauge isolation.                 1. Close root stop OR gauge isolation.
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of AHV-24 3. Install test gauge downstream of AHV-24 4. Open AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).
: 2. Remove any installed instrumentation.                 2. Remove any installed instrumentation.
PI-PE, Between Purge Exhaust Isolation Valves 1. Close AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
: 3. Innstall gauge as directed by Test Supervisor         3. Install instrumentation removed during installation
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of AHV-25 3. Install test gauge downstream of AHV-25 4. Open AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
: 4. C)pen valve closed in step 1                         4. Open valve closed in step 1.
*PI-P, Between Personnel Lock RAX-1 Doors 1. Close RAV-5 (Test Connection).
SP-178                                           Rev. 30                                 Page 200 of 207
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of RAV-5 3. Install test gauge downstream of RAV-5 4. Open RAV-5 (Test Connection).
 
INIT SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 201 of 207 ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION  
ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET To install Steam Generator and other space-monitoring pressure gauges perform the following:
/ REMOVAL SHEET INIT*PI-E, Between Equipment Lock RAX-2 Doors 1. Close RAV-7 (Test Connection).
INIT PI-SGA @ A Main Steam Line
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of RAV-7 3. Install test gauge downstream of RAV-7 4. Open RAV-7 (Test Connection).
: 1. Close MSV-94/504/505.
*These gauges are to be installed ONLY if associated Outer Door needs to be closed and the airlock pressurized.
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of MSV-505
PI-EHS, Equipment Hatch RAX-3 Seal 1. Close SAV-77 (Test Connection).
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of MSV-505
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-77 3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-77 4. Open SAV-77 (Test Connection).
: 4. Open MSV-94/504/505.
RB Sump Discharge Line 1. Close WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)
PI-SGB @ B Main Steam Line
: 2. Remove cap at WDV-810 3. Install test gauge at WDV-810 4. Open WDV-810 (Test Connection)
: 1. Close MSV-96/508/509.
PI-EHPS, Personal Hatch RAX-2 Seal 1. Close SAV-76 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of MSV-509
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-76.3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-76 4. Open SAV-76 (Test Connection).
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of MSV-509
PIPHS, Personnell Hatch RAX-1 Seal 1. Close SAV-75 (Test Connection).
: 4. Open MSV-96/508/509.es press PI-PS, Between Purge Supply Isolation Valves
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-75 3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-75 4. Open SAV-75 (Test Connection).
: 1. Close AHV-24 (Purge'Supply Test Connection).
INIT SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 202 of 207 ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION  
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of AHV-24
/ REMOVAL SHEET INIT Reactor Building Pressure 1. Close LRV-41 (Test Connection).
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of AHV-24
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of LRV-41 3. Install test gauge downstream of LRV-41 4. Open LRV-41 (Test Connection).
: 4. Open AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).
PI-PE, Between Purge Exhaust Isolation Valves
: 1. Close AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of AHV-25
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of AHV-25
: 4. Open AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
*PI-P, Between Personnel Lock RAX-1 Doors
: 1. Close RAV-5 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of RAV-5
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of RAV-5
: 4. Open RAV-5 (Test Connection).
INIT SP-178                                     Rev. 30                           Page 201 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET INIT
*PI-E, Between Equipment Lock RAX-2 Doors
: 1. Close RAV-7 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of RAV-7
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of RAV-7
: 4. Open RAV-7 (Test Connection).
*These gauges are to be installed ONLY if associated Outer Door needs to be closed and the airlock pressurized.
PI-EHS, Equipment Hatch RAX-3 Seal
: 1. Close SAV-77 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-77
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-77
: 4. Open SAV-77 (Test Connection).
RB Sump Discharge Line
: 1. Close WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)
: 2. Remove cap at WDV-810
: 3. Install test gauge at WDV-810
: 4. Open WDV-810 (Test Connection)
PI-EHPS, Personal Hatch RAX-2 Seal
: 1. Close SAV-76 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-76
.3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-76
: 4. Open SAV-76 (Test Connection).
PIPHS, Personnell Hatch RAX-1 Seal
: 1. Close SAV-75 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-75
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-75
: 4. Open SAV-75 (Test Connection).
INIT SP-178                                     Rev. 30                           Page 202 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET INIT Reactor Building Pressure
: 1. Close LRV-41 (Test Connection).
: 2. Connect tubing downstream of LRV-41
: 3. Install test gauge downstream of LRV-41
: 4. Open LRV-41 (Test Connection).
To remove Steam Generator/test monitoring pressure gauges perform the following:
To remove Steam Generator/test monitoring pressure gauges perform the following:
PI-SGA @ A Main Steam Line 1. Close MSV-94/504/505.
PI-SGA @ A Main Steam Line
__ (V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of MSV-505 3. Remove test gauge downstream of MSV-505 4. Recap line downstream of MSV-505.5. OPEN MSV-94/504.
: 1. Close MSV-94/504/505.                                                                   __   (V)
__ (V)PI-SGB @ B Main Steam Line 1. Close MSV-96/508/509.
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of MSV-505
__(V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of MSV-509 3. Remove test gauge downstream of MSV-509 4. Recap the line downstream of MSV-509.5. OPEN MSV-96/508
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of MSV-505
__(V)PI-PS, Between Purge Supply Isolation Valves 1. Close AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).
: 4. Recap line downstream of MSV-505.
__ (V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of AHV-24 3. Remove test gauge downstream of AHV-24 4. Replace cap downstream of AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).
: 5. OPEN MSV-94/504.                                                                         __   (V)
__ (V)PI-PE, Between Purge Exhaust Isolation Valves 1. Close AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
PI-SGB @ B Main Steam Line
__ (V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of AHV-25 3. Remove test gauge downstream of AHV-25 4. Replace cap downstream of AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection). (V)INIT SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 203 of 207 ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION  
: 1. Close MSV-96/508/509.                                                                     __(V)
/ REMOVAL SHEET INIT PI-P, Between Personnel Lock RAX-1 Doors 1. Close RAV-5 (Test Connection).
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of MSV-509
__(V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of RAV-5 3. Remove test gauge downstream of RAV-5 4. Replace cap downstream of RAV-5 (Test Connection).
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of MSV-509
__(V)PI-E, Between Equipment Lock RAX-2 Doors 1. Close RAV-7 (Test Connection).
: 4. Recap the line downstream of MSV-509.
__(V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of RAV-7 3. Remove test gauge downstream of RAV-7 4. Replace cap downstream of RAV-7 (Test Connection). (V)PI-EHS, Equipment Hatch RAX-2 Seal 1. Close SAV-77 (Test Connection). (V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-77 3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-77 4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-77 (Test Connection).
: 5. OPEN MSV-96/508                                                                           __(V)
__(V)RB Sump Discharge Line 1. Close WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)
PI-PS, Between Purge Supply Isolation Valves
__(V)2. Remove test gauge at WDV-81 0 3. Replace cap downstream of WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)
: 1. Close AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).                                             __   (V)
__(V)PI-EHPS, Personal Hatch RAX-2 Seal 1. Close SAV-76 (Test Connection).
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of AHV-24
__(V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-76 3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-76 4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-76 (Test Connection).
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of AHV-24
__(V)SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 204 of 207 ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION  
: 4. Replace cap downstream of AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).                         __   (V)
/ REMOVAL SHEET PIPHS, Personnell Hatch RAX-1 Seal 1. Close SAV-75 (Test Connection).
PI-PE, Between Purge Exhaust Isolation Valves
__ (V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-75 3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-75 4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-75 (Test Connection). (V)Reactor Building Pressure 1. Close LRV-41 (Test Connection).
: 1. Close AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).                                           __   (V)
__ (V)2. Disconnect tubing downstream of LRV-41 3. Remove test gauge downstream of LRV-41 4. Remove cap downstream of LRV-41 (Test Connection).
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of AHV-25
__ (V)SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 205 of 207 ATTACHMENT 18 TEST GAUGE PRESSURE READINGS (Page 1 of 1)Page _ of PI-PS PI-PE PI-EHPS, PI-EHS, TIME PISGA A PISGB B Purge Purge PI-P, RAX-1 PI-PHS, PI-EHPer PI-E, RAX-2 RAX-2 Eq.OTG OTGDoors RAX-1 Seal RAX-2 Pers Doors Eq Supply Exhaust Htch Seal Htch Seal Initial value: Copy as needed for additional sheets SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 206 of 207 REVISION  
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of AHV-25
: 4. Replace cap downstream of AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).                             (V)
INIT SP-1 78                                   Rev. 30                         Page 203 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET INIT PI-P, Between Personnel Lock RAX-1 Doors
: 1. Close RAV-5 (Test Connection).                                                   __(V)
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of RAV-5
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of RAV-5
: 4. Replace cap downstream of RAV-5 (Test Connection).                               __(V)
PI-E, Between Equipment Lock RAX-2 Doors
: 1. Close RAV-7 (Test Connection).                                                   __(V)
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of RAV-7
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of RAV-7
: 4. Replace cap downstream of RAV-7 (Test Connection).                                   (V)
PI-EHS, Equipment Hatch RAX-2 Seal
: 1. Close SAV-77 (Test Connection).                                                     (V)
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-77
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-77
: 4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-77 (Test Connection).                             __(V)
RB Sump Discharge Line
: 1. Close WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)                                                 __(V)
: 2. Remove test gauge at WDV-81 0
: 3. Replace cap downstream of WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)                             __(V)
PI-EHPS, Personal Hatch RAX-2 Seal
: 1. Close SAV-76 (Test Connection).                                                 __(V)
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-76
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-76
: 4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-76 (Test Connection).                             __(V)
SP-1 78                                 Rev. 30                   Page 204 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET PIPHS, Personnell Hatch RAX-1 Seal
: 1. Close SAV-75 (Test Connection).                                                 __ (V)
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-75
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-75
: 4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-75 (Test Connection).                               (V)
Reactor Building Pressure
: 1. Close LRV-41 (Test Connection).                                                 __ (V)
: 2. Disconnect tubing downstream of LRV-41
: 3. Remove test gauge downstream of LRV-41
: 4. Remove cap downstream of LRV-41 (Test Connection).                             __ (V)
SP-178                                   Rev. 30                 Page 205 of 207
 
ATTACHMENT 18 TEST GAUGE PRESSURE READINGS (Page 1 of 1)
Page   _ of PI-PS     PI-PE                               PI-EHPS,                   PI-EHS, TIME     PISGA A         OTG OTGDoors PISGB   B Purge       Purge     PI-P, RAX-1 RAX-1  Seal PI-PHS,   RAX-2  Pers PI-EHPer       Doors PI-E, RAX-2 RAX-2 Eq Eq.
Supply     Exhaust                             Htch Seal                 Htch Seal Initial value:
Copy as needed for additional sheets SP-178                                 Rev. 30                         Page 206 of 207
 
REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
SECTION DESCRIPTION Attachment 3A Added valves MSV-93 & MSV-95 & associated transmitter isolation to valve checklist due to their absence in previous revision.Attachment 3A Added new transmitter isolations MS 114/115/116/117 due to the installation of EC 65629 (MUR Upgrade MS PTs) (PRR 246921)4.6.3.1.6 Changed AH-032-FIR (Channel D) to AH-1003 TIR (FE) (Channel 4) to correspond to the new recorder that was installed per EC 52417.Attachment 3E Revised breaker list to match the breaker call outs in OP-700B for CFV-1 1, CFV-12, CFV-15, MUV-18, & MUV-27. (PRR 178147)3.4.12 Deleted "and REMOVE" from the step. (PRR 178147)Attachment 3C Added notes to identify the breakers for the WSV's, Added "CAPED" to WSV-7, and changed the restoration position of WSV-47 & 48 Removed previous notes that were no longer applicable. (PRR 178147)Attachment 17 Corrected the misidentification of RAV-7 as RAV-6. (PRR 178147)Attachment 17 Added Instructions to install and remove pressure instruments for PI-EHPS, Personnel Hatch RAX-2 Seal; PI-PHS, Personnel Hatch RAX-1 Seal; and Reactor Building Pressure. (PRR 178147)6.1.2.3 Corrected the misidentification of PEN217-TV5 as PEN216-TV5. (PRR 178147)Attachment 4 Changed the steps for flushing the test piping/hose, due to their no longer Section 4.2.1.1 -being a need to flush Intermediate Building piping/hose.
 
Corrected temporary 5.7 (pages 137- valve naming. (PRR 178147)140)Reference Replaced references to PM-1 56 with EGR-NGGC-0351, due to PM-1 56 being Documents  
SECTION           DESCRIPTION A    Added valves MSV-93 & MSV-95 & associated transmitter isolation to valve checklist due to their absence in previous revision. A    Added new transmitter isolations MS 114/115/116/117 due to the installation of EC 65629 (MUR Upgrade MS PTs) (PRR 246921) 4.6.3.1.6         Changed AH-032-FIR (Channel D) to AH-1003 TIR (FE) (Channel 4) to correspond to the new recorder that was installed per EC 52417. E    Revised breaker list to match the breaker call outs in OP-700B for CFV-1 1, CFV-12, CFV-15, MUV-18, & MUV-27. (PRR 178147) 3.4.12           Deleted "and REMOVE" from the step. (PRR 178147) C    Added notes to identify the breakers for the WSV's, Added "CAPED" to WSV-7, and changed the restoration position of WSV-47 & 48 Removed previous notes that were no longer applicable. (PRR 178147) 7    Corrected the misidentification of RAV-7 as RAV-6. (PRR 178147) 7    Added Instructions to install and remove pressure instruments for PI-EHPS, Personnel Hatch RAX-2 Seal; PI-PHS, Personnel Hatch RAX-1 Seal; and Reactor Building Pressure. (PRR 178147) 6.1.2.3           Corrected the misidentification of PEN217-TV5 as PEN216-TV5. (PRR 178147)       Changed the steps for flushing the test piping/hose, due to their no longer Section 4.2.1.1 - being a need to flush Intermediate Building piping/hose. Corrected temporary 5.7 (pages 137-   valve naming. (PRR 178147) 140)
& superseded by EGR-NGGC-0351. (PRR 254243)Attachment 10 Section 1.1 Attachment 3B Corrected the description for CAV-430 to read "RCP-1C Suction Sample Iso." (PRR 174465)SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 207 of 207}}
Reference         Replaced references to PM-1 56 with EGR-NGGC-0351, due to PM-1 56 being Documents &       superseded by EGR-NGGC-0351. (PRR 254243) 0 Section 1.1 B    Corrected the description for CAV-430 to read "RCP-1C Suction Sample Iso."
(PRR 174465)
SP-1 78                                     Rev. 30                             Page 207 of 207}}

Latest revision as of 13:05, 11 March 2020

SP-178, Revision 30 - Containment Leakage TEST-TYPE a Including Liner Plate
ML102920070
Person / Time
Site: Crystal River Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 09/20/2010
From:
Progress Energy Co
To:
Office of Information Services
References
FOIA/PA-2010-0116 SP-178, Rev 30
Download: ML102920070 (207)


Text

C a Progress Energy Continuous Use PROGRESS ENERGY CRYSTAL RIVER UNIT 3 PLANT OPERATING MANUAL SP-1 78 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE TEST-TYPE "A" INCLUDING LINER PLATE SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 1 of 2070A_

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ............................................. ............. 4 1.1 Intent ..................................................................................................... 4 1.2 Equipm ent Database (EDB) ................................................................... 4 2.0 References .................................................................................................... 4 2.1 Com m itm ent Docum ents ........................................................................ 4 2.2 Reference Docum ents ........................................................................... 5 3.0 PERSONNEL INDOCTRINATION ................................................................... 6 3.1 Description ............................................................................................ 6 3.2 Definitions .............................................................................................. 7 3.3 Responsibilities .......................................................................................... 8 3.4 Prerequisites .......................................................................................... 9 3.5 Lim its and Precautions .......................................................................... 23 3.6 Acceptance Criteria .............................................................................. 26 3.7 Setpoints ............................................................................................... 26 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................................. 27 4.1 Initial Conditions .................................................................................. 27 4.2 Pressurization of Reactor Containm ent ................................................. 27 4.3 Stabilization Phase .............................................................................. 33 4.4 Hold Test Phase .................................................................................. 36 4.5 Verification Test .................................................................................. 43 4.6 Depressurization ...................................................................................... 48 4.7 Final ILRT Results ................................................................................ 53 5.0 FOLLOW UP ACTIO NS .................................................................................. 55 5.1 Contingencies ...................................................................................... 55 6.0 RESTO RATION ............................................................................................... 55 6.1 Restoration Instructions ....................................................................... 55 7.0 COM MENTS ................................................................................................... 60 8.0 EVALUATION '.................... ............................ 63 8.1 Equipm ent Perform ance Review ......................................................... 63 SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 2 of 207

Atta c h m e n t 1 ............................................................................................................................... 64 Atta c hm e n t 2 .............................................................................................................................. 65 Atta ch m e nt 3 ............................................................................................................................... 71 A tta c hm e nt 3a ............................................................................................................................. 81 Atta c h m e nt 3 b ............................................................................................................................. 93 Atta ch m e nt 3d ........................................................................................................ ................... 12 6 A tta c h m e nt 3e ........................................................................................................................... 12 7 Atta c h m e nt 3f ............................................................................................................................ 13 3 ........................................................... ..... 134 ...................................................................... 141 ................................................. ..... 158 .............................................................. .... 159 ...................................................... 160 ...................................................... 161 0 ..................................................... 167 Atta c h m e nt 1 1 ............................................................................................................... . .. 17 3 Atta c h m e nt 12 .............................................................................................................. ........... 18 5 3 ..................................................................................................... .... 188 4 .................................................................................................... .... 189 5 ..................................................................................................... ..... 191 6 ................................................................................................... ... 199 7 ...... ........................................................................................ ....... 200 Atta c h m e nt 18 ........................................................................................................................... 206 SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 3 of 207

1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Intent 1.1.1 This procedure establishes the requirements to assure that leakage through the primary reactor containment, and systems and components penetrating the primary containment does not exceed the allowable leakage rate values as specified in Technical Specification 5.6.2.20 and 10CFR50, Appendix J, Option B.

1.1.2 Testing shall be performed using the methods and provisions of:

Total-time method using the provisions of BN-TOP-1 OR Mass-point method as specified in ANSI/ANS-56.8-1994.

1.1.3 This test satisfies the Type Atest requirements of 10CFR50, Appendix J. Type A tests (overall integrated containment leakage rate) shall be conducted during shutdown at a frequency specified in TS 5.6.2.20 and the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.

1.2 Equipment Database (EDB) 1.2.1 The following tags are listed in the EDB as being affected by this procedure:

See Attachments 3 and 4.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Commitment Documents 2.1.1 Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix J, Option B 2.1.2 "Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements" American National Standard ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994.

2.1.3 "Industry Guideline for Implementing Performance-Based Option of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix J" NEI 94-01, July 26, 1995.

2.1.4 "Performance-Based Containment Leak-Test Program," USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.163, September 1995.

2.1.5 Technical Specification 5.6.2.20, Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program 2.1.6 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program, Crystal River Unit 3 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 4 of 207

2.1.7 Technical Specification References Applicable Surv. Per. LCO/Other Surv. Freq.

References During Modes Requirements During Freq. Notes Modes 3.6.1.1 5,6 1 thru 4 SP-1 5.6.2.20 5, 6 1 thru 4 SP-1 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY:

SP-1 In accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program FREQUENCY NOTES:

None 2.2 Reference Documents 2.2.1 Bechtel report "Testing Criteria for Integrated Leakage Rate Testing of Primary Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants" BN-TOP-1, Rev. 1, November 1, 1972.

2.2.2 USNRC IN Notice 85-71.

2.2.3 AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions 2.2.4 AI-607, Pre Job and Post Job Briefings 2.2.5 SP-1 12, Calibration of the Reactor Protection System 2.2.6 SP-132A, Engineered Safeguards Channel Calibration 2.2.7 SP-179B, Containment Leakage Test -Type B 2.2.8 SP-179C, Containment Leakage Test - Type C 2.2.9 SP-430, Containment Air Locks Seal Leakage Test 2.2.10 FPC Drawing P-304-723, Test and Drain Lines at Fuel Transfer Tubes 2.2.11 FPC Drawing 1C-308-696, Leak Rate Temperature Element Locations 2.2.12 FPC Drawing 1C-308-697, Leak Rate Humidity Element Locations 2.2.13 29 CFR 1926.804, Subchapter S, Appendix A 2.2.14 OP-417, Containment Operating Procedure 2.2.15 NDEP-0620, VT-1 and VT-3 Visual Examination of ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE Components of Nuclear Power Plants 2.2.16 EGR-NGGC-0351, Condition Monitoring of Structures SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 5 of 207

3.0 PERSONNEL INDOCTRINATION 3.1 Description 3.1.1 The purpose of the R14 ILRT is to measure the total leakage through the CR3 primary containment boundary after pressurizing our 2,000,000 ft3 reactor building to 52.1 psig in accordance with 10CFR50 Appendix J, Option B.

3.1.2 To attain test pressure, a total air mass of 690,000 lbs will have been pumped into containment.

3.1.3 This air will be pumped into containment utilizing the following (estimated) equipment located outside of the protected area in the CR1/2 parking lot:

  • Twenty 1,500 cfm air compressors

" Two 5,400 cfm desiccant air dryers

  • Four 3,000 cfm desiccant air dryers

" One 10,000 cfm refrigerated dryer

" Two 60 ton chiller and associated after-coolers

" Two temporary 8" pipe/hose lines via 11-119 to PEN-216 and PEN-217

" Two 300kw Diesel Generators (twinpack) 3.1.4 The ILRT measurement system will utilize vendor supplied and installed digital instruments that enable us to accurately calculate the weight of the contained air mass and utilize statistics to determine the leak rate over time.

3.1.5 The test acceptance criteria is 75% of La (allowed leakage), or 0.1875 wt% per day of the initial mass. This equates to an allowable leakage of 53.9 Ibm/hr (approx 1/8" diameter air leak).

3.1.6 Maintaining stable plant conditions is critical to the success of this test. During testing, mass changes from pressure fluctuations, volume changes, and plant temperature changes, make it difficult to identify actual leakage trends.

3.1.7 The test duration for each of the five phases was developed based on recent industry OE and validated based on the size of CR3 containment and the number of compressors and pipe sizes.

Pressurization phase (10 hrs critical path / 7 hrs stretch)

The containment vessel is sealed and pressurized to approximately peak accident pressure via rented diesel air compressors. Past data indicates approximately ten hours to pressurize containment to the desired test pressure.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 6of 207

" Temperature stabilization phase (8 hrs critical path / 6 hrs stretch)

Once the test pressure is reached, the stabilization phase begins. Temperatures are required to stabilize for a minimum of four (4) hours although past data indicates stabilization can last up to twenty (20) hours.

  • Integrated leak rate data collection phase (8 hrs critical path)

Following the temperature stabilization period, containment leak rate data is collected using installed test instrumentation for a minimum of eight (8) hours. This data collection phase may take longer if the leak rate changes.

  • Leak rate verification phase (4 hrs critical path)

At the end of the test data collection phase, the leak rate verification phase begins by introducing a known leak and verifying proper operation of the test instrumentation. This phase of the test has a four (4) hour minimum requirement.

  • Depressurization phase (10 hrs critical path / 6 hrs stretch)

Containment is depressurized in a controlled manner and systems are returned to their normal status. Past data indicates the depressurization phase lasts 8- 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />.

3.2 Definitions 3.2.1 As Found Leakage Rate: Leakage rate testing after some period of normal service conditions, performed prior to any repairs or adjustments.

As Left Leakage Rate: The leakage rate following any repairs or adjustments to the barrier being tested.

3.2.2 Containment Atmosphere Volume Weighted Average Temperature: The temperature derived from weighing each temperature sensor reading by the volume it represents.

3.2.3 La (weight %/24h). The maximum allowable Type A test leakage rate at pressure Pac.

3.2.4 Lam (weight %/24h). Estimate of leakage rate, derived as a function of the least squares slope and intercept, for the Type A test at pressure Pac obtained from testing the primary containment by simulating some of the conditions that would exist under DBA conditions (e.g. vented, drained, flooded, or pressurized).

3.2.5 Lc (weight %/24h). The composite primary containment leakage rate measured using the CILRT instruments after Lo is superimposed.

3.2.6 Lo (weight %/24h). The known leakage rate superimposed on the containment during the verification test.

3.2.7 Measurement System: The entire system from sensor to display inclusive.

3.2.8 Pac (psig or KPa) The calculated peak containment internal pressure related to the DBA 3.2.9 Upper Confidence Limit (UCL): A calculated value constructed from test data which places a statistical upper bound on the true leakage rate (%/24h).

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 7 of 207

3.2.10 Verification Test: A test to confirm the capability of the Type A test method and equipment to measure La.

3.3 Responsibilities 3.3.1 Engineering Manager Responsible for the overall imriplementation of the 10CFR50 Appendix J Program.

Management designee for performing AI-550, Infrequently Performed Test and Evolution briefings.

3.3.2 Appendix J Engineer Responsible for the Type A, B, and C portions of the containment leakage rate test program. He or she will act as the final decision maker in matters concerning test conduct, deferring to Operations as required in matters of plant safety. This individual may use inputs from other plant personnel or a consultant to form decisions that meet the regulatory requirements from documents listed in the reference section. Reports to Engineering Manager.

3.3.3 Test Supervisor Acts in the capacity of the Appendix J Engineer during his or her shift during the conduct of the ILRT.

The Test Supervisor will evaluate the reported leakage and direct corrective action. No corrective action should occur without this evaluation with the exception of safety issues.

3.3.4 Operations Lead Located primarily in Control Room and responsible for interface between Control Room and ILRT Test Supervisor. Monitors plant conditions and keeps Test Table informed.

3.3.5 Local Leakage Rate Testing (LLRT) Technicians Technicians responsible for the conduct of the Type B and Type C portions of the containment leakage rate testing program.

3.3.6 Computer Technician(s)

Responsible for data reduction and analysis computer operation.

3.3.7 Equipment Technician(s)

Responsible for air compressor mechanical and operational tasks, as directed by the Test Engineer.

3.3.8 Consulting Engineer Provides general test oversight, as well as technical direction and guidance for conduct of test, including issues involving regulatory compliance, test coordination, test instrumentation, computer programs and software, troubleshooting assistance, compressors and development of test report.

3.3.9 Leak Hunt Team Responsible for locating existing leakage paths that effects the Type A test and reporting these to the Test Supervisor.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 8 of 207

3.3.10 Recommended Personnel The following list of recommended personnel is provided to aid the test performers in preparation and is only a guideline:

Personnel Listing (Per Shift) Number Test Supervisor 1 Test Engineer 1 Operations Lead 1 Consulting Engineer 1 Computer Technician 1 Equipment Technician (pressurization only) 1 Leak Hunt Team 8 3.4 Prerequisites 3.4.1 Test Equipment required for test is addressed in:

3.4.1.1 Attachment 4, Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout 3.4.1.2 Attachment 5, ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout 3.4.1.3 Attachment 17, Gauge Installation/Removal Sheet NOTE The following tasks should be performed in support of ILRT after entering Mode 5 from power operation (sequence non-critical) unless specifically approved by the Shift Outage Director.

PRELIMINARY STEPS 3.4.2 Obtain Work Controls authorization to begin test preparation activities.

Work Controls Signature/Date 3.4.3 An organization chart describing Testing Organization, including names, phone numbers and email addresses of personnel supporting preparation, implementation, and restoration activities has been developed and communicated to project team supporting ILRT.

Inti l/

Initials/Date SP.-1l78 Rev. 30 Page 9 of 207

3.4.4 A "Test Desk" has been designated for control of testing activities during implementation of Section 4.0, activities and phone numbers for the center have been communicated to the SSO, Outage Management, and Work Controls.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.5 As part of ILRT, Test Supervisor(s) SHALL maintain an active log with CR3 Autolog and/or per Attachment 1 (Test Supervisor's Log). The Log SHALL be initiated upon commencement of performance of this procedure. The Log SHALL be used to document those activities NOT documented on existing data sheets/ attachments and should include shift turnovers, ILRT instrumentation/ computer failures, compressor failures, fuel oil orders and deliveries, recommendations for procedure enhancements, and any significant events.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.6 Rented portions of ILRT Pressurization System have been received and installed per Attachment 4 (Containment. Building Pressurization / Depressurization System Installation and Checkout) at Test Supervisor's direction.

/

Initials/Date INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS PREREQUISITES 3.4.7 Plant instrumentation required for conduct of ILRT (e.g. tank/sump level instrumentation) listed in Attachment 14 (Control Room Log) is calibrated per calibration program and is available for ILRT.

  • _ Pressurizer level (RC-001-LIR1)
  • _ Pressurizer level (RC-001-LIR3)
  • _ Reactor Building Sump level (WD-222-LI)
  • RCDT level (WD-23-1 1)
  • Core Flood Tank A level (CF-2-LI1) 0 Core Flood Tank B level (CF-2-L13)

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 10 of 207

3.4.8 Prepare RB instrumentation and equipment for Integrated Containment Leak Rate Test by completing items listed on RB Preparation Checklist, Attachment 2, (Containment Preparation Checklist).

/

Initials/Date 3.4.9 Termination of ILRT sensor instrument strings inside containment have been completed per Attachment 5, (ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout). Circuit terminations have been "rung out" or otherwise verified to be correct.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.10 Modify LR system tubing to allow adequate flow for the verification test by removing LRV-63 and LRV-69 and installing a tubing jumper.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.11 Secure Radiation Monitors RM-G16, RM-G17 and RM-G18 and associated Radiation Monitoring System) and remove G-M tubes per Attachment 2.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.12 DISCONNECT H2 Analyzer Calibration (Span) Gas bottles (4)

/

Initials/Date 3.4.13 Installation of temporary calibrated pressure gauges is complete per Attachment 17.

/

Initials/Date MECHANICAL PREREQUISITES 3.4.14 The following Temporary Alterations have been performed in accordance with Attachments listed:

Maintenance support of penetration preparations described in Attachments 3 and 4, (e.g. flange removal, temporary pipe hookup, etc.).

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 11 of 207

3.4.15 Temporary pressurization header has been installed and rented pressurization equipment attached per Work Order instructions and Attachment 4 of this procedure.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.16 Plant mechanical equipment protection activities inside containment per Attachment 2, (Containment Preparation Checklist) are complete.

/

Initials/Date ELECTRICAL PREREQUISITES 3.4.17 Plant electrical equipment protection activities inside the containment per Attachment 2 are complete.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.18 Temporary power and lighting requirements at temporary portions of Pressurization System per Attachment 4 are met.

/

Initials/Date TEST SUPERVISOR PREPARATIONS 3.4.19 Verify all permits required for Test Desk and Pressurization Laydown areas have been obtained and posted.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.20 Temporary communications have been provided as determined by Test Supervisor.

Record numbers on Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).

/

Initials/Date 3.4.21 Tables, chairs, portable ventilation equipment, uninterruptible power supplies have been provided as determined by Test Supervisor.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 12 of 207

3.4.22 Provide a listing of materials/equipment that should NOT be brought into or left in RB to Containment Coordinator and Shift Outage Director.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.23 VERIFY that all required Environmental Permits/Notifications associated with running the rented diesel-driven air compressors have been dispositioned.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.24 VERIFY installation and checkout portions of Attachment 4, (Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout) are complete and satisfactory.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.25 VERIFY that installation and calibration of instrumentation for ILRT is completed and properly documented in Attachment 5, (ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout).

/

Initials/Date 3.4.26 VERIFY "as-installed" certification of ILRT Data Management computer program is completed. Include certification package in Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).

/

Initials/Date 3.4.27 A general inspection of accessible interior and exterior surfaces of containment structures and components has been performed. Any irregularities such as cracking, peeling, delamination, corrosion, and structural deterioration SHALL be recorded and evaluated or repaired as required, prior to conduct of ILRT. Document results in Attachment 10, Containment Building Visual Inspection.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.28 Establish controls (signs) limiting access to periphery of containment during test at RCA Access Points. Access should be limited to personnel authorized by Test Supervisor or Work Controls.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 13 of 207

3.4.29 Collect available local leak rate test results completed prior to ILRT. Record as-found and as-left results in Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary for calculations.

/

Initials/Date ILRT CONSULTANT PREREQUISITES 3.4.30 The test preparation portions of Attachment 5, ILRT Measurement System Installation and Checkout are complete:

/

Initials/Date 3.4.31 The installed ILRT Measurement System meets performance and quality specifications of Attachment 5, Section 1.0.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.32 Calibration and pre-test check information has been entered into Attachment 5, Section 4.0, reviewed and found acceptable. Copies of sensor calibration sheets have been included in Attachment 16, Computer Printouts and Attachments.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.33 ILRT Measurement System cabling has been terminated per Section 5.0 of Attachment

5. Documentation of cable lead landings may be on form in Section 5.0 or using standard plant form such as Enclosure 1 of CP-1 13A, Maintenance Work Performance. If WO related form is used, attach copy to Attachment 16 of this procedure.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.34 ILRT Measurement System dry-bulb and RH sensors have been placed in containment per Section 6.0 of Attachment 5.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.35 ILRT Measurement System outside containment has been installed and functionally checked per Attachments 5 and 6.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 14 of 207

3.4.36 ILRT software program has been installed and "As-installed" Certification Package is complete. Attach certification package to Attachment 16.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.37 Beginning at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> prior to scheduled start of pressurization, perform a tour of containment once a shift to verify containment readiness for testing. Walk-down should catalog remaining items to be removed from containment, or items that must be protected from test pressure. Provide a list of discrepancies to Shift Outage Director and Containment Coordinator.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.38 Provide a set of marked-up Flow Diagrams (FD-302) to Work Controls organization illustrating test valve lineups/boundaries. Review drawings with affected coordinators.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.39 Review of all work orders, clearances, and temporary alterations outstanding or planned for release during ILRT window (plus 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />) has been completed. Review should identify existing and/or potential infringement on test boundaries, equipment operations/losses that could impact plant conditions/stability during ILRT, and ensure Work Control provisions/communication channels are adequate.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.40 Verify that compressors and associated air handling equipment are setup per Attachment 4, Containment Building Pressurization/Depressurization System Installation and Checkout.

/

Initials/Date OPERATIONS PREREQUISITES 3.4.41 Setup a Trend Report on plant computer to monitor levels in MCR Log per Attachment 14, Control Room Log every 15 minutes during test. Set plant computer to collect data on 15 minute intervals, and print reports on the hour.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 15 of 207

3.4.42 Verify pressurizer level between 100 to 140 inches prior to performing ILRT to compensate for level changes during pressurization. Pressurizer level must be within indicating range during ILRT.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.43 Verify RCDT (WDT-5) is pumped below < 95inches. Use OP-407J, Operations of the Reactor Coolant Drain Tank as necessary.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.44 Plant stability is critical during the ILRT. Avoid any activity that changes containment volume during Stabilization, Hold Test and Verification Test phases.

/

Initials/Date NOTE For the purpose of the ILRT, Steam Generator levels are acceptable anywhere from the normal range to the 400" mark specified below.

3.4.45 The Steam Generator's (RCSG 1A / 1B) secondary side may be placed in the following ILRT Layup condition:

3.4.45.1 Steam Generators drained to just below the Main Steam lines (approximately 400" on the full range instrument).

/

Initials/Date 3.4.45.2 Main Steam Lines Al, A2, B1, and B2 drained.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.46 Reactor coolant temperature is being controlled via Decay Heat to within +/- 2°F of any temperature selected by the Control Room Supervisor when pressurization starts.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.47 Perform the following system alignments as soon as practical prior to their related phases:

3.4.47.1 Attachment 3A, ILRT Valve Lineup Prior to Pressurization.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 16 of 207

3.4.47.2 Attachment 3B, ILRT Valve Lineup Prior to Stabilization (NOT required prior to starting compressors).

/

Initials/Date 3.4.47.3 Attachment 3C, ILRT Special Valve Lineups. Completion REQUIRED before starting compressors.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.47.4 Attachment 3D, Supplementary ILRT Valve Lineups.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.47.5 Attachment 3E, Breaker List.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.48 Secure Reactor Building Cooling Units per OP-417.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.49 Record Decay Heat Removal Loop in operation:

/

Initials/Date FINAL PREPARATIONS 3.4.50 Inspect Personnel and Equipment Hatch air lock doors. Door seals and mating surfaces SHALL be clean and in acceptable condition. Close inner doors of personnel and equipment air locks. Outer doors will remain open to prevent excessive equalization time if there is a small leak into air lock.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.51 HPI is tagged out and the system has been bypassed to prevent actuation from an inadvertent RBIC signal during containment pressurization.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 17 of 207

. NOTE AI-504, Shutdown Guidelines requires one Reactor Building Cooling Unit to be available in Shutdown Condition 4. Due to the higher density of compressed air during ILRT conditions, the cooling unit is required to be temporarily modified with flow baffles and 129 Amp overloads for it to be considered available. Reference ED 62366.

3.4.52 Ensure one Reactor Building Cooling Unit has been temporarily modified per Attachment 2 such that it remains available per AI-504, Shutdown Guidelines. Indicate below which unit has been modified and NOTIFY the SSO which cooling unit is considered available.

AHF-1A (ES-MCC-3A2, Unit 1B) [] N/A AHF-1 B (ES-MCC-3B3-Unit 6AN) [] N/A AHF-1C (ES-MCC-3AB, Unit 1B) [ ] N/A SSO Notified

/

Initials/Date 3.4.53 All electrical equipment should be de-energized within containment, except for those services required. Refer to Attachment 3E.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.54 VERIFY that a review of on-going work and clearances on or around RB with Outage Work Control organization has been completed by the Test Supervisor AND ILRT Consultant, and any potential interferences with the test or breaches of testing lineups have been resolved.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.55 REVIEW Attachment 8, Valve Lineup Alteration Log. Verify any lineup alterations have been satisfactorily resolved.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.56 REVIEW Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary to verify actual penetration status entering ILRT is accurately reflected.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 18 of 207

3.4.57 Conduct a phase-specific briefing for Control Room personnel prior to commencement of Pressurization Phase.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.58 A final closeout inspection has been made by ILRT Test Supervisor or Designee to ensure:

3.4.58.1 All containment temporary equipment that contains supplies of compressed gases has been removed or vented.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.58.2 NO significant fire hazards have been identified in containment.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.58.3 Any water standing on Containment Building floors or low spots has been removed and areas left dry if practical.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.59 The RB sump has been pumped down to its minimum level within the indicating range of WD-222-LI.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.60 Align Leak Rate Test System air compressor discharge header for Pressurization per Table 1 of Attachment 4. START compressors when notified by ILRT Test Supervisor.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61 Pressurization may begin prior to completion of valve alignments providing Test Supervisor has verified:

3.4.61.1 Component manipulations and/or visual verifications associated with components inside containment on Attachments 3A, 3C, 3D and 3E are complete.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 19 of 207

3.4.61.2 Attachment 3C, (SYSTEM: NG, N2 to NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT) system piping venting is complete.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61.3 Attachment 3C, (SYSTEM: IA, INSTRUMENT AIR) depressurizing Instrument Air header is complete.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61.4 Containment portions of Attachment 2 are complete.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61.5 Installation of ILRT Measurement System inside RB is complete per Attachment 5.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61.6 Containment Inspection is complete in its entirety, or intent of containment inspection requirements as stated in Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program have been met.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61.7 Test Supervisor has reviewed Attachment 8, Valve Lineup Alteration Log to ensure that all components inside containment are in their Test Position, or have been satisfactorily dispositioned.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.61.8 Review of all outstanding work orders, clearances and temporary alterations have been completed at least to the extent that Test Supervisor, Outage Management or Operations interface are satisfied that NO obstacles to closing out of containment/performing the test exist.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.62 Final walkdown/closeout inspection of containment has been satisfactorily completed.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 20 of 207

3.4.63 Notify Chemistry to take RB air sample e.g. RM-A6 prior to pressurization. This sample is to be used to prepare release permit for the verification (imposed) leak test and depressurizing containment after ILRT.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.64 Establish communications between ILRT Test Desk, Main Control Room, and air compressors.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.65 Verify containment temporary power/lighting has been isolated.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.66 Verify all personnel are clear of the RB. Evacuate all personnel from RB by making the following announcement twice:

"ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL IN THE REACTOR BUILDING ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL IN THE REACTOR BUILDING, ILRT PREPARATIONS ARE COMPLETE. ALL PERSONNEL EXIT THE CONTAINMENT AT THIS TIME."

/

Initials/Date 3.4.67 Prior to RB pressurization, have Operations Department sound the RB evacuation alarm, Health Physics review all sign-in sheets and Security review computer logs to verify reactor containment has been evacuated by all personnel. Have each department Initial/Date below:

INITIALS / DATE Operation Department Sound Evacuation Alarm Health Physics Dept. Sign-in Sheet ./ Computer Logs Verification Security Review of Containment Access Computer Logs 3.4.68 Close out the Containment Building as follows:

3.4.68.1 Equipment Hatch Resilient Seals

a. Verify RB Equipment Hatch is installed.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 21 of 207

b. Verify RB Equipment Hatch seal test (SP-179B, Pen-222) following installation was acceptable.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.68.2 Equipment Hatch Air Lock.

a. Verify outer door OPEN I/

Initials/Date

b. Close and lock inner door of Airlock.

/

Initials/Date 3.4.68.3 Personnel Airlock.

a. Verify outer door OPEN.

Initials/Date

b. Close and lock inner door of Airlock.

/

Initials/Date NOTE Seal testing of airlock doors can occur as soon as the door is secured to traffic/locked (e.g., the Equipment Hatch Lock). Testing of the Personnel Hatch Door Seals can occur 12-18 hours earlier at the ILRT Supervisor's direction, and need not be repeated if the pre-closing inspection of the seals/seating surface shows no signs of damage. IF there is any reason to suspect the performance of the door seals, THEN perform the leak test, 3.4.69 SP-430, Containment Airlock Seal Leakage Test has been successfully performed for the inner door seal.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 22 of 207

3.5 Limits and Precautions 3.5.1 The Containment Integrated Leak Rate Test is considered an Infrequently Performed Test or Evolution (IPTE). This test will require additional oversight to promote event free operation through a heightened level of awareness. Shift briefings must be conducted prior to actual test commencement in accordance with AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions.

3.5.2 For performance of this critical infrequently performed test the Manager, Engineering or designee has overall responsibility for the oversight of this test, including briefing the operating and test personnel with management expectations prior to performance of the infrequently performed test.

3.5.3 Containment isolation valves that will be tested by the ILRT shall be closed using the normal mode of force without any preliminary exercising or adjustments. (No manual tightening of automatic valves after closure by normal means.) Alternate means of closure may be used provided they are documented and are equivalent to normal means. This precaution does not apply to valves in penetrations for which a Type C penalty is being applied to the ILRT results.

3.5.4 Ifthe test results exceed the performance criteria (La) as defined in TS, those exceedances must be assessed for Emergency Notification System reporting under 10 CFR 50.72.

3.5.5 Work to be performed in Auxiliary or Intermediate Building during the ILRT must be coordinated through the Shift Outage Director.

3.5.6 No instrument or logic tests that could affect the ILRT or supporting systems should be performed during the ILRT. If required, the Shift Outage Director and the Test Supervisor shall review the work activity to determine if it could affect the ILRT test.

3.5.7 Containment Building pressure is to be increased or decreased only at the direction of the ILRT Test Supervisor.

3.5.8 Test pressure during the Stabilization and ILRT phases must equal or exceed 0.96 Pa

(_>52.1 psig). Containment pressure shall NOT exceed Pd (55.0 psig) during any test phase. Pressure may drop below this limit during the Verification Test phase.

3.5.9 The pressurization/depressurization rate shall be regulated to limit pressure changes to not more than 15 psig/hr. This is to prevent a large differential pressure across RB components such as insulation, electrical box covers, light bulbs, paint, etc.

3.5.10 During pressurization of the containment, periodic surveillance of the containment and penetrations should be maintained. Any unusual conditions noted SHALL be immediately reported to the ILRT Test Supervisor. A determination of the condition will then be made.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 23 of 207

3.5.11 NO leakage path SHALL be isolated without the approval of the ILRT Test Supervisor.

Prior to or during the test any leaks which are repaired or valve lineups which are altered SHALL be listed in Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Any leakage penalties for the above will be documented on Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary). Additional guidance is provided in Section 2.0 of Attachment 11.

3.5.12 During pressurization for the ILRT the outer airlock doors on the Personnel Hatch (RAX-1) and Equipment Hatch (RAX-2) are left open. If leakage checks of the inner doors indicates excessive leakage into the airlocks it is permissible to accelerate airlock pressurization by closing the outer doors and pressurizing the airlock with air as directed in SP-181, Containment Air Lock Test to within 0.5 psig below the planned final test pressure, accounting for gauge accuracy per Section 6.0 of Attachment 11, CONTINGENCIES. If pressurization of the airlock is chosen, leak check the outer doors and outboard boundary components using a soap bubble test solution such as Leaktec. Iftight, isolate and remove air source once pressure has been reached. If excessive leakage is observed proceed per the guidance in Step 3.5.13.

3.5.13 EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE:

Leakage discovered during leak searches or routine operations while containment is at pressure must be reported to ILRT Test Supervisor for evaluation, AND unless leakage is a personnel safety hazard, it must NOT be adjusted or isolated without specific direction from ILRT Test Supervisor. ANY adjustment to a leaking containment boundary may result in test failure, therefore when leakage is identified, ILRT Test Supervisor will consider the options listed on Attachment 11.

3.5.14 UNEXPECTED RESPONSE:

ILRT is a complex evolution involving temporary test equipment and several plant systems. Unexpected responses/alarms/plant indications can include sensor failure or erratic behavior; fire/smoke alarms, misleading indications of excessive leakage; loss of or erratic level indication; unplanned rapid depressurization through a failed component, or failure to pressurize due to valve/flange alignment problems. IF any of these conditions are encountered during the test, THEN establish the Safe Condition for the test mode and assess plant/test conditions. Refer to Attachment 11.

3.5.15 SAFE CONDITIONS & TEST ABORT CRITERIA:

Operations, or ILRT Test Supervisor may decide to abort ILRT if plant conditions, test conditions, or test results warrant. Attachment 11, Contingencies addresses actions for various phases of the test, safe conditions for each, and appropriate abort plans.

3.5.16 Maintain the Reactor Coolant System level and temperature stable. Containment leakage rate results are sensitive to factors which change the net free volume of the containment. Changes in level and temperature may affect containment leakage rates during critical portions of the ILRT, impacting results and/or test schedule.

3.5.17 The ILRT Test Supervisor shall be notified of any RB sump high level alarms to assist in analysis of leakage sources.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 24 of 207

3.5.18 Communications must be established between key ILRT locations prior to the start of pressurization, and shall be available between the ILRT Test Desk and the Control Room at all times during the test.

3.5.19 Preparation for ILRT may begin prior to the plant entering Mode 5. Containment integrity SHALL be maintained in Modes 1, 2, 3 and 4 in accordance with applicable portions of Technical Specification 3.6.

3.5.20 Do not leave any portion of the secondary system inside containment vented to the containment atmosphere.

3.5.21 Do NOT use any jumper leads without insulated connections.

3.5.22 The ILRT Test Supervisor SHALL verify prior to the test that there is NO significant fire hazard in containment.

3.5.23 Temperature limits for Reactor Containment atmosphere SHALL NOT be exceeded.

Limits are > 60'F and < 130 0F.

3.5.24 Test Tags may be used on plant equipment. These tags are used to indicate that a component has been aligned to a certain configuration in support of ILRT.

3.5.25 Individual steps may be omitted or performed out of order at discretion of ILRT Test Supervisor, marked N/A, and explained in Attachment 7, Test Exception Log.

3.5.26 At the direction of the Operations Lead, valve alignment may be performed out of order. Any deviation SHALL be documented on Attachment 8.

3.5.27 CR3 Safety Representative will specify approved hearing protection in test areas (adjacent to the air compressors, air charging piping, pressurization lines, and depressurization lines) during pressurization AND depressurization operations.

3.5.28 NO data point is to be rejected on a purely statistical basis. Apparent outliers will be investigated for physical or measurement system problems. Individual sensor performance graphs and sensor deviation/failure criteria, provided by ILRT computer program, will be used to evaluate sensor performance and to provide basis for sensor deletion. Raw data for deleted sensors will continue to be recorded if possible, but NOT used, throughout the test.

3.5.29 Containment entry is permissible when containment is pressurized per OP-417, Containment Operating Procedure.

3.5.30 IF a containment entry is required prior to 12 psig, THEN an EMT SHALL be available. NO personnel SHALL be allowed to enter containment above 12 psig without permission of the Plant General Manager.

IF entries at pressure are required, THEN Safety SHALL be contacted to ensure compliance with requirements of OSHA regulations (29CFR1926.804, Subpart S, Appendix A).

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 25 of 207

3.6 Acceptance Criteria 3.6.1 As-Found Type A test leakage rate must be less than the acceptance criterion of 1.0 La given in Plant Technical Specifications AND As-Left Type A test results at the 95% UCL are less than or equal to 75%La.

3.6.2 Test results exceeding 0.25 wt%/day (1.0 La) must be referred to the Engineering Manager for assessment under the Emergency Notification System reporting requirements of 10CFR 50.72.

3.7 Setpoints None SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 26 of 207

4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 Initial Conditions 4.1.1 Plant is shutdown in Mode 5.

/

Initials/Date 4.1.2 Perform an IPTE briefing in accordance with AI-550, Infrequently Performed Tests and Evolutions. IPTE briefing has been completed for each new shift.

Shift IPTE or Designee/Date Shift IPTE or Designee/Date Shift IPTE or Designee/Date Shift IPTE or Designee/Date 4.1.3 OBTAIN permission from SSO or Designee to perform test.

/

SSO/Designee / Date 4.1.4 The Test Supervisor has verified all Prerequisites and Precautions and Limitations have been reviewed and/or satisfactorily completed.

/

Test Supervisor / Date 4.2 Pressurization of Reactor Containment 4.2.1 Data Collection:

4.2.1.1 Record ambient pressure at the start of pressurization:

Ambient pressure = __ psia Gauge serial #: Cal due date:

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev.' 30 Page. 27 of 207

4.2.1.2 Record initial pressure on test gauges listed on Attachment 17 and Attachment 18. Record pressure readings from test gauges installed on plant equipment in Attachment 17 every thirty minutes until containment reaches 12 psig, at one hour intervals thereafter until end of pressurization, and stabilization, or as directed by Test Supervisor.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.1.3 Start recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using the ILRT Measurement System.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.1.4 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in, Attachment 14 (Control Room Log) is running. Data should be recorded at 15 minute intervals, printed hourly.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.1.5 Record Initial Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).

/

Initials/Date 4.2.2 Announce the following 3 times over plant page.

"ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURIZATION IS ABOUT TO COMMENCE. ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL STAND CLEAR OF REACTOR BUILDING AREAS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INTEGRATED LEAK RATE TEST."

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 28 of 207

4.2.3 Initiate Pressurization by opening Penetration 216 and 217 test valves and start pressurization. Continue to pressurize until containment air pressure reaches 54.0 psig + 1.0, - 0 psig (the target pressure is 54.5). Maximum pressurization rate should NOT exceed 15 psi per hour.

4.2.3.1 Pen-216 (8")

  • reOPEN PEN216-TV3 (compressor isolation valve)
  • __CLOSE PEN216-TV4 (muffler isolation valve)
  • OPEN PEN216-TV2 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum pressurization rate NOT to exceed 15 psi/hr

/

Initials/Date 4.2.3.2 Pen-217 (8")

0 OPEN PEN217-TV7 (compressor isolation valve)

  • CLOSE PEN217-TV8 (muffler isolation valve)
  • OPEN PEN217-TV6 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum pressurization rate not to exceed 15 psi/hr

/

Initials/Date NOTE Test pressure SHALL NOT fall below 52.1 psig or exceed 55 psig at anytime during ILRT.

Test pressure may fall below 52.1 psig during verification test.

4.2.3.3 Maintain moisture and oil content as low as possible when pressurizing Reactor Containment Building.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 29 of 207

4.2.3.4 Containment inlet air temperature should be monitored during pressurization phase of test to ensure containment weighted average temperature is above 601F and below 130°F.

/

Initials/Date NOTE Report any apparent leakage to ILRT Test Supervisor. DO NOT isolate or adjust any leakage found during leak checks. Excessive leakage is to be dispositioned per Attachment 11.

4.2.3.5 Inspect containment boundary for leakage at containment pressures of approximately 20 psig and 40 psig.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.4 Notify Chemistry that this is the final opportunity to obtain an air sample from containment prior to end of pressurization phase. This sample may be used to prepare a release permit for depressurizing containment after ILRT. Following pressurization, samples will not be allowed until depressurization phase of ILRT.

/

Initials/Date NOTE Evolutions such as changing tank/sump and pressurizer levels can destabilize the containment atmosphere and put the ILRT schedule at risk. It is highly desirable to make any such adjustments prior to commencing data taking in the Stabilization Phase.

4.2.5 As the containment nears test pressure assess plant conditions, e.g. pressurizer and/or sump levels, pump sumps or make additions to the RCS as required prior to entering the stabilization phase.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.6 At equal to or greater than 40 psig, verify adequate flow can be obtained through each verification test flowmeter and check connections for leakage. IF required minimum flowrate cannot be obtained individually or in parallel, refer to Attachment 11, Contingencies, Section 7.0.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.7 The ILRT Test Supervisor will direct compressor operator to isolate compressors in groups as pressure exceeds 45 psig. The number of compressors secured and isolated at a given time is at the discretion of the ILRT Test Supervisor.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 30 of 207

NOTE At 50 psig, alert Operations that an Operator will need to be stationed to CLOSE the ILRT test isolation valves as soon as test pressure is reached. The ILRT Test Supervisor may direct additional test valves to be repositioned.

4.2.8 WHEN desired pressure is achieved, THEN:

4.2.8.1 Isolate containment by closing the two (2) eight-inch isolation valves upstream of penetrations 216 and 217.

0 CLOSE PEN216-TV1 (penetration isolation valve) 0 CLOSE PEN217-TV5 (penetration isolation valve)

/

Initials/Date 4.2.8.2 Shutdown remaining compressors.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.8.3 Isolate compressors at compressor outlets and pressurization system manifold

/

Initials/Date 4.2.8.4 Open a vent on compressor manifold to vent pressurization lines.

/

Initials/Date NOTE At any time after it has been verified that NO leakage is present at the two 8" isolation valves at Penetrations 216 and 217, the ILRT Test Supervisor, with the concurrence of the ILRT Consultant, may direct partial disassembly of the Pressurization System outside the Protected Area fence.

4.2.8.5 After lines are depressurized, THEN check vent for evidence of leakage past the two (2) closed eight-inch isolation valves at penetrations 216 and 217.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 31 of 207

NOTE ILRT Data Management computer program may be placed in Stabilization Mode while administrative review of remaining sections of this step is completed.

4.2.9 IF pressurization was begun prior to completion of all valve alignments, THEN verify the following:

4.2.9.1 Component manipulations/visual verifications associated with components outside containment in Attachment 38, Lineup Prior to Stabilization are complete.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.9.2 ILRT Test Supervisor and ILRT Consultant has reviewed Attachment 8, (Valve Lineup Alteration Log) to ensure that all components listed are in their "TEST POSITION". Any unresolved component positions must be listed as Test Exceptions in Attachment 7, and the impact on penetration status listed in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary) must be assessed.

/

Initials/Date 4.2.10 RECORD lowest reading ILRT pressure gauge on line 1 and outside atmospheric pressure on line 2 below. Subtract line 2 from line 1. Enter the result on line 3. Verify Line 3 value is greater than 52.1 psig.

(1) Lowest Reading ILRT Pressure Gauge psia (2) Outside Atmospheric Pressure psia (1) - (2) = (3) psig (3) Containment Gauge Pressure psig Line (3) value __ > 52.10 psig

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 32 of 207

4.3 Stabilization Phase 4.3.1 Data Collection:

4.3.1.1 Record ambient pressure at the start of stabilization:

Ambient pressure psia Gauge serial #: Cal due date:

/

Initials/Date 4.3.1.2 Record the Start of the Stabilization Phase:

Time (24 hr clock) Date /

/

Initials/Date 4.3.1.3 Record pressure readings from test gauges installed on plant equipment in Attachment 17 every hour until the end of stabilization, or as directed by Test Supervisor.

/

Initials/Date 4.3.1.4 Continue recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using ILRT Measurement System.

/

Initials/Date 4.3.1.5 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in Attachment 14 is still running.

/

Initials/Date 4.3.2 Allow containment atmosphere to stabilize for a minimum of four hours after time recorded in step 4.3.1.2 THEN record time and date.

Time (24 hr clock) Date / /

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 33 of 207

NOTE Stabilization criteria for performing ILRTs under both the BN-TOP-1 and ANSI 56.8-1994 methodologies are included. Leakage stabilization criteria of ANSI 56.8-1994 is more difficult to meet. At least one method's criteria must be met in order to enter Hold Test Phase. Both criteria should be met before starting Type A Test in order to provide the most options during Hold Test Phase. Note that failing to meet a methodology's stabilization criteria may preclude its use as a means to perform ILRT.

4.3.3 During pressure stabilization period, check for leaks at RB Pressure Sensing Cabinets 3A1, 3A2, 3A3, 3A4, 3B1, 3B2, and 3B3

/

Initials/Date 4.3.4 Prior to start of Type A Test, verify the following stabilization criteria for containment atmosphere are met. Stabilization occurs when:

4.3.4.1 BN-TOP-1

a. Rate of change of average temperature is less than 1.0°F/Hour averaged over the last two hours. (BN-TOP-1 requirement).

OR

b. Rate of change of temperature changes less than 0.5°F/Hour/Hour averaged over the last two hours. (BN-TOP-1 requirement).
c. BN-TOP-1 stabilization criteria met. Attach a screen-print from the Stabilization Phase screen of ILRT Data Management Program stating criteria has been met to Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).

/

Initials/Date.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 34 of 207

NOTE Ll h = estimate of leakage rate, derived from least squares slope and intercept using mass data over the last hour (in % wt/day).

L2h = estimate of leakage rate, derived from least squares slope and intercept using mass data over the last two hours (in % wt/day).

4.3.4.2 ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994

a. Primary containment atmosphere is assumed to be stabilized for Type A test purposes when the following criteria are simultaneously met (ANSI 56.8-1994):

Criterion (1)

The absolute value of difference between L2h and Llh SHALL be less than or equal to 0.25La.

Llh =

L2h =

(L2h) - _ (Llh) = < (0.0625% wt/day)

Criterion (2)

Ll h SHALL be greater than or equal to zero and SHALL be less than La.

NOTE Per ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994, paragraph 5.6, If one or more leakage pathways require isolation, repair or adjustment in order to meet criterion (2), criterion (1) need NOT be re-verified provided this criterion was met prior to time of isolation, repair, or adjustment.

The change in Ll h should be demonstrated to be a direct result of this isolation, repair, or adjustment.

b. ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 leakage stabilization criteria met.

Attach a screen-print from Stabilization Phase screen of ILRT Data Management Program stating criteria has been met to Attachment 16, (Computer Printouts and Attachments).

/

Initials/Date 4.3.5 ILRT Test Supervisor SHALL judge if containment is stabilized and declare start of test based on a review of temperature vs. time, pressure vs. time graphs, available mass change and leakage data, as well as meeting criteria of 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 or 4.3.3.

RECORD below the number of hours of stabilization, the time and date of the end of stabilization and the time and date of the start of the ILRT.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 35 of 207

Stabilization Declared:

Time / Date No. of Hours for Stabilization:

Hours Start of ILRT Hold Test Phase:

Time / Date I/

Initials/Date 4.4 Hold Test Phase NOTE Perform ILRT calculations in accordance with Section 4.4.4 for BN-TOP-1 test or Section 4.4.5 for an ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 test.

4.4.1 Data Collection:

Record ambient pressure at the start of the Hold Test:

Ambient pressure psia Gauge serial #: Cal due date:

/

Initials/Date 4.4.1.1 IF there has been NO indication of rising pressure on any of the test gauges, THEN discontinue recording the pressure on test gauges listed on Attachment 17.

/D  :

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 36 of 207

4.4.1.2 Continue recording containment atmospheric data at 15 minute intervals using ILRT Measurement System.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.1.3 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in Attachment 14, is running.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.1.4 Record Initial Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).

/

Initials/Date 4.4.2 Monitor performance of temperature, humidity, and pressure sensors during conduct of test. Delete any non-operable sensors from calculation and modify weighing factors, if necessary per Attachment 5 Section 3.0. Document reasons for sensor deletion and volume fraction reassignment in the test log, Attachment 1. Record new weighing factors in table in Section 6.0 of Attachment 5.

/

Initials/Date NOTE Notify Nuclear Chemistry Group and Operations at least two hours prior to starting the Verification test.

4.4.3 VERIFY that the Nuclear Chemistry Group has generated a release permit.

~/

Initials/Date 4.4.4 BN-TOP-1 TEST (per Bechtel Topical Report BN-TOP-1, Rev.1)

In order to perform a BN-TOP-1 test, the following criteria SHALL be met.

IF a BN-TOP-1 test is NOT performed, THEN place a N/A in space provided below:

BN-TOP-1 Test

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 37 of 207

4.4.4.1 After a minimum of six (6) hours of acceptable data is obtained, determine if "Preliminary as Left" leakage rate, including known B & C additions from Attachment 15 using Total Time 95% Upper Confidence Level (UCL) as reported by ILRT computer program is < 0.075% wt/day.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.4.2 BN-TOP-1 based on total-time calculations indicates that the magnitude of the calculated leakage rate is tending to stabilize at a value less than 75% of the maximum allowable leakage rate.

/

Initials/Date NOTE The magnitude of calculated leakage rate may be increasing slightly as it tends to stabilize. In this case, the average rate of increase of the calculated leakage rate SHALL be determined from accumulated data over the last five (5) hours or last twenty (20) data points, which ever provides more points. Using this average rate, the calculated leakage rate is then linearly extrapolated to the 24th hour data point. This extrapolated value of the calculated leakage rate must be less than 75% of the maximum allowable leakage rate.

4.4.4.3 The mean of measure leak rates based on Total Time Calculations over the last five (5) hours of test or last twenty (20) data points, whichever provides the most data, SHALL be less than 75% of the maximum allowable leak rate.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.4.4 The end of test upper 95% confidence limit for calculated leak rate based on Total Time calculations, plus all known additions SHALL be less than 75% of maximum allowable leak rate.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.4.5 Data SHALL be recorded at approximately equal intervals and in NO case at intervals greater than one (1) hour.

/

Initials/Date SPA178 Rev. 30 Page 38 of 207

4.4.4.6 At least twenty (20) data points SHALL be provided for proper statistical analysis.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.4.7 The minimum test duration is six (6) hours.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.4.8 The following minimum number of sensors was working properly at end of the test:

a. At least twenty (20) drybulb temperature sensors
b. At least four (4) relative humidity sensors
c. At least one (1) pressure gauge

/

Initials/Date NOTE Known Type B and C penalties and leakage savings must be taken into account and added to the Upper Confidence Level (UCL) Leakage Rate. If additional penalties may be required due to leakage paths isolated during the test, an adequate margin between the UCL Leakage Rate and the acceptance criteria should be maintained to accommodate the additional values. If Step 4.4.4.10c is below the acceptance criteria, the verification test may be started prior to completing all of the calculations required by Attachment 15.

4.4.4.9 Record actual duration of ILRT:

duration in hours

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 39 of 207

4.4.4.10 Calculate leakage rates via ILRT computer program. Record ILRT leakage below:

a. Leakage Measured (Lam) wt%/day
b. Leakage Measured at 95% UCL __ wt%/day
c. Preliminary As-Left Leakage wt%/day Consultant / Date Test Supervisor Verification / Date 4.4.5 ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 TEST PERFORM ILRT measurements using mass point data analysis method until data indicates the following criteria is met.

IF an ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 test is NOT performed, THEN place N/A in space provided below.

ANSI/ANS 56.8-1994 Test 4.4.5.1 End of test upper 95% confidence limit for calculated leak rate based on mass point data analysis, plus all known additions SHALL be less than 75% of maximum allowable leak rate.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.5.2 Data SHALL be recorded at approximately equal intervals and in NO case at intervals greater than one (1) hour.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.5.3 At least thirty (30) data points SHALL be provided for proper statistical analysis.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 40 of 207

4.4.5.4 Minimum test duration is eight (8) hours. IF Termination Criteria are NOT met, THEN:

a. Continue the test, until the criteria is met,

/

Initials/Date OR

b. Consider reporting the Total Time results if the criteria for a BN-TOP-1 test can be met.

/

Initials/Date

c. Consider restarting Hold Test if adequate pressure and stable conditions exist.

/

Initials/Date

d. IF test results appear unacceptable due to excessive leakage, THEN refer to Step 3.0 of Attachment 11.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.5.5 At end of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> verify the two termination limits of ANSI 56.8-1994 have been met as follows:

a. Limit on curvature met by meeting any one of three inequalities described by ANSI 56.8-1994, as calculated by ILRT computer program (FTEST<1 or CP>0 or Quad<1).

/

Initials/Date

b. Limit on data scatter met (COD>1).

/

Initials/Date

c. Limits on curvature and data scatter above 4.4.5.5a and 4.4.5.5b were met for at least the last hour or the last four consecutive data sets (whichever is longer).

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 41 of 207

d. Attach ILRT computer program printout stating Termination Criteria has been met AND Termination Criteria Report printout to ATTACHMENT 16 of this procedure.

/

Initials/Date 4.4.5.6 The following minimum number of sensors were working properly.at end of test:

a. At least one (1) pressure gauge
b. At least ten (10) drybulb temperature sensors C. At least three (3) relative humidity sensors

/

Initials/Date NOTE Known Type B and C penalties and leakage savings must be taken into account and added to the Upper Confidence Level (UCL) Leakage Rate. IF additional penalties may be required due to leakage paths isolated during the test, THEN an adequate margin between UCL Leakage Rate and acceptance criteria should be maintained to accommodate additional values. IF Step 4.4.5.7c is below acceptance criteria, THEN verification test may be started prior to completing all calculations required by Attachment 15.

4.4.5.7 Calculate leakage rates via ILRT computer program. Record ILRT leakage below:

a. Leakage Measured (Lam) wt%/day
b. Leakage Measured at 95% UCL __ wt%/day C. Preliminary As-Left Leakage wt%/day Consultant / Date Test Supervisor Verification / Date 4.4.5.8 Record end-of-test Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).

I /

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 42 of 207

NOTE If a preliminary assessment of test additions/corrections was made prior to ending the ILRT and these additions were determined to have minimal impact on test acceptability, Step 4.5 may be completed after the superimposed leak is imposed and the Verification Test has begun.

4.5 Verification Test 4.5.1 Data collection:

4.5.1.1 Record time and date for start of Verification Test:

Time (24 hr clock): Date:

/

Initials/Date 4.5.1.2 Record Verification Test Phase Initial Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).

/

Initials/Date 4.5.1.3 Verify Trend Report on plant computer setup to monitor levels in, Attachment 14 is still running.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.1.4 Start recording containment atmospheric data in Verification Test Mode of ILRT Data Management Program at 15 minute intervals using ILRT Measurement System.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.1.5 Continue data acquisition after completion of ILRT through completion of Verification Test.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 43 of 207

4.5.2 OPEN the following valves:

4.5.2.1 LRV-45

/

Initials/Date 4.5.2.2 LRV-46

/

Initials/Date 4.5.2.3 LRV-64 (N/A if not chosen)

/

Initials/Date 4.5.2.4 LRV-65 (N/A if not chosen)

/

Initials/Date 4.5.3 Throttle valve LRV-64 or LRV-65 to establish a flow (Lo) through chosen rotameter of approximately 16.0 scfm (acceptable band is 12.0 - 20.0 scfm). Record rotameter readings at approximately equal intervals NOT to exceed one (1) hour in Attachment 12.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.3.1 IF a rotometer is used to measure imposed leak, THEN correct its reading to actual conditions in Attachment 12;.

Rotameter M&TE Number:

Corrected Flow value: scfm

/

Initials/Date 4.5.3.2 Enter corrected flow value into ILRT computer program:

Value entered: scfm

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 44 of 207

4.5.4 Continue the verification test until the following criteria are met:

4.5.4.1 IF ILRT was performed per BN-TOP-1, Rev.1 (N/A if ILRT per ANSI 56.8-1994), THEN perform the following:

a. IF a short duration test was performed, THEN allow leak to stabilize for a period NOT to exceed one (1) hour from end of ILRT. Data acquisition is to continue throughout stabilization period. IF a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> test or an ILRT under ANSI 56.8-1994 was performed, THEN a leak stabilization period is NOT required.

/

Initials/Date

b. Verification test SHALL continue for one half the duration of the ILRT per BN-TOP-1, Rev. 1. Record duration:

Obtain duration of ILRT from Step 4.4.3.9:

ILRT Duration: (hrs)

Divide ILRT duration by 2.

- 2= (hrs)

ILRT duration

/

Initials/Date

c. Determine duration of Verification Test:

Current Time/Date: /

Subtract current time from start time recorded in Step 4.5.1.1:

Current time Time from 4.5.1.1 Duration IF value of (c) [Verification Test Duration] is greater than (b) [1/2 ILRT duration], THEN Verification test time is sufficient.

(c) hrs. > (b) hrs.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 45 of 207

d. Composite Leakage Rate (Lc), as measured by ILRT computer using Total Time data analysis technique results, SHALL satisfy the following (show calculations on Attachment 12):

(LO + Lam - 0.25 La)<5 Lc < (Lo + Lam+ 0.25. La)

_____ _ _____<()

Lower Limit Lc Upper Limit

/

Initials/Date 4.5.4.2 IF ILRT was performed per ANSI 56.8-1994 (N/A if ILRT per BN-TOP-1),

THEN:

a. Verification test SHALL continue for a minimum of four (4) hours. Record duration:

Verification Test Duration: (hrs)

/

Initials/Date

b. Composite Leakage Rate (Lc), as measured by ILRT computer using Mass Point data analysis technique results, SHALL satisfy the following (show calculations on Attachment 12):

(LO + Lam - 0.25 La)<5 Lc < (Lo + Lam+ 0.25. La)

Lower Limit Lc Upper Limit

/

Initials/Date

c. Lc value was within criteria above for the final hour or last four data points (whichever is longer).

/

Initials/Date

d. At least 15 data sets were included in Verification Test result.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 46 of 207

4.5.5 IF calculation indicated that Integrated Leak Rate Test is substantiated by verification test, THEN record acceptance in Attachment 1 AND proceed to Step 0.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.6 IF calculation indicates that Integrated Leak Rate Test is NOT substantiated by verification test, THEN perform the following (N/A unused steps):

4.5.6.1 Continue data acquisition until data stabilizes within acceptance criteria band (if appropriate).

/

Initials/Date 4.5.6.2 Recheck verification flow meters AND ILRT measurement system, raw data and leak rate calculations for errors.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.6.3 IF errors are found and corrected, THEN continue verification test data acquisition until requirements of 4.5.4.1 or 4.5.4.2 are met.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.6.4 IF NO errors can be found AND test pressure is still above 0.96Pa, THEN consider securing superimposed leak and re-measuring Lam'(restart ILRT) per Section 4.4.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.7 WHEN Verification Test acceptance criteria has been met, THEN perform the following:

4.5.7.1 Record the time and date for the start of the Verification Test:

Time (24 hr clock): Date:

/

Initials/Date 4.5.7.2 Record end of Verification Test Phase Water Levels on Attachment 14, (Control Room Log).

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 47 of 207

4.5.7.3 Trend Report on plant computer is setup to monitor levels in Attachment 14, (Control Room Log) can be discontinued.

/

Initials/Date 4.5.7.4 Secure imposed leak, Lo by isolating the flowmeter. CLOSE LRV-64 or LRV-65

/

Initials/Date NOTE Restoration of plant and containment from ILRT may begin at SSO's / test supervisor's discretion (Attachment 3B may provide a safe place to start).

Notify Maintenance Support and Compressor vendor that break-down and removal of pressurization system compressors may begin.

Wear appropriate hearing protection in all areas so designated.

4.6 Depressurization 4.6.1 Announce the following 3 times over plant page.

"ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL, REACTOR CONTAINMENT BUILDING DEPRESSURIZATION IS ABOUT TO COMMENCE. ALL NON ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL STAND CLEAR OF THE SOUTHWEST TURBINE BLDG 119 EL AND WEST BERM AREA BETWEEN CONDENSATE STORAGE TANK AND FIRE SERVICE TANKS."

/

Initials/Date CAUTION WHEN a depressurization path throttle valve is full open, AND depressurization rate has fallen below 15 psi, THEN begin to OPEN a secondary depress path throttle valve. Maintain a maximum depressurization rate NOT to exceed 15 psi/hr. The depressurization rate will be monitored minute-by-minute from the ILRT test table, and directions to open/close valves will originate there to enable controlling the depressurization rate.

4.6.2 IF either of the airlocks are pressurized at the end of the ILRT take steps to depressurize the airlock(s) to prevent damaging the inner door by inappropriately applied d/p. The airlock must be depressurized or always at a pressure below containment pressure.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 48 of 207

4.6.3 WHEN permission from Test Supervisor is given, THEN SLOWLY OPEN a depressurization path blowdown valves and release air from containment, maintaining a maximum rate of 15 psi/hr. The following penetrations are listed in order of preference, however, they may be selected as a depressurization path in any order.

4.6.3.1 Pen-305/306 (6")

4.6.3.1.1 NOTIFY Chemistry to generate GRWRP for RB purge (batch type)

  • __ ENSURE Chemistry submits GRWRP to Operations when sampling and analysis are completed

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.1.2 ENSURE RB exhaust fans are aligned to normal operation

  • PLACE "PERMISSIVE BYPASS" switch in "NORMAL" and KEY REMOVED AHF-7A vent MCC-3A, Unit 10C AHF-7B vent MCC-3B, Unit 9C

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.1.3 ENSURE RB exhaust dampers are aligned to normal operation

  • Both 3 way valves on Air Handling Panel 13 pointing to left (Normal Operation)

AHV-77 SELECTED to Normal operation of AHD-95, AHD-96, and AHD-94

_ AHV-78 SELECTED to Normal operation of AHD-97, AHD-98, and AHD-94

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.1.4 ENSURE Particulate, Iodine, and Gaseous Channels of Reactor Bldg.

Purge Duct Monitor are operating prior to and during purge operation

1. WHEN energization of RM-A1 is required, THEN PERFORM Enclosure 7 of OP-417, Startup/Shutdown of RM-A1
2. PERFORM all sections of SP-335E, RM-A1 Interlock with LRV Valves

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 49 of 207

NOTE The "Reactor Bldg Purge Air Flow Low" alarm is expected to come in when AHF-7A or AHF-7B is started. As long as Step 4.6.3.1.6 (flow requirement) is met, no actions are required.

4.6.3.1.5 START Reactor Bldg Purge Exhaust Fan

1. __ NOTIFY Chemistry prior to start of purge
2. START AHF-7A OR START AHF-7B
3. __ NOTIFY HP that RB purge has started
4. __ RECORD Start Time and Date on "Permit Completion" section of GRWRP

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.1.6 PERFORM Channel Check on AH-1003-TIR (FE) (Channel 4) ensuring

>20,000 scfm and at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> during purge operation 0 - RECORD Channel Check on Enclosure 9 of OP-417, RB Purge Channel Check Log

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.1.7 PERFORM RM-A1 gas Channel Checks every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />

  • _RECORD Channel Check on Enclosure 9 of OP-417, RB Purge Channel Check Log I/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 50 of 207

4.6.3.1.8 PERFORM RB depressurization

1. CLOSE LRV-121 CLOSE LRV-123 OPEN LRV-119 OPEN LRV-120
2. OPEN LRV-70 OPEN LRV-71 OPEN LRV-72 OPEN LRV-73
3. OPEN or THROTTLE LRV-1 22, as necessary to maintain a maximum depressurization rate NOT to exceed 15 psi/hr
4. __ NOTIFY HP and CHEMISTRY when flow is established, so they can obtain required samples

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.2 Pen-216 (8")

  • ___CLOSE PEN216-TV3 (compressor isolation valve)
  • _OPEN PEN216-TV4 (muffler isolation valve)
  • OPEN or THROTTLE PEN216-TV2 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum depressurization rate NOT to exceed 15 psi/hr

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.3 Pen-217 (8")

  • _CLOSE PEN217-TV7 (compressor isolation valve)
  • _OPEN PEN217-TV8 (muffler isolation valve)
  • _OPEN or THROTTLE PEN217-TV6 (throttle valve) as necessary to maintain a maximum depressurization rate not to exceed 15 psi/hr

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 51 of 207

4.6.3.4 Pen-122 (3")

  • __ENSURE removal of blind flange downstream of LRV-99 0 CLOSE LRV-98
  • _OPEN LRV-87
  • _OPEN LRV-88

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.5 Pen-121 (3")

0 ENSURE removal of blind flange downstream of LRV-101

  • -CLOSE LRV-100
  • OPEN LRV-89
  • OPEN LRV-90

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.6 Pen-125 (3")

  • _ENSURE removal of blind flange downstream of LRV-105
  • _CLOSE LRV-104
  • OPEN LRV-93
  • _OPEN LRV-94

/

Initials/Date 4.6.3.7 Pen-125 (3")

  • _ENSURE removal of blind flange downstream of LRV-103
  • _CLOSE LRV-102
  • _OPEN LRV-91
  • _OPEN LRV-92

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 52 of 207

4.6.4 WHEN containment pressure is less than 2 psig, THEN containment atmosphere SHALL be sampled by Health Physics followed by containment entry and final walk through prior to allowing personnel access.

I/

Initials/Date 4.7 Final ILRT Results NOTE Only the "As Left" leakage calculated in step 4.7.1.1 below must be met prior to entering a mode of operation that requires containment integrity. Unacceptable "As Found" or "Performance" leakage rates may be dispositioned per the Containment Leak Rate Testing Program and CAP-NGGC-0200, Corrective Action Program.

4.7.1 WHEN all local leakage rate additions AND corrections to ILRT are known, THEN CALCULATE Final ILRT leakage rates in Attachment 15, (ILRT Results Summary).

4.7.1.1 "AS LEFT" Leakage:

Sum of above reported Lam & UCL "AS LEFT" (from Attachment 15 Section 8): %wt/day < 0.1875%wt/day

/

Initials/Date 4.7.1.2 "AS FOUND" Leakage:

Sum of above reported Lam & UCL "AS FOUND" (from Attachment 15 Section 9).

(from Attachment 15 Section 9): %wt/day < 0.25%wt/day

/

Initials/Date 4.7.1.3 PERFORMANCE Leakage:

Sum of above report Lam & UCL "AS LEFT" and as-left minimum pathway leakage rate of any pathway isolated during ILRT due to excessive leakage (from "As-Left" results Attachment 15 Section 8)

(from Attachment 15 Section 8): %wt/day < 0.25%wt/day

/

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 53 of 207

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 54 of 207

5.0 FOLLOW UP ACTIONS 5.1 Contingencies See Attachment 11 6.0 RESTORATION 6.1 Restoration Instructions 6.1.1 Inform SSO RB depressurization is complete.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2 Restore depressurization paths:

6.1.2.1 Pen-305/306 6.1.2.1.1 ENSURE CLOSED:

LRV-70 LRV-71 LRV-72 LRV-73 LRV-119 LRV-120 LRV-122

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.1.2 RECORD Stop Time and Date on "Permit Completion" section of GRWRP

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.1.3 STOP Reactor Bldg Purge Exhaust Fans

  • _STOP AHF-7A AND
  • _STOP AHF-7B

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 55 of 207

6.1.2.1.4 COMPLETE GRWRP

1. __ COMPLETE Permit Completion section.
2. - ATTACH Enclosure 9 of OP-417, RB Purge Channel Check Log, to GRWRP
3. __ RETURN original Permit to Chemistry Department
4. __ DE-ENERGIZE RM-A1 using Enclosure 7 of OP-417, Startup/Shutdown of RM-A1

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.2 Pen-216 (8")

  • __ENSURE permanent flange is reinstalled

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.3 Pen-217 (8")

  • _ENSURE permanent flange is reinstalled

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.4 Pen-122 (3")

  • _ENSURE reinstallation of blind flange downstream of LRV-99
  • _CLOSE LRV-87
  • _CLOSE LRV-88

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 56 of 207

6.1.2.5 Pen-121 (3")

  • _ENSURE reinstallation of blind flange downstream of LRV-101 CLOSE LRV-89 CLOSE LRV-90

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.6 Pen-125 (3")

  • __ENSURE reinstallation of blind flange downstream of LRV-105 CLOSE LRV-93 CLOSE LRV-94

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2.7 Pen-125 (3")

  • _ENSURE reinstallation of blind flange downstream of LRV-103
  • _CLOSE LRV-91
  • _CLOSE LRV-92 Initials/Date 6.1.3 REINSTALL LRV-69 and LRV-63 and associated tubing removed in Step 3.4.10.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.4 REMOVE all instrumentation specified under Attachment 17.

"" /

Initials/Date 6.1.5 REMOVE instrumentation installed from Attachment 5.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 57 of 207

6.1.6 COMPLETE removal of temporary pressurization/depressurization system piping and components and restoration of permanent plant components per Attachment 4.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.7 RESTORE all valves and breakers to correct Post Test position as outlined in Attachments 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D, 3E, 4, 6,7 and 8 or as required by CRS. IF CRS or SSO requires use of check-off list (COL), THEN document COLs used in Comments Section. Attach all COLs to this procedure.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.8 COMPLETE Attachment 2, returning all equipment which could be damaged by high pressure to its pre-test condition, or as required by CRS or SSO.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.9 REMOVE the jumpers installed and close the sliding links opened in Attachment 2.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.10 Independently verify jumper removal and closing of sliding links in Attachment 2.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.11 Recalibrate per SP-1 12R, RPS Reactor Building Pressure Trip Calibration, and SP-132A/B/C, Engineered Safeguards Channel 1/2/3 Calibration, the following instruments:

o BS-18-PS o BS-26-PS o BS-19-PS o BS-27-PS o BS-20-PS o BS-28-PS o BS-21-PS o BS-29-PS o BS-22-PS o BS-59-PS o BS-23-PS o BS-60-PS o BS-24-PS o BS-61-PS o BS-25-PS o BS-62-PS

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 58 of 207

6.1.12 Restore Radiation Monitors RM-G16, RM-G17 and RM-G18 and associated Radiation Monitoring System), and restore G-M tubes per Attachment 2.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.13 RESTORE Reactor Building Cooling Unit, AHF-1A, 1B or 1C as indicated in step 3.4.52, per Attachment 2.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.14 NOTIFY SSO the ILRT is complete.

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 59 of 207

7.0 COMMENTS Page _ of SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 60 of 207

Comments continued: Page - of Make additional copies as necessary SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 61 of 207

Test Performer Signatures:

Print Name: Initials: Signature/Date:

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 62 of 207

8.0 EVALUATION 8.1 Equipment Performance Review Comments:

Reviewed By:

Programs and Components Review / Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 63 of 207

ATTACHMENT 1 TEST SUPERVISOR'S LOG (Page 1 of 1)

DATE: /

Page of TIME: REMARKS:

NOTE: MAKE ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY. AUTOLOG IS AN ACCEPTABLE LOG METHOD.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 64 of 207

ATTACHMENT 2 CONTAINMENT PREPARATION CHECKLIST MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE:

EQUIPMENT PROTECTION/PREPARATION Any equipment which may be damaged when subjected to high pressure should be removed from containment or vented. NOT included is any instrumentation associated with containment isolation or monitoring of accident conditions. Use blank lines to document any items removed or vented NOT already listed in this attachment. Removed equipment SHALL be properly stored.

EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE & DATE COMPLETED RESTORED Main Bridge Fuel Handling Hoist (2) Ensure that the vents are clear for the gear box Main__BridgeFuel__andling __oist (2) oil reservoirs Main Bridge Trolley Travel Gear Box Ensure that the vents are clear for the gear box il reservoir oil reservoir Ensure that the vents are clear for the gear box Aux Bridge Trolley Travel Gear Box oirervr_________

SGear Box (FACR-4A) Ensure that the vents are clear for the gear box oil reservoir Upender Gear Box (FACR-4A) oil reservoir Upender Gear Box (FACR-4B) Ensure that the vents are clear for the gear box oil reservoir ________ _______

Remove the vent plugs from the gear box oil Main Bridge Travel Gear Box reservoir Aux ride TrvelGearBoxRemove the vent plugs from the gear box oil reservoir Nitrogen, argon oxygen/acetylene, Remove from containment (etc.) bottles RB cooling unit AHF-1A, 1B, or 1C temporarily modified with flow baffle Ensure that fan will operate if needed due to Cat ID# 52700753 (only one unit higher density of compressed air during ILRT.

required, as indicated in step 3.4.52). 1 1 1 11 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 65 of 207

ATTACHMENT 2.

CONTAINMENT PREPARATION CHECKLIST INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS EQUIPMENT PROTECTIONIPREPARATION Any equipment which may be damaged when subjected to high pressure should be removed from containment or vented. NOT included is any instrumentation associated with containment isolation or monitoring of accident conditions. Use blank lines to document any items removed or vented NOT already listed in this attachment. Removed equipment SHALL be properly stored.

EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE

& DATE COMPLETED RESTORED Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge Nuclear Services Closed Cycle Cooling between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten System flow indicator SW-209-FI the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge AH-656-FIS, a Brooks Model #1110 flow between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten switch the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge AH-657-FIS, a Brooks Model #1110 flow between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten switch the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge AH-658-FIS, a Brooks Model #1110 flow between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten switch the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge 1Brooks rotameter transmitter between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with I __ Iplastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 66 of 207

ATTACHMENT 2 CONTAINMENT PREPARATION CHECKLIST INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE

& DATE COMPLETED RESTORED Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge MU-31 -FT4, Brooks rotameter transmitter between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge DW-23-FIC, Brooks rotameter transmitter between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen front cover, insert a 1/8-in. paper wedge between the cover's seating surfaces, then tighten the cover loosely. The switch should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

NOTE: TSI Material must be removed at preamplifier NI-002-B4 to permit access to box covers.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 67 of 207

ATTACHMENT 2 CONTAINMENT PREPARATION CHECKLIST INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE

& DATE COMPLETED RESTORED Loosen both the inner and outer box covers. Insert a NI-001-A4 1/8-in. paper wedge and retighten the covers loosely.

Nuclear instrumentation preamplifier The outer box should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

Loosen both the inner and outer box covers. Insert a NI-002-B4 1/8-in. paper wedge and retighten the covers loosely.

Nuclear instrumentation preamplifiers The outer box should be covered with plastic to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.

RB cooling unit AHF-1A, 1B, or 1C temporarily modified with 129 Amp Ensures fan will operate if needed due to higher overload (only one unit required, as density of compressed air during ILRT.

indicated in step 3.4.52).

Radiation Monitor RM-G16, RM-G17 and Remove G-M tubes (if required) RM-G16, RM-G17 RM-G18 GM Tubes and RM-G18 t + +

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 68 of 207

ATTACHMENT 2 CONTAINMENT PREPARATION CHECKLIST OTHER WORK GROUPS OPERATIONS (REFUELING TEAM)

EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE & DATE 1_ 1 COMPLETED RESTORED TV monitor Remove from containment (if required)

Position readout units Remove from containment (if required)

Load meters and power supply Remove from containment (if required)

Remove any controls containing electrolytic Refueling Bridge Controls capacitors that could leak from exposure to the

_1_ _ 1pressure ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE & DATE COMPLETED RESTORED Polar Crane normal lighting. Remove Polar Crane emergency lighting. Remove Remove any controls containing electrolytic Polar Crane Controls capacitors that could leak from exposure to the pressure 4 1 I 1 1 SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 69 of 207

ATTACHMENT 2 CONTAINMENT PREPARATION CHECKLIST OTHER WORK GROUPS OTHER WORK GROUPS: CONTAINMENT COORDINATOR OVERSEES EQUIPMENT PROTECTION VERIFICATION SIGNATURE & DATE COMPLETED RESTORED Nitrogen, argon oxygen/ acetylene, Remove from containment (etc.) bottles Fire extinguishers Remove from containment Wooden scaffolding Remove from containment Gang boxes Vent boxes, remove aerosol cans, tubes of lubricant Temporary Fluorescent & Remove from containment incandescent lights Computer monitors, CCTV monitors, test equipment with tube-based Remove from containment displays Vent drum by removing bunge hole cover or 55 gallon storage drums popping lid Spray Units Vent any those spray used units that are pressure tight (e.g.

for de-contamination)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 70 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS CHECKLIST CONTENTS:

ATTACHMENT 3A: ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION Checklist consists of penetration alignments that must be completed prior to start of pressurization either because they include components to check while access is available to containment, OR to avoid potential closure problems once pressurization has started. NO penetration containing liquid is vented OR drained by this procedure, AND lineups are NOT sequence critical.

ATTACHMENT 3B: ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION Checklist consists of penetration alignments that may be completed after pressurization has started because they include NO components to position inside containment, or those components are remotely operated in closed systems NOT exposed to test pressure. A penalty addition is planned for all of these penetrations so closure method and closure sequence is NOT critical.

ATTACHMENT 3C: ILRT SPECIAL VALVE LINEUPS Checklist consists of penetration alignments that must be completed prior to the start of pressurization, and are considered to be sequence critical.

CHECKLIST COMPLETION:

CAUTION Unless otherwise instructed by the Superintendent Shift Operations, IF line will be opened/vented OR CIVs must be opened DO NOT perform the Penetration Line Up when containment integrity is required. Penetration lineups that do NOT entail opening lines, venting/draining systems may be performed anytime as directed by the Test Supervisor.

Issue the Line up Checklists to Operations and attach a copy of these instructions CAUTION Do NOT change Clearance Tagout boundaries without first obtaining approval from ILRT Test Supervisor AND Test Supervisor.

Clearance Tagouts will only be used when already in place for maintenance when a system's piping is opened for the test (e.g. vented to atmosphere), or for personnel safety.

Caution or Test Tagging if required is used sparingly to save time, and minimize demand on resources. Caution or Test Tags are information tags placed on valves/components moved from their NORMAL position for the ILRT (i.e. if the "Test Position" is the same as the component's normal position, a tag is not hung).

NO liquid filled penetrations are being vented/drained as part of this line-up.

Perform ATTACHMENT 3C in the order written for systems to be vented/opened to simplify proper venting of the system.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 71 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS Except in cases where a penetration will be vented, the lineup is organized (sorted) by location to facilitate its completion.

Most penetrations in Attachments 3A will NOT be vented, AND none in Attachment 3B. Their line-ups may be performed in any order, providing all piping is depressurized.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:

IF a containment isolation valve in Penetrations that will be vented/tested by the ILRT (See ) has NOT been closed via normal means THEN stroke valve prior to closure per the Line Up Checklist to demonstrate they were closed by their normal mode of force. Record any Containment Isolation Valve closure NOT by normal means in the Test Exception Log.

Lineups in Attachments 3A and 3B are suggested lineups, intended to disposition a penetration for the ILRT. These lineups may be modified if required with the concurrence of the ILRT Test Director and the Test Supervisor. Any variation from this lineup MUST be documented in , (Test Exception Log), AND testing status of the penetration reviewed and updated (if changed) in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).,

Modifications to component line-ups may be required during the preparations for the ILRT. , (Valve Lineup Alteration Log) will be used to track changes requested to a system/penetration lineup once signed off as completed for the ILRT. The component position MUST be returned to the "Test Position" prior to starting compressors or stabilization as appropriate (reviews are cued by the procedure). Any temporary valve lineup alteration that can NOT be restored prior to the test must be accepted by the ILRT Test Director, and be dispositioned as stated in the previous paragraph above via Test Exception Log.

ILRT "Test Position" may be verified through review of administrative controls documents (e.g. a completed Containment Integrity Checklist OR Equipment Tagout Log, Locked Valve Log, etc.) at the sole discretion of the Test Supervisor. Components verified through review or acceptance of administrative controls will be denoted with a printed "A" for "Admin." in the initials/date block to facilitate identification of verifications performed in this manner.

Component positions verified by Visual Verification will be initialed per normal practice. A Functional Verification will be documented as described in AI-500, Appendix 10.

Component position may also be accepted if the component is part of a Clearance that will remain in force throughout the ILRT window. In these cases the Test Supervisor will sign-on to the applicable Clearance.

FLANGES/PIPE CAPS:

The drain/vent flange and bolts may be left attached as long as flange is swung to the side. The bolts must be installed finger-tight so that flange can NOT block vent OR drain path during the ILRT.

At completion of each Checklist all drain hoses need to be evaluated for removal. Determine if future activities need (scheduled clearance or maintenance) a drain hose.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 72 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS Do NOT obstruct pipe vents/drains inside OR outside containment, this will invalidate the ILRT for this penetration.

DEFINITIONS:

Test Tag Closed. Position the valve in the closed position and attach a Test Tag at the appropriate location.

Test Tag Open. Position the valve in the open position and attach a Test Tag at the appropriate location.

ORC. Outside Reactor Containment IRC. Inside Reactor Containment PENETRATION RESTORATION CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS:

Components NOT returned to their AS FOUND condition shall be authorized by either the ILRT Test Supervisor OR CRS. Documentation for the reason the component was NOT returned to the AS FOUND condition shall be annotated or attached to the applicable Attachment.

Independent Verification of valve restoration may be "N/A" if the test lineup position is the same as the restored position.

Re-issue the lineup checklists for completion of penetration restoration to Operations and attach a copy of these instructions.

Except for portions of the lineup accomplished via clearance, the restoration may be signed off in any order. Restore vented/drained penetrations per Operations Lineup Coordinator/Clearance to prevent inadvertent release of fluids through the ILRT test boundary.

Instrument Air penetrations must be restored prior to restoring any penetrations containing AOVs.

Dispose of all In ILRT Information Tags, bags, etc. in the appropriate manner.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 73 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS LUSYSTEM L/UPEN. PEN# PE.TEST STATUS PRGMJ APP. L/U RESTORE ATTACH. DESCRIPTION STATUS SEQ. SEQ.

3A Main Steam 105 MSL A-2 Normal Standby N/R 3AMain Steam106 MLA-1Nora S 3A Main Steam 106 MSL A-i Normal Standby N/R 3AManStem10 MSL-2ormlStnL/U 3A 3AMain Main Steam 107 MSL B-2 ML-N La2 Normal Standby N/R l StandbyN 3A Main Steam 201 MSL B-i Normal Standby N/R L/U Normal Standby 3A, 3B Main Steam 314 RCSG 1-B Drain L/U, Bottled Up N/R for PI 3B Main Steam 316 RCSG Vent 1-A Sec Normal L/U Standby NIR Normal Standby 3A, 3B Main Steam 318 RCSG 1-A Drain L/U, Bottled Up N/R for PI 3B Main Steam 320 RCSG 1-B Sec Vent Normal L/U Standby N/R 3B Main Steam 427 RCSG 1-B Drain Normal Standby N/R L/U 3B Main Steam 428 RCSG 1-A Drain Normal Standby N/R L/U 3A, 3B Feedwater & Emerg. FW 108 Main FW "B"

______L/U Normal Standby N/R 3A, 3B Feedwater & Emerg. FW 109 EFW "B" Normal Standby N/R L/U 3A, 3B Feedwater & Emerg. FW 423 Main FW "A" Normal Standby N/R L/U 3A, 3B Feedwater & Emerg. FW 424 EFW "A" Normal Standby N/R L/U SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 74 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS L/U PEN. APP. J L/U RESTORE ATTACH. SYSTEM PEN# TEST STATUS PRGM SEQ. SEQ.

DESCRIPTION ATTACH. STATUS SEQ. SEQ Demin Wtr to 3A, 3B Condensate & Demin Water 117 CNTMNT Take Penalty Type C 3C Instrument & Station Air 110 Station Air ILRT is Testing Type C 3C Instrument & Station Air 111 Instrument Air ILRT is Testing Type C 3C Instrument & Station Air 112 Instrument Air ILRT is Testing Type C 3B Nuclear Services Closed 321 Letdown CIr 3B Normal Standby NIR Cycle Cooling Supply L/U_

3B Nuclear Services Closed 322 Letdown CIr 3B Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling Return L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 360 Letdown CIr Normal Standby Cycle Cooling 3A/3C Supply N/R L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 361 Letdown CIr Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling 3A/3C Return L/U_

Nuclear Services Closed Normal Standby 3B Cycle Cooling 330 CRDMS Supply N/m N/R 3B Nuclear Services Closed 331 CRDMS Return Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling L/U_

3B Nuclear Services Closed 358 RB Vent Fan 3C Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling Supply L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 359 RB Vent Fan 3C Normal Standby N/R

-Cycle Cooling Return L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 368 RB Vent Fan 3A Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling Supply L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 369 RB Vent Fan 3A Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling Return L/IU 3B Nuclear Services Closed 370 RB Vent Fan 3B Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling Supply L/U_

3B Nuclear Services Closed 371 RB Vent Fan 3B Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling Return L/U_

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 75 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS L/U PEN. APP. J L/U RESTORE ATTACH. SYSTEM PEN# TEST STATUS PRGM SEQ. SEQ.

HDESCRIPTION STATUS 3B Nuclear Services Closed RCP 10 Return Normal Standby N/R 3B _ Cycle Cooling L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 325 RCP 1C Supply Normal Standby N/R 3B__Cycle Cooling 3 L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 363 RCP 1D Return Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling L/UN Nuclear Services Closed 362 RCP 1D Normal Standby N/R 3B Cycle Cooling 32 RPDSpl L/UN/R 3B Nuclear Services Closed 324 RCP 1A Return Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 323 RCP 1A Supply Normal Standby N/R 3B _Cycle Cooling L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 365 RCP 1B Return Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling L/U 3B Nuclear Services Closed 364 RCP 18 Supply Normal Standby N/R Cycle Cooling L/U 3A, 3B Spent Fuel Cooling 347 Purification Fuel Trnsfrci Take Penalty TakePenaty_ Type C Type_

3A Spent Fuel Cooling 348 Fuel Transfer ILRT is Testing Type B Tube_______ _

3A Spent Fuel Cooling 436 Fuel Transfer ILRT is Testing Type B Tube_______ _

3B Decay Heat Removal 329 PZR Sprayline Take Penalty Type C OP L/U Decay Heat Removal 345 RB Sump Recirc Normal Standby N/R L/U_

OP L/U Decay Heat Removal 346 RB Sump Recirc Normal Standby N/R 3A Reactor Coolant N/A 3B Makeup & Purification 333 Letdown to Purif Take Penalty Type C I_ I I Demin I SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 76 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS L/U PEN. APP. J L/U RESTORE ATTACH. SYSTEM PEN# TEST STATUS PRGM SEQ. SEQ.

.DESCRIPTION STATUS 3B Makeup & Purification 353 HPI to RB Sump Take Penalty Type C 3A, 3B Makeup & Purification 377 RCP Seal Take Penalty Type C 3A,3B Meu&PBleedoff 3B Makeup & Purification 338 RCP Seal Suppl Normal Standby N/R 3BMeup& Puifiction338__Pealuppy L/U 3B Makeup & Purification 434 HPCI Normal Standby N/R L/U 3B Makeup & Purification 435 Makeup & HPCI Normal Standby N/R L/U 3B Makeup & Purification 336 HPCI Normal Standby N/R L/U_

3B Makeup & Purification 337 HPCI Normal Standby N/R L/U 3B Liquid Sampling 425 PASS Take Penalty Type C 3B Liquid Sampling 439 PZR & RCS Take Penalty Type C

____ ____ ____ ____Sample_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _

3B Liquid Sampling 440 SG 3A Sample Take Penalty Type C 3B Liquid Sampling 441 SG 3B Sample Take Penalty Type C 3C Nitrogen 317 N2 tondG Take Penalty Type C

_____________________SecondaryTaePnlyyp C 3C Nitrogen 355 N2 to RCS Take Penalty Type C 3C Nitrogen 372 N2 to RCDT Take Penalty Type C 3C Core Flood 123 N2 to CFT 1A Take Penalty Type C 3C Core Flood 124 N2 to CFT 1B Take Penalty Type C SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 77 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS L/U PEN. APP. J L/U RESTORE ATC SYSTEM PEN# TEST STATUS PRGM SEQ SEQ.

ATTACH. DESCRIPTION STATUS SEQ. SEQ.

3A Core Flood 350 CFT M/U Take Penalty Type C 3A Core Flood 351 CFT Vent Take Penalty Type C 3A,3B Core Flood 352 Sample/Bleed Take Penalty Type C 3B Core Flood 373 CFT M/U Take Penalty Type C 3B Liquid Waste Disposal 339 RB Sump Take Penalty Type C 3B Liquid Waste Disposal 349 RCDT Vent Take Penalty Type C 3B Liquid Waste Disposal 374 RCDT Drain Take Penalty Type C 3A, 3B Gas Waste Disposal 354 RCS Equipment Take Penalty Type C Vents 3C Containment Monitoring 306 PASS ILRT is Testing Type C 3C Containment Monitoring 315 RB Air Sample ILRT is Testing Type C 3C Containment Monitoring 332 RB Air Sample ILRT is Testing Type C

____Return 3C Containment Monitoring 356 RB Air Sample ILRT is Testing Type C Cntmnt. Mon.

3C Containment Monitoring 376 Sample Return ILRT is Testing Type C 3A, 3B Reactor Building Spray 340 RB SprayNormal Standby NR Sprayrmal StandbyN/R 3A, 38 Reactor Building Spray 341 RB Spray Normal Standby N/R 3B RB Press Sensing & Testing, 426 RB Press ILRT is Testing N/R IA Sensing ILRTisTestingN/R SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 78 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS L/U PEN. APP. J L/U RESTORE ATTACH.

SYSTEM PEN# PEN TEST STATUS PRGM DESCRIPTION STATUS SEQ. SEQ.

3B RB Press Sensing & Testing, 442 RB Press ILRT is Testing N/R IA Sensing 3B RB Press Sensing & Testing, 429 RB Press ILRT is Testing N/R IA Sensing 3B RB Press Sensing & Testing, 319 RB Press ILRT is Testing N/R IA Sensing 38 Leak Rate & Post Accident 116 RB Leak Rate Take Penalty Type C H2 Purge 116 RLaRe aPnt Te 3B Leak Rate & Post Accident 121 RB Leak Rate, ILRT is Testing Type C H2 Purge 121 H2 Recombiner 3B Leak Rate & Post Accident RB Leak Rate, ILRT is Testing H2 Purge 122 H2 Recombiner Type C 3B Leak Rate & Post Accident 125 H2 Recombiner ILRT is Testing Type C H2 Purge Return Leak Rate & Post Accident 3B H2 Purge 202 RB Leak Rate Take Penalty Type C 3B Leak Rate & Post Accident ILRT is Testing H2 Purge 305 PASS Type C 3B Leak Rate & Post Accident 306 PASS ILRT is Testing Type C H2 Purge 36 ASye 3A Containment Purge 113 RB Purge Supply ILRT is Testing Type C 3A Containment Purge 357 RB Purge ILRT is Testing Type C

_________ ______ Exhaust_ _ _ _ _ _

3A, 3B Industrial Cooler 206 RBICW Supply Take Penalty Type C 3A, 3B Industrial Cooler 207 RBICW Return Take Penalty Type C 3A, 3B Industrial Cooler 366 RBICW Supply Take Penalty Type C 3A, 3B Industrial Cooler 367 RBICW Return Take Penalty Type C SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 79 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3 ILRT VALVE LINEUP INSTRUCTIONS L/U APP. J L/U RESTORE L/U SYSTEM PEN#, PEN. TEST STATUS PRGM ATTACH. DESCRIPTION - STATUS SEQ. SEQ.

3A, 3B Fire Service 430 FSW to CNTMNT ILRT is Testing Type C 3A RB Airlock 433 RB Personnel Outer Door Type B 3A___Ailoc _433________

Airlock OPEN Type B 3A I RB Airlock I 222 RB Equipment I Hatch Airlock Outer Door OPEN Type B Type B SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 80 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: MAIN STEAM PEN. NO.: 105.106.107.201.314.316.318.320.427.428 Dwa: FD-302-Ohl Sht4 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION PEN .#OATO TS NO. DESCRIPTION LOCATION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE Main Steam Line A2 105 MSV-297 Drain Trap Root CLOSED OPEN Isolation MSV-411 Main Steam Line A2 Iso. 105 CLOSED CLOSED Main Steam Line Al 106 MSV-299 Drain Trap Root CLOSED OPEN Isolation.

Main Steam Supply 106 If RCS < 270 -

MSV-55 EFP-2 Iso. CLOSED CLOSED If RCS > 270' - OPEN MSV-412 RCSG Main Steam Line 106 CLOSED CLOSED I Al Iso.

Main Steam Line B1 201 MSV-301 Drain Trap Root CLOSED OPEN Isolation MSV-413 Main Steam Line B1 Iso. 201 CLOSED CLOSED 106 If RCS < 240° -

MSV-27 Atmo. Dump Isolation CLOSED CLOSED I_ If RCS > 240' - OPEN 107 IfRCS < 240° -

MSV-28 Atmo. Dump Isolation CLOSED CLOSED If RCS > 240* - OPEN MSV-303 MSDT 25 Root Iso 107 CLOSED OPEN MSV-56 Main Steam Supply 107 IfRCS < 270° -

EFP-2 Iso. CLOSED CLOSED If RCS > 270° - OPEN MSV-414 Main Steam Line B2 Iso. 107 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-185 RCSG-1A Drain Iso. 318 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED MSV-130 RCSG-1A Drain Iso. 427 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-148 RCSG-1B Drain Iso. 428 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-93 MS 106 + MS 108 + MS 105 OPEN OPEN 115 PT Isolation 1_-_I _IIII MSV-95 MS 111 +MS 113 + MS 201 OPEN OPEN 116 PT Isolation I IIII_ _r I _I SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 81 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: MAIN STEAM PEN. NO.: 105.106.107.201.314.316.318.320.427.428 Dwa! FD-302-0hl Sht4 VALVE NO. VALVE DESCRIPTION PEN .# LOAINTS TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LOCATION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE MSV-94 MS 107 + MS 109 + MS 106 OPEN OPEN 114 PT Iso.

MSV-96 MS 110 + MS 112 + MS 107 OPEN OPEN 117 PT Iso.

MSV-504 MS 107 + MS 109 PT 106 Iso. OPEN OPEN MSV-508 MS 110 + MS 112 PT 107 OPEN OPEN Iso.

MSV-505 Main Steam Line Al 106 OPEN SEALED CLOSED Vent UNCAPPED CAPPED (GAUGE INSTALLED)

MSV-509 Main Steam Line B2 107 OPEN SEALED CLOSED Vent UNCAPPED CAPPED (GAUGE INSTALLED)'

MSV-443 RCSG-1A Drain Iso. 318 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-120 RCSG-1A Drain Iso. 318 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-121 RCSG-1A Drain Iso. 318 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-446 RCSG-1B Drain Iso. 314 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-138 RCSG-1B Drain Iso. 314 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-139 RCSG-1B Drain Iso. 314 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-116 RCSG-lA Sec Vent 318 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-117 N2 Supply to RCSG-1A 318 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-400 Pen 318 Vent 318 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-184 RCSG-1B to RB Sump 314 CLOSED LOCKED Iso. CLOSED MSV-115 RCSG-lA Sec Vent 318 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED MSV-447 Main Steam Line A2 105 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Vent MSV-448 Main Steam Line Al 106 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Vent MSV-449 Main Steam Line B1 201 CLOSED CLOSED I Vent I _ I I II SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 82 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: MAIN STEAM PEN. NO.: 105,106,107,201,314,316,318,320,427,428 Dwa: FD-302-011 Sht.4 VALVE NO. VALVE DESCRIPTION PEN .#OATO TEST TS RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LOCATION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE MSV-450 Main Steam Line B2 107 CLOSED CLOSED Vent MSV-1 34 N2 Supply to RCSG-1 B 320 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-135 N2 Supply to RCSG-1B 320 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED MSV-1 33 N2 Supply to RCSG-1 B 320 CLOSED CLOSED MSV-503 MS 106 + MS 108 PT 105 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Vent CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED MSV-507 MS 111 + MS 113 PT 201 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Vent CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED CGV-38 Main Steam Line A2 105 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Drain CLOSED CGV-37 Main Steam Line Al 106 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Drain CLOSED CGV-36 Main Steam Line B1 201 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Drain CLOSED CGV-35 Main Steam Line B2 107 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Drain CLOSED CGV-1 RCSG-1A Drain Iso To 318 SEALED SEALED CLOSED Chem CIng Sys CLOSED SPA178 Rev. 30 Page 83 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: FEEDWATER & EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PEN. NO.: 108.109.423,424 Dwa: FD-302-081. Shts 1. 3. & 4: FD-302-082 Sht 1 VALVE VALVE NO.DECRPTONPEN .# LOCATION TEST TS RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION PENLOCATIONLINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE FWV-135 RCSG-1A Emerg 424 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Supply Drain FWV-134 RCSG-1A Emerg 424 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Supply Vent FWV-169 RCSG-1A Main Supply 423 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Drain CAPPED & CAPPED FWV-85 RCSG-1A Main Supply 423 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Vent FWV-136 RCSG-1B Emerg 109 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Supply Drain FWV-137 RCSG-1B Emerg 109 CLOSED SEALED Supply Vent CLOSED FWV-86 RCSG-1B Main Supply 108 CLOSED CLOSED Vent FWV-170 RCSG-1B Main Supply 108. CLOSED & SEALED Drain CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED SYSTEM: CONDENSATE & DEMINERALIZED WATER PEN. NO.: 117 VALVE NO.

DWV-161

  • Ifa test flange has been installed for venting/draining/testing, installation of the test flange cap or flange installation requirement.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 84 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: SPENT FUEL COOLING IE L" & I II' jI *J '7 AO A"'*

E~E*% ~ I~A ~ -~

r~r4l, i'lU.; ,'*,, 0*0, '0 __UW; rIU-3U0-o2- I ant.

VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE


Transfer Tube Blind 436 INSTALLED INSTALLED Flange, SFFG-436-2A


Transfer Tube Blind 348 INSTALLED INSTALLED 1 Flange, SFFG-348-2A I SFV-18 FTC Iso 347 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Check that pipe caps or plugs are installed on the following taps:

NOTE: Refer to FPC Dwg. No. P-304-723 for location of Test Taps for Fuel Transfer Tube flanges.

INITIALS Fuel Transfer Tube 3A Test Tap Inside RB Fuel Transfer Tube 3B Test Tap Inside RB SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 85 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: REACTOR COOLANT PEN. NO.: N/A Dwg: FD-302-651 Sht. 1 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION PEN # LOCATION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE RCV-6 Press N2 Supply/WD N/A CLOSED OPEN Vent RCV-157 High Point Vent N/A OPEN CLOSED RCV-138 Press Vent N/A OPEN LOCKED OPEN (1)

RCV-158 High Point Vent N/A OPEN CLOSED RCV-159 High Point Vent N/A OPEN CLOSED RCV-18 RCSG-1A N2 N/A OPEN LOCKED OPEN Supply/WD Vent RCV-160 High Point Vent N/A OPEN CLOSED RCV-163 High Point Vent N/A OPEN CLOSED RCV-164 High Point Vent N/A OPEN CLOSED RCV-41 RCSG-1B N2 N/A OPEN LOCKED OPEN I Supply/WD Vent (1) Normal High Dose area, consider alternate means to determine status of valve (camera, binoculars)

SYSTEM: MAKEUP & PURIFICATION PEN. NO.:377 Dwg: FD-302-661, Sheet 5 VALVE D IVALVE PEN.# LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIALDATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE MUV-418 Bleedoff Drain 377 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED MUV-407 Bleedoff Vent 377 CLOSED & SEALED I I I I CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 86 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL PI:N i *-

Kin ii .

"'ZQ "AQ -'q7A n I n -.

11M - 1MQ4I Qk

,.I IVL U 4 a VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION PEN.# LOCATION LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE WDV-60 RC Drain Tank Iso 349 CLOSED CLOSED WDV-61 RC Drain Tank Iso 349 CLOSED CLOSED WDV-94 RC Drain Tank Pump 374 CLOSED CLOSED Iso WDV-62 RC Drain Tank Pump 374 -CLOSED CLOSED Iso


Waste Gas Header OP-412A OP-412A OP-412A I Aux Bldg Exhaust I III NOTE: Perform core flood lineup prior to performing gas waste disposal lineup.

SYSTEM: GAS WASTE DISPOSAL PEN. NO.: 354 Dwg.: FD-302-691 Sheet 3 VALVE VALVE PEN .# LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE WDV-406 RB Vent Header Iso 354 CLOSED OPEN WDV-405 RB Vent Header Iso 354 CLOSED OPEN SYSTEM: REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY PEN. NO.: 340,341 Drawing: FD-302-711 Sheet 1 VALVE DVALVE PEN .# LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE BSV-82 Pen 341 Drain & Test 341 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED BSV-4 RB Spray Header Iso 341 CLOSED REMOTE/AUTO BSV-81 Pen 340 Drain & Test 340 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED BSV-3 RB Spray Header Iso 340 1 CLOSED REMOTE/AUTO SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 87 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: LEAK RATE & POST ACCIDENT HYDROGEN PURGE PEN. NO.: 116.121.122.125.2D2.3D5.306 Drawinv FD-302-722 ShAAt I VALVE NO.N 116 121 122 125 202 VALVE VALVE/COMPONENT PEN .# LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED ND. VFDeR VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE LRV-42 PI-1 Test 202 CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED LRV-43 PI-2 Test 202 CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED LRV-44 Press Sensing Inlet 202 UNLOCKED LOCKED CLOSED OPEN LRV-39 PI-1 Inlet 202 OPEN CLOSED LRV-40 PI-2 Inlet 202 OPEN CLOSED LRV-41 PI-3 Inlet 202 OPEN CLOSED LRV-45 FI-4 & FI-5 Inlet 116 UNLOCKED LOCKED CLOSED CLOSED LRV-1 15 Test & Drain 202 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED LRV-116 Test & Drain 116 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED LRV-117 Test & Drain 116 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED LRV-118 Test & Drain SEALED SEALED 116 CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED LRV-130 Test Conn Pent 216 216 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED LRV-131 Test Conn Pent 217 CLOSED & SEALED 217 CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED LRFG-1-1B LRX-1 (Line Blind) 122 INSTALLED INSTALLED LRFG-122-2A Atmos. Vent inside 122 REMOVED REMOVED RB 8" Flange LRFG-121-2A FMR Pressurization 121 REMOVED REMOVED Line 8" Flange !21 LRFG-125-2A Tertiary Depress 125 REMOVED REMOVED Path 8" Flange LRFG-202-2A ILRT Pressure REMOVED INSTALLED Sensing, 2" 202 I Flange/Blind I SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 88 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: LEAK RATE & POST ACCIDENT HYDROGEN PURGE I m* AAA IAA Am A A I"I-N. Nu.: _,_,_,_,__-__,L D rawin l-U-3U0-(22, Shleet 1 VALVE VALVE/COMPONENT PEN.# LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIALDATE INIT/DATE LRFG-1 16-2A ILRT Verification REMOVED REMOVED Test Flow Line, 2" 116 Flange LRFG-305-2B Mini-Purge, 6" 305 REMOVED REMOVED Flange LRFG-306-2B Mini-Purge, 6" 306 REMOVED REMOVED Flange LRFG-216-2C 2005 ILRT REMOVED INSTALLED Pressurization Path 216 1 12" Flange/Blind LRFG-217-2C 2005 ILRT REMOVED INSTALLED Pressurization Path 217 12" Flange/Blind SP-1.78 Rev. 30 Page 89 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: CONTAINMENT PURGE

. . ........ A m J PEN. NO.: 113,357 Drawing: FID-30Z-751, Sheet 1 VALVE VALVE PEN .# LOCATION TEST TS RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE AHV-1A Purge Exhaust 357 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED AHV-1 B Purge Exhaust 357 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED AHV-1 C Purge Supply 113 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED AHV-1D Purge Supply 113 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED AHV-25 Test Connection AHV-1A 357 OPEN, SEALED CLOSED &

& AHV-1B UNCAPPED CAPPED GAUGE INSTALLED AHV-24 Test Connection AHV-1D 113 OPEN, SEALED CLOSED &

& UNCAPPED CAPPED AHV-1C GAUGE I _INSTALLED

  • Open only for RB Purge per OP-417. Shall not be open in Modes 1 thru 4.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 90 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: INDUSTRIAL COOLER R m Um AAA IAA Am d m PEN. NO.: 206,207,366,367 Drawing: FDU-3U0-762 Sheet 4 VALVE VALVE PEN.# LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE CIV-35 Outlet Iso 367 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED CIV-97 AHHE-14A Drain 367 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED CIV-90 AHHE-14A Vent 367 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED CIV-98 AHHE-14A Drain 366 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED CIV-34 Inlet Iso 366 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED CIV-40 Outlet Iso 207 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED CIV-95 AHHE-14B Drain 207 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED CIV-91 AHHE-14B Vent 206 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED CIV-96 AHHE-14B Drain 206 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED CIV-41 Inlet Iso 206 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED

  • Open if associated cavity pump is in service.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 91 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3A ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: REACTOR BUILDING AIRLOCKS PEN NO.: N/A VALVE VALVE DESCRIPTION PEN .# LOCATION TEST LEUP INITIAUDATE RESTORED POSITION TAG PULLED IND. VERIF.

NO. LINEUP INITIAUDATE INITIAUDATE RAX-1 Inner Door 433 CLOSED CLOSED RAX-1 Outer Door 433 OPEN CLOSED RAX-2 Inner Door 222 CLOSED CLOSED RAX-2 Outer Door 222 OPEN CLOSED

  • Outer Door can be closed, and airlock pressurized to test pressure -0.5 psig if snooping inner door seals/equalizing valves (handwheel packing glands indicates leakage.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 92 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: MAIN STEAM DIM= m** 1Nr 1inn 1n7 9n1 "1A *.I "IR "9gn A97 A92 mmnri znlAfl3lni Qk* A F

m *.6 l.. *V

. .v 9I y .I -.

V d. *rS.V Il*l

  • i *m "irS *IJ "* V , i.. -,.* .- I I L.l l."

VALVE VALVE NO.DECRPTONPEN TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

  1. LOCATION TS NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE MSV-409 Drain & Test Pen 316 316 CLOSED &
  • OPEN / OR CAPPED SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED MSV-114 RCSG-lA Sec Vent 316 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED CLOSED MSV-410 RCSG-1B Test & 320 CLOSED &

  • OPEN / OR Drain CAPPED SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED MSV-132 RCSG-1B Sec Vent 320 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED CLOSED MSV-401 Drain & Test Pen 318 318 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED MSV-128 RCSG-1B Drain To 318 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Misc Waste Tank CLOSED MSV-403 RCSG-1A To Atmos 427 SEALED SEALED Drain Tank Vent CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED MSV-404 Drain & Test Pen 314 314 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED MSV-146 RCSG-1B Drain To 314 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Misc Waste Tank CLOSED MSV-406 RCSG-1 B To Atmos 428 SEALED SEALED Drain Tank Vent CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED MSV-405 Drain & Test Pen 428 428 CLOSED & SEALED

.CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED MSV-402 Drain & Test Pen 427 427 SEALED SEALED CLOSED & CLOSED& CAPPED CAPPED

  • OPEN if N2 Required on OTSG SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 93 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: FEEDWATER & EMERGENCY FEEDWATER pr:MI K IanR iN All AIA AAR , c. %fl...2flnfl Qkf L- i z A. cfl.2fl,)fl) Qkf I VALVE VALVE PEN # LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE FWV-138 Pen 109 Drain & Test 109 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED FWV-163 RCSG-1B Main 108 CLOSED CLOSED Supply Vent EFV-69 EFW RCSG-1A Vent 424 CLOSED CLOSED FWV-132 Drain & Test Pen 424 424 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED FWV-171 Drain & Test Pen 423 423 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED FWV-1 11 Drain & Test Pen 108 108 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED FWV-1 12 Drain & Test Pen 423 423 CLOSED CLOSED FWV-205 Drain & Test Pen 424 424 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED FWV-206 Pen 424 Vent 424 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED FWV-203 Drain & Test Pen 109 109 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED FWV-204 Pen 109 Vent 109 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED CGV-17 Chem Clean A OTSG 424 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED CGV-18 Chem Clean B OTSG 109 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED EFV-68 Vent & N2 Blanket Iso. 424 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED EFV-72 EF to SG 3A Drain 424 CLOSED CLOSED EFV-62 EF to SG 3B Drain 109 CLOSED CLOSED EFV-65 EF to SG 3B Drain 109 CLQSED CLOSED EFV-61 Vent & N2 Blanket Iso. 109 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED EFV-1 1 Emer FW to OTSG 3A 424 CLOSED AUTO Iso. I EFV-14 Emer FW to OTSG 3A 424 CLOSED AUTO Iso.

EFV-32 Emer FW to OTSG 3B 109 CLOSED AUTO SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 94 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: FEEDWATER & EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PEN. NO.: 108,109,423,424 Dwgs: FD-302-081 Sht.s 1, 3, & 4; FD-302-082 Sht. 1 VALVE NO. NO I VALVE DECRPTONPEN DESCRIPTION # LOCATION TEST TS LINEUP INITIAUDATE RESTORED POSITION TAG PULLED INITIAUDATE IND. VERF.

INIT/DATE ISO.

EFV-33 Emer FW to OTSG 3B 109 CLOSED AUTO SYSTEM: CONDENSATE & DEMINERALIZED WATER PEN. NO.: 117 Dw .: FD-302-182 Sht. 3 TAG IND.

VALVE VALVE TEST NITIAL/DA RESTORED PULLED VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP POSITION INITIAL/DA INIT/DAT TE TE E DWV-160 Demin Water Iso 117 CLOSED CLOSED SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 95 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: NUCLEAR SERVICES CLOSED CYCLE COOLING piFp pMA 29z1 %772Afn %r%1 qzn fl z21R 2AJQ Zr%. 2ArQ 17Al 271 '%7r '17r 2A2' '4r% '17A 292' q2~r qA flAn a il..2fl94rfl1 -qh+

VALVE VALVE PEN # LOCATION TEST TS RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIALDATE INIT/DATE SWV-50 Letdown CIr 3A/3C 361 CLOSED OPEN Return Iso SWV-49 Letdown Cooler 3B 322 CLOSED OPEN Return Iso SWV-48 Letdown Cooler 3B 321 CLOSED OPEN Supply Iso SWV-47 Letdown CIr 3A/3C 360 CLOSED OPEN Supply Iso SWV-109 CRDMS Supply Iso 330 CLOSED OPEN SWV-110 CRDMS Return Iso 331 CLOSED OPEN SWV-86 RCP-1C Return Iso 326 CLOSED OPEN SWV-82 RCP-1C Supply Iso 325 CLOSED OPEN SWV-85 RCP-1D Return Iso 363 CLOSED OPEN SWV-81 RCP-1D Supply Iso 362 CLOSED OPEN SWV-84 RCP-1A Return Iso 324 CLOSED OPEN SWV-80 RCP-1A Supply Iso 323 CLOSED OPEN SWV-83 RCP-1B Return Iso 365 CLOSED OPEN SWV-79 RCP-1 B Supply Iso 364 CLOSED OPEN SWV-35 RB Vent Fan 3A 368 CLOSED OPEN Supply Iso SWV-41 RB Vent Fan 3A 369 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED Return Iso SWV-37 RB Vent Fan 3B 370 CLOSED OPEN Supply Iso SWV-43 RB Vent Fan 3B 371 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED Return Iso SWV-39 RB Vent Fan 3C 358 CLOSED OPEN Supply Iso SWV-45 RB Vent Fan 3C 359 CLOSED *OPEN/CLOSED Return Iso

  • Valve must be open when associated fan is running.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 96 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: SPENT FUEL COOLING PEN. NO.: 347, 348, 436 Dwg: FD-302-621 Sht. 3 VALVE NO.DE VALVE CRPTONPEN # LOCATION TEST TS RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE SFV-140 Transfer Tube Gasket 348 CLOSED CLOSED Drain SFV-141 Transfer Tube Gasket 436 CLOSED CLOSED Drain SFV-142 Transfer Tube Test 348 CLOSED CLOSED SFV-143 Transfer Tube Test 436 CLOSED CLOSED SFV-144 Transfer Tube Test 348 CLOSED CLOSED SFV-145 Transfer Tube Test 436 CLOSED CLOSED SFV-19 FTC Iso 347 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED SFV-1 32 Pen 347 Drain & Test 347 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & & CAPPED CAPPED SFV-190 Pen 347 Drain & Test 347 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & CAPPED

& CAPPED SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 97 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: DECAY HEAT REMOVAL

  • *AA A i
  • AI d A PEN. NU.: 329 J: ID-3U0-U41, Sht. 3 WC VALVE VALVE PEN # LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE DHV-91 DH to Press Iso 329 CLOSED CLOSED DHV-95 Pen 329 Drain & Test 329 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED DHV-127 Pen 329 Drain & Test 329 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED DHV-128 Pen 329 Drain & Test 329 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

CLOSED & CAPPED CAPPED

  • A nitrogen pressure of approximately 20 PSIG may be connected to aid in draining.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 98 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: MAKEUP & PURIFICATION MA M mA m F'IN. NU.: 333, 336, 337, 338, 353, 377, 434, 435 DW, FD-302-661 Sht. 5 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE MUV-276 Letdown Cooler Vent 333 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED MUV-49 Letdown Cooler Iso 333 CLOSED OPEN/CLOSED (5)

MUV-268 Pen 333"Drain & Test 333 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & & CAPPED CAPPED MUV-537 Pen 333 Drain & Test 333 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & & CAPPED CAPPED MUV-567 Letdown Inside 333 CLOSED OPEN Containment Isolation (MCB)

MUV-543 HPI to RB Sump 353 CLOSED CLOSED (Note 3)

Solenoid Valve MUV-545 HPI to RB Sump 353 CLOSED CLOSED (Note 4)

Solenoid Valve MUV-539 HPI to RB Sump Aux. 353 OPEN LOCKED OPEN Bldg. Maintenance Valve MUV-548 HPI to RB Sump Drain 353 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED MUV-561 HPI to RB Sump AB 353 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

Vent CAPPED CAPPED MUV-547 HPI to RB Sump Vent 353 CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED &

CAPPED CAPPED MUV-269 Pen 377 Drain & Test 377 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & CAPPED

& CAPPED_

MUV-261 RCP-1D Bleedoff Iso 377 CLOSED OPEN/CLOSED (5)

MUV-260 RCP-1C Bleedoff Iso 377 CLOSED OPEN/CLOSED (5)

MUV-259 RCP-1B Bleedoff Iso 377 CLOSED OPEN/CLOSED (5)

MUV-258 RCP-1A Bleedoff Iso 377 CLOSED OPEN/CLOSED (5)

MUV-253 Bleedoff Iso 377 CLOSED OPEN/CLOSED (5)

MUV-538 Pen 377 Drain & Test 377 SEALED SEALED CLOSED SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 99 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: MAKEUP & PURIFICATION F1LN. NU.: 333, 336, 337, 338, 353, 377, 434, 435 Dw FD-302-661 Sht. 5 VALVE VALVE PEN # LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE CLOSED & CAPPED

& CAPPED MUV-18 RCP Seal Iso 338 CLOSED OPEN MUV-23 HPI Loop A 434 CLOSED CLOSED MUV-24 HPI Loop A 435 CLOSED CLOSED MUV-27 Loop A Makeup Iso 435 CLOSED OPEN MUV-25 HPI Loop B 336 CLOSED CLOSED MUV-26 HPI Loop B 337 CLOSED CLOSED INO I ES: 1. valve electrical power UN -. uru -8A, Switch 4 LOLSEU 3. valve electrical power OF- - !PDU--A,Switch 4 OPEN 5. OPEN when in service;

2. Valve electrical power ON - DPDP-8B, Switch 8 CLOSED 4. Valve electrical power OFF - DPDP-8A, Switch 8 OPEN CLOSED when NOT in service.
    • Two of three letdown coolers in service.
  • Nitrogen/Air may be used, if assist draining. Refer to SP-179C, CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE TEST-TYPE "C", Enclosure 16 for guidance.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 100 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: LIQUID SAMPLING PEN. NO.: 425,439.440,441 Dwa.: FD-302-672. Sheet 1 VALVE VALVE PEN # LOCATION TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIALIDATE INIT/DATE CAV-133 Pen 439 Drain & 439 CLOSED SEALED Test **FLANGE CLOSED & FLANGED INSTALLED CAV-126 RC Letdown Sample 439 CLOSED CLOSED CAV-1 PZR Steam Space 439 CLOSED CLOSED Sample CAV-3 PZR Water Space 439 CLOSED CLOSED Sample CAV-2 Sample Iso 439 CLOSED CLOSED CAV-619 Pen 439 Test Conn. 439 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CAV-622 Pen 439 Test Conn 439 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CAV-4 SG 3A Sample Iso 440 CLOSED CLOSED CAV-154 Pen 440 Drain & 440 CLOSED & SEALED Test *FLANGE CLOSED & FLANGED INSTALLED CAV-6 SG 3A Sample Iso 440 CLOSED CLOSED CAV-5 SG 3B Sample Iso 441 CLOSED CLOSED CAV-155 Pen 441 Drain & 441 CLOSED & SEALED Test *FLANGE CLOSED & FLANGED INSTALLED CAV-7 SG 3B Sample Iso 441 CLOSED CLOSED CAV-433 RB Sump Sample 425 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF Iso CAV-434 RB Sump Sample 425 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF Iso CAV-435 Pass Iso 425 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF CAV-436 Pass Iso 425 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF CAV-429 RCP-1A Disch Iso 439 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF CAV-430 RCP-1C Suction 439 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF Sami~le Iso CAV-431 Sample Iso 439 CLOSED CLOSED SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 101 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: LIQUID SAMPLING PEN. NO.: 425,439,440,441 Dwq.: FD-302-672, Sheet 1 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION PE__OCTO LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE CAV-432 Sample Iso 439 CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF CAV-725 Pen. 425 Drain & 425 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-730 Pen. 425 Drain & 425 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-726 Pen. 425 Drain & 425 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-731 Pen. 425 Drain & 425 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-727 Pen. 439 Drain & 439 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-732 Pen. 439 Drain & 439 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-733 Pen. 440 Drain & 440 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED

& CAPPED CAV-734 Pen. 441 Drain & 441 SEALED SEALED CLOSED &

Test CLOSED CAPPED I_ & CAPPED

  • A nitrogen pressure of approximately 20 PSIG may be used to aid in draining
    • If a test flange has been installed for venting/draining/testing, removal of the test flange cap or plug will satisfy flange removal requirement and installation of test flange cap or plug will satisfy the flange installation requirement.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 102 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL

  • AAA AA J AI d rr"N. NU.: UWg.: 'U-30U-t81 Sneet 1 uw,.3',4,4 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO D S RI TI NPEN # LOCATION T S NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE WDV-807 Pen 349 Drain & Test 349 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED WDV-808 Pen 374 Drain & Test 374 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & CAPPED

& CAPPED WDV-3 RB Sump Pump Iso 339 MCB CLOSED OPEN WDV-809 Pen 339 Drain & Test 339 SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED & CAPPED

& CAPPED WDV-4 RB Sump Pump Iso 339 MCB CLOSED OPEN WDV-810 WDV-4 Downstream 339 OPEN, CLOSED Vent (RB Sump Disch UNCAPPED Vent) GAUGE INSTALLED WDV-1242 WDV-4 Downstream 339 CLOSED OPEN Isolation (RB Sump Manual Iso)

NOTE: Perform core flood lineup prior to performing gas waste disposal lineup.

SYSTEM: GAS WASTE DISPOSAL PEN. NO.: 354 Drawing: FD-302-691 Sheet 3 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO DSRITINPEN # LOCATION TS NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE WDV-371 Pen 354 Drain & Test 354 CLOSED & SEALED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED WDV-1022 354 MCB OPEN CLOSED SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 103 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR DlkI kllf%*

  • 40 An)C An'nr AAq) r% OnOl 7412 0" 4 li-I IF1.. .. I ;, ILU* *lf0 *l' iJ dW IIl . r-J-,U .I I q,*llI*tL I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE IAV-725 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3B1 IAV-726 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3B1 IAV-727 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A1 IAV-728 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A1 BSV-147 Pen 426 Iso. LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN BSV-64 BS-17-PT Iso. LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN BSV-254 Isolation Valve for BS- SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN 91-PT BSV-255 Isolation Valve for BS- SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN 93-PT BSV-241 Isolation Valve for BS- SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN 91-PT BSV-252 Isolation Valve for BS- SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN 17-PT BSV-236 BS-91-PT Test Valve SEALED SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED AND CLOSED AND AND CAPPED CAPPED CAPPED BSV-237 BS-93-PT Test Valve SEALED SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED AND CLOSED AND AND CAPPED CAPPED CAPPED BSV-238 BS-17-PT Test Valve SEALED SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED AND CLOSED AND AND CAPPED CAPPED CAPPED BSV-229 BS-18-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve I I I SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 104 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR PFMP N wl '410 A92 A90 AA9 n r-%;% n fl74 lnl '3 Qk+

  • VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAl/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE BSV-242 BS-24-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-243 BS-59-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-230 BS-21-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-248 BS-27-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-181 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-59-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-182 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-59-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-183 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 59-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve BSV-184 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-24-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-185 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-24-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-186 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 24-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 105 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR D=M Nl. w140 AIR A'30 AAk Or%1nl)741) a" 4 I I1 * . . / B r, v r " "I. "!inL aIvvIII . rl , D ., Iow a VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE BSV-187 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-18-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-188 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED

-Pressure Switch (BS-18-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-189 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 18-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve BSV-190 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-27-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-191 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-27-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-192 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 27-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve BSV-193 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-21-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 106 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR DlkI kl6% 1"4n A")C A"10 AA) r% 12n,2 74-2 0" 6 It I1,.. -r_.,Ipy .IU ,.. I, lo dWIIl*. I- J U.I I"us I l I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE BSV-194 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-21-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-195 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 21-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve IAV-733 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3B3_

IAV-734 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3B3 IAV-735 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A3 IAV-736 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A3 BSV-131 Pen 442 Iso. LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN BSV-233 BS-20-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-246 BS-26-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-247 BS-61-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-234 BS-23-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-250 BS-29-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 107 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR PEN. NO.: 319, 426, 429, 442 Drawing: FD-302-712 Sheet I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE BSV-211 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-61-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-212 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-61-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-213 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 61-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve BSV-214 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-26-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-215 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-26-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-216 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-26-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve BSV-217 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-20-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve.

BSV-218 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-20-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 108 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR R m mi AIA m

  • A Am d I'LN. NU.: 319, 426, 42, 442 Drawing: PD-30Z-712 Sheet 1 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE BSV-219 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-20-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve BSV-220 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-29-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-221 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-29-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-222 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-29-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve BSV-223 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-23-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-224 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-23-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-225 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 23-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve IAV-729 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3B2 IAV-730 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3B2 SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 109 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR PEN. NO.: 319, 426, 429, 442 Drawing: FD-302-712 Sheet I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE IAV-731 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A2 IAV-732 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A2 BSV-1 30 Pen 429 Iso. LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN BSV-244 BS-25-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-231 BS-19-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-232 BS-22-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-249 BS-28-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-245 BS-60-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-196 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-60-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-197 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-60-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-198 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 60-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve BSV-199 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-25-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 110 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR D9=M kin m '11 A19 A10 AA3 nf 12n,2 71113 Qk,.64 i~ .

n.i~

l . * . I, "F5.'I, "*Tf.., ,lF~~* I ill, ItII lI .,P I. I" Lc VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIALDATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE BSV-200 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-25-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-201 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-25-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve BSV-202 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-19-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-203 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-19-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-204 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-19-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve BSV-205 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-28-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-206 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-28-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-207 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED 'UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-28-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 111 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR D=KM MKin a40 A19 A'7 AA3 fl%., .;.... IEf2nfl'7413 Qk 6~ 4

  • kll. I* .1.
  • I -, J " -I-Id Ia, VIuII . - I- *JII L I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIALDATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE BSV-208 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-22-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-209 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-22-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-210 RB Pressure Switch UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND (BS-22-PS) Instrument AND OPEN AND.OPEN CAPPED Air Test Valve IAV-737 Instrument Air Isolation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Valve to Cabinet ESPSC-3A4 BSV-132 Pen 319 Iso. LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN BSV-61 BS-16-PT Iso. LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN BSV-235 BS-62-PS Isolation SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN Valve BSV-251 Isolation Valve for BS- SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN 16-PT BSV-253 Isolation Valve for BS- SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN SEALED OPEN 90-PT BSV-239 BS-90-PT Test Valve SEALED SEALED SEALED CLOSED CLOSED AND CLOSED AND AND CAPPED CAPPED CAPPED BSV-240 BS-16-PT Test Valve CLOSED AND CLOSED AND SEALED CLOSED CAPPED CAPPED AND CAPPED BSV-226 Reactor Building CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-62-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 112 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: RB PRESSURE SENSING & TESTING / INSTRUMENT AIR PEN. NO.: 319, 426, 429, 442 Drawina: FD-302-712 Sheet I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE BSV-227 Reactor Building OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED Pressure Switch (BS-62-PS) Cntnmnt Boundary Isolation Valve BSV-228 Reactor Building UNCAPPED UNCAPPED CLOSED AND Pressure Switch (BS- AND OPEN AND OPEN CAPPED 62-PS) Instrument Air Test Valve SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 113 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: LEAK RATE & POST ACCIDENT HYDROGEN PURGE PEN. NO.: 116.121.122.125.202.305.306 Dwac .:FD-302-722. Sht. 1 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE LRV-35 Discharge Iso 122 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED LRV-47 PA H2 Purge 122 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED LRV-51 Discharge Iso 122 CLOSED CLOSED LRV-57 Discharge Drain 122 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED AND CAPPED LRV-37 Supply Line Vent 121 CLOSED SEALED CLOSED AND CAPPED LRV-52 PA H2 Purge 122 CLOSED CLOSED LRV-38 Discharge Iso 122 CLOSED CLOSED LRV-49 Discharge Iso 122 CLOSED CLOSED LRV-46* Flowmeter Inlet 116 CLOSED* SEALED CLOSED LRV-88 H2 Recombiner 122 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso LRV-90 H2 Recombiner CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso 121 LRV-64 Flowmeter Inlet 116 CLOSED CLOSED Control LRV-92 H2 Recombiner 125 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso LRV-65 Flowmeter Inlet 116 CLOSED CLOSED Control LRV-94 H2 Recombiner 125 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso 125 LRV-70 PA H2 Purge 306 CLOSED CLOSED Filter Iso CAV-415 RB Atmos Sample 116 CLOSED* CLOSED CAV-417 RB Atmos Sample 116 CLOSED CLOSED LRV-71 PA H2 Purge 306 CLOSED CLOSED Filter Iso LRV-72 PA H2 Purge 305 CLOSED CLOSED Filter Iso 305 LRV-73 PA H2 Purger 305 CLOSED CLOSED Filter Iso I 0 I SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 114 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: LEAK RATE & POST ACCIDENT HYDROGEN PURGE PEN. NO.: 116,121,122,125,202,305,306 Dwg.:FD-302-722, Sht. 1 VALVE VALVE TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE LRV-36 Supply Iso 121 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED CLOSED LRV-50 Supply Iso 121 LOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED LRV-98 Test & Drain OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED 122_ UNCAPPED LRV-100 Test & Drain 121 OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED LRV-102 Test & Drain 125 OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED LRV-104 Test & Drain 125 OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED LRV-10_Test&_Dran_125UNCAPPED LRV-87 H2 Recombiner 122 CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso LRV-89 H2 Recombiner LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Iso 121 CLOSED LRV-91 H2 Recombiner 125 LOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Iso CLOSED LRV-93 H2 Recombiner 125 LOCKED LOCKED Iso CLOSED CLOSED LRV-121 H2 Purge Iso 305/ OPEN CLOSED 306 LRV-123 H2 Purge Iso 305 OPEN CLOSED

/306

  • May be opened for RB air sample.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 115 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3B ILRT VALVE LINEUPS PRIOR TO STABILIZATION SYSTEM: INDUSTRIAL COOLER PEN. NO.: 206,207,366,367 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE CIV-89 Pen 367 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CIV-86 Pen 366 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CIV-93 Pen 207 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED &CAPPED CIV-87 Pen 206 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED

  • Open if associated cavity pump is in service.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 116 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: INSTRUMENT & STATION SERVICE AIR PEN. NO.: 110,111,112 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIALDATE INIT/DATE IAV-77 IA to RB Spray Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED IAV-62 IA to RB Spray Iso CLOSED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED IAV-16 Turb Bldg Loop Iso CLOSED CLOSED OPEN IAV-90 IA to RB Spray Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED IAV-61 IA to RB Spray Iso CLOSED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED IAV-28 IA to RB Spray Iso UNLOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED OPEN IAV-29 IA to RB Spray Iso UNLOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED OPEN ,

IAV-360 Dirt Trap OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED IAV-361 Dirt Trap OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED IAV-364 Dirt Trap OPEN OPEN CLOSED IAV-365 Dirt Trap OPEN OPEN CLOSED IAV-362 Pen 111 Drain & CLOSED & CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED Test CAPPED CAPPED & CAPPED IAV-363 Pen 112 Drain & CLOSED & CLOSED & SEALED Test CAPPED CAPPED CLOSED

& CAPPED SAV-128 Turb Bldg Loop Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CAV-416 RB Atmos Sample CLOSED CLOSED* CLOSED Station Iso SAV-21 SA to RB Iso OPEN OPEN OPEN SAV-130 SA to RB Sample CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Station SAV-61 Pen 110 Drain & CLOSED & CLOSED & SEALED Test CAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED SAV-24 SA to RB Iso UNLOCKED UNLOCKED LOCKED CLOSED

& OPEN CLOSED*

SAV-23 SA to RB Iso UNLOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED

& OPEN (once vented)

IAV-293 IA Dirt Trap OPEN OPEN CLOSED SAV-122 SA to RB Sample UNLOCKED UNLOCKED LOCKED CLOSED Sta Iso & OPEN CLOSED*

SAV-131 SA Vent OPEN OPEN CLOSED SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 117 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: INSTRUMENT & STATION SERVICE AIR PEN. NO.: 110,111,112 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIALIDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE (1) RB Service Air OPEN OPEN -CLOSED Receptacle SAV-69 SA to PAL Seal Iso CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED SAV-71 SA to EAL Seal Iso CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED SAV-73 SA to EH Seal Iso CLOSED CLOSED SEALED CLOSED SAV-70 SA to EAL Seal Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED SAV-45 SA to PAL Seal Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED SAV-46 SA to EAL Seal Iso CLOSED CLOSED OPEN SAV-601 SA to PAL O.D. OPEN OPEN OPEN Seal SAV-602 SA to PAL I.D. OPEN CLOSED OPEN Seal SAV-603 SA to EAL O.D. OPEN OPEN OPEN Seal SAV-604 SA to EAL I.D. OPEN CLOSED OPEN Seal SAV-78 SA to EH Seal OPEN OPEN SEALED CLOSED SAV-77** EH Seal Test OPEN OPEN SEALED CLOSED & CAPPED SAV-64 PAL Seal Vent OPEN OPEN CLOSED SAV-65 EAL Seal Vent OPEN OPEN CLOSED SAV-68 EH Seal Vent OPEN OPEN CLOSED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED

  • May be opened for air sample
    • Pressure gauge installed (1) Record selected valve number SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 118 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: NITROGEN PEN. NO.: 317,355,372 Dwa.: FD-302-011 Sht.s 2. 4: FD-302-673 Sht. 4 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE NGV-89 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED OPEN RCDT NGV-1 93 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED RCSG-1B CSV-38 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED RCSG- 1B NGV-64 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED SEALED RCSG-1A CLOSED NGV-1 94 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED RCSG-1A NGV-275 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED RCSG- 1B NGV-278 N2 Supply to Press CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED NGV-281 N2 Supply to CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED RCSG-1A NGV-8 N2 to RB Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED NGV-92 NG-78-PI Iso OPEN OPEN OPEN NG-78-PI Pressure Gauge **REMOVED INSTALLED INSTALLED NGV-93 N2 Iso to RCDT OPEN CLOSED SEALED CLOSED NGV-182 Pen 372 Drain & CLOSED & CLOSED & SEALED Test CAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED NGV-82 N2 Iso to UNLOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Press/RCDT &

OPEN NGV-209 N2 Supply to RB OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED CAPPED Vent UNCAPPED UNCAPPED NGV-78 NG-42-PI Iso OPEN ***OPEN CLOSED NG-42-PI Pressure Gauge **REMOVED INSTALLED INSTALLED NGV-79 N2 Supply to OPEN CLOSED SEALED RCSG-1 B CLOSED NGV-181 Pen 317 Drain & CLOSED & CLOSED & SEALED Test CAPPED CAPPED _ _ CLOSED & CAPPED NGV-81 N2 Supply to SG UNLOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso &

OPEN SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 119 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: NITROGEN

. ........ A .. .......... Am

  • m PEN. NO.: 317,355,312 Dw__.: FD-302-011 Sht.s 2, 4; FD-302-673 Sht. 4 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE NGV-65 NG-38-PI ISO. OPEN ***OPEN CLOSED NG-38-PI Pressure Gauge **REMOVED INSTALLED INSTALLED NGV-284 N2 Primary Supply OPEN & CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED Drain UNCAPPED CAPPED I NGV-268 NGV-265 Control OPEN OPEN CLOSED Valve Iso NGV-283 NGV-265 Control OPEN OPEN CLOSED Valve Bypass NGV-262 N2 Primary Supply OPEN SEALED SEALED CLOSED Iso CLOSED NGV-183 Pen 355 Drain & CLOSED & CLOSED & SEALED Test CAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED NGV-62 N2 Supply to SG UNLOCKED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso &

OPEN I

  • Open if N2 required on OTSG, closed if N2 not required on OTSG.
    • REMOVE gauge to vent line ONLY if indicated pressure on gauge exceeds 40 psig
      • IF associated gauge was removed to vent header, CLOSE isolation valve for test.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 120 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: CORE FLOOD PFM Mf- 19?'q 119 -q4~ %m1'l,1

_'17'1 fluo mri*Ff..2fl.7fl9 Qhaa4 I

  • ... l. .. i,, *11/111t, . --

q./v - a . .l.I,51*

VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE NGV-4 Alt N2 CF Tanks CLOSED CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED Iso NGV-9 N2 CF Tanks Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED NGV-220 N2 Supply CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED NGV-1 CFT 1A N2 OPEN OPEN OPEN Supply NGV-2 CFT 1B N2 OPEN OPEN OPEN Supply NG-51-PI Press Indicator REMOVED REMOVED INSTALLED NGV-13 NG-51-PI-Iso OPEN OPEN OPEN CFV-78 CFT 1B N2 Iso OPEN OPEN OPEN CFV-76 CFT 1A N2 Iso OPEN OPEN OPEN CFV-75 CFT 1A N2 OPEN & CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED Supply Vent UNCAPPED CAPPED CFV-48 Pen 373 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CFV-25 CFT 1A Fill Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-49 Pen 123 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED* CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CFV-28 CFT 1A N2. OPEN CLOSED CLOSED Supply CFV-77 CFT 1B N2 OPEN & CLOSED & CLOSED & CAPPED Supply Vent UNCAPPED CAPPED CFV-47 Pen 350 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CFV-26 CFT 1B Fill Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-27 CFT 1B N2 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED Supply _______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _

CFV-46 Pen 124 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED* CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED CFV-1 5 CFT 1 B WD Vent OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-16 CFT 1A WD Vent OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-29 CFT WD Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-50 Pen 351 Drain & OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED Test UNCAPPED CAPPED CLOSED & CAPPED SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 121 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: CORE FLOOD PEN. NO.: 123.124.350,351,352.373 Dwc.* FD-302-702 Sheet I VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE CFV-45 Pen 352 Drain & SEALED SEALED SEALED CLOSED Test CLOSED CLOSED & CAPPED

& CAPPED & CAPPED CFV-1 1 CFT 1A Sample OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-12 CFT 1B Sample OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CFV-42 CFT Sample/WD OPEN CLOSED CLOSED NGV-1 1 CFT Elec Heater OPEN OPEN OPEN N2 Iso CFV-5 CF Tank 1A Outlet CLOSED CLOSED **CLOSED Iso CFV-6 CF Tank 1 B Outlet CLOSED CLOSED **CLOSED Iso CFV-7 CF Tank 1 B to RC CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Drain Tank CFV-10 CF Tank 1A to RC CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Drain Tank

  • A nitrogen pressure of approximately 20 PSIG may be used to aid draining.
    • Valves closed with breaker Red Tagged in Locked Off position when RCS < 650 psi Valves open with breaker Red Tagged in Locked Off position when RCS > 700 psi NOTE: Perform core flood lineup prior to performing gas waste disposal lineup Attachments 3A, 3B.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 122 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: CONTAINMENT MONITORING PEN. NO.: 306,315,332,356,376 Drawina: FD-302-693 Sheet 1 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE WSV-1 PA H2 Sample Iso UNLOCKED & CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED OPEN WSV-2 PA H2 Sample Iso UNLOCKED & CLOSED LOCKED CLOSED OPEN WSV-3 Cont Monitor Iso OPEN CLOSED OPEN WSV-4 Cont Monitor Iso OPEN CLOSED OPEN WSV-111 Alt. Sample Iso OPEN OPEN OPEN WSV-5 Cont Monitor Iso OPEN CLOSED OPEN WSV-6 Cont Monitor Iso OPEN CLOSED OPEN WSV-9 Port H2 Anal CLOSED CLOSED OPEN Sample Bypass WSV-26

  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWRIOFF WSV-27
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-28
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-29
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-30
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-31
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-123 RM-A6 Inlet CLOSED CLOSED OPEN WSV-122 RM-A6 Outlet CLOSED CLOSED OPEN WSV-32
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-33
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-34
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-35
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-36 PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN OPEN CLOSED WSV-37 PA H2 Sample Iso CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED WSV-38
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-39
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-40
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-41
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-42
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-43
  • PA H2 Sample Iso OPEN CLOSED CLOSED PWR/OFF WSV-663 H2 Analyzer B Iso CLOSED CLOSED OPEN WSV-664 H2 Analyzer A Iso CLOSED CLOSED OPEN WSV-109 Aim Detector Iso CLOSED -CLOSED OPEN SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 123 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: CONTAINMENT MONITORING PEN. NO.: 306.315.332.356.376 Drawina: FD-302-693 Sheet 1 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAUDATE LINEUP INITIAUDATE POSITION INITIAUDATE INIT/DATE H2 Analyzer Cal DISCONNECTE DISCONNECTED RECONNECT Gas Bottles (4) D WSV-7 Port H2 Anal OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED Sample Iso UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-21 Pen 332 Drain & OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED Test UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-44 Test Conn OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-45 Test Conn OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-46 Test Conn OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-47 Test Conn OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-48 Test Conn OPEN & OPEN & CLOSED & CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED WSV-47 Test Conn FLEX DISCONNECTE DISCONNECTED DISCONNECTED HOSE D WSV-48 Test Conn FLEX DISCONNECTE DISCONNECTED DISCONNECTED HOSE D

  • Cycle the following breakers for valve position verification. Restore per OP-700E DPDP-5A BKR 2 for WSV-29, 31, 35, & 43 DPDP-8A BKR 14 for WSV-28, 30, 34, & 42 DPDP-5B BKR 27 for WSV-27, 33, 39, & 40 DPDP-8B BKR 21 for WSV-26, 32, 38, & 41 SP-1178 Rev. 30 Page 124 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3C SPECIAL ILRT VALVE LINEUPS SYSTEM: FIRE SERVICE PEN. NO.: 430 Drawina: FD-302-231 Sheet 5 of 7 VALVE VALVE VENT TEST RESTORED TAG PULLED IND. VERF.

NO. DESCRIPTION LINEUP INITIAL/DATE LINEUP INITIAL/DATE POSITION INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE FSV-263 RB Iso CLOSED CLOSED SEALED OPEN FSV-261 RB Iso UNLOCKED CLOSED *OPEN/LOCKED

& CLOSED OPEN FSV-274 Vent OPEN OPEN CLOSED FSV-275 Drain & Test OPEN CLOSED CLOSED FSV-278 Drain & Test OPEN & CLOSED & SEALED CLOSED UNCAPPED CAPPED CAPPED FSV-264 Branch iso OPEN CLOSED OPEN FSV-277 Drain & Test OPEN OPEN CLOSED CAPPED UNCAPPED UNCAPPED FSV-265 Branch Iso CLOSED CLOSED OPEN

_____________ .1. J J .1. A __________

  • FSV-261 will be open to charge the fire service standpipe only when work which introduces ignition sources or transient fire loads is being performed within the Reactor Building during Mode 5 or Mode 6. FSV-261 will be closed at all other times to maintain containment integrity.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 125 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3D SUPPLEMENTARY ILRT VALVE LINEUPS (Page 1 ofl)

SYSTEM:

VALVE DESCRIPTION LOCATION I AS FOUND TEST L

[NI INIT ASLFTINT AS LEFT INIT VV 4 4 + + i +

  • 4 4 + + + 4 4 4 +~ +/- 4 4 4 + + 4 + 4 4 4 + 4 4 .4- 4 Use this form to document additional lineups. Make additional copies as needed.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 126 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action Returned to Independent Completed Normal Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date Initial/Date

1. Ensure following breakers are racked out lAW OP-209, OP-209A or OP-405:

4160V ES Bus 3A, Unit 3A8 (BSP-1A) /

4160V ES Bus 3B, Unit 3B7 (BSP-1 B) / /

7Conc.

2. Install a jumper at the following locations: Verif.

ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB2-1 1, TB2-12 (RPS Ch. "A"Dwg 210-602)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 1 Dwg 210-602, 208-028 ES-A44)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB2-1 1, TB2-12 (RPS Ch. "B"Dwg 210-603)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 2 Dwg 210-603, 208-028 ES-A45)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB2-1, TB2-2 (RPS Ch. "C" Dwg 210-604)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB1-1, TB1-2 (ES-A Ch 3 Dwg 210-604, 208-028 ES-A46)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A4 TB2-1, TB2-2 (RPS Ch. "D" Dwg 210-605)

ES Press. SW Cab 3B1 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch. 1 Dwg 210-606, 208-028 ES-B44)

ES Press. SW Cab 3B2 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch 2 Dwg 210-607, 208-028 ES-B45)

ES Press. SW Cab 3B3 TB2-1, TB2-2 (ES-B Ch 3 Dwg 210-608, 208-028 ES-B46)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 127 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action Returned to Independent Completed Normal Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date Initial/Date Conc.

3. Open the following sliding links: Verif. _ _ _ __ _

ES Press. SW Cab 3A1 TB1-3 (ES-A Ch 1 Dwg 210-602, 208-028 ES-A44)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A2 TB1-3 (ES-A Ch 2 Dwg 210-603, 208-028 ES-A45)

ES Press. SW Cab 3A3 TB 1-3 (ES-A Ch 3 Dwg 210-604, 208-028 ES-A46)

ES Press. SW Cab 381 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch. 1 Dwg 210-606, 208-028 ES-B44)

ES Press. SW Cab 3B2 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch 2 Dwg 210-607, 208-028 ES-B45)

ES Press. SW Cab 3B3 TB2-3 (ES-B Ch 3 Dwg 210-608, 208-028 ES-B46)

De-energize the following components, place the

4. listed breakers in the lock reset position:
a. ENSURE "HPI Valve Emerg Power Sel" switches are SELECT to "OFF" position lAW OP-209 or OP-209A MUV-23 and MUV-24 selected to "OFF", on ES-A panel / I MUV-25 and MUV-26 selected to "OFF", on ES-A panel I /

MUV-23 and MUV-24 selected to "OFF", on ES-B panel I I MUV-25 and MUV-26 selected to "OFF", on ES-B panel I /

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 128 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action Returned to Independent Completed Normal Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date Initial/Date

b. ES-MCC-3A1 Breaker 4A (BSV-3) / / /

Breaker 1D (CFV-11) / / /

Breaker 2C (CFV-12) I I I Breaker 2D (CFV-15) I I I Breaker 38 (CFV-1 6) / / I Breaker 6A (AHV-1 B) / I /

Breaker 8A (AHV-1 C) I I /

c. ES-MCC-3A2 Breaker 5D (CAV-1) I I I Breaker 6C (CAV-3) I / I Breaker 9A (CAV-126) / I /

Breaker 8C (MUV-260) I / I Breaker 10B (MUV-261) I I I Breaker 8A (MUV-258) I I I Breaker 88 (MUV-259) I I I Breaker 98 (WDV-3) / I I Breaker 9C (WDV-60) I / I Breaker 10C (WDV-94) I I /

Breaker 10A (WDV-406) / / I Breaker 6D (CAV-4) I / I Breaker 5C (CAV-5) / I I

d. ES-MCC-3A3 Unit 2 EG (MUV-567) I ] I /
e. ES-MCC-3B2 .... ______

Breaker 2A (MUV-27) I I I Breaker 2C (BSV-4) I I I SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 129 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action Returned to Independent Completed Normal Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date Initial/Date Breaker 5C (WDV-405) I

f. ES-MCC-3B33 Breaker 3EG (MUV-1 8) / I /
g. ES-MCC-3AB .. .______ ..... ____"

Breaker 2D (MUV-18) / /

Breaker 5C (DHV-91) / /

Breaker 7D (DWV-1 60) / /

5. The following components are aligned to support the ILRT. Contact the ILRT Test Supervisor prior to manipulating these components. IfTags are required to identify components perform this step.

Valve Location . _______... ___

AHV-1A CB-ESFB / / /

AHV-1D CB-ESFB / / I CAV-2 CB-ESFB I / I CFV-29 CB-ESFAB / / /

CFV-42 CB-ESFAB / / /

CFV-42 CB-ESFAB I / /

CIV-34 CB-ESFAB I / /

CIV-35 CB-ESFAB I I /

CIV-40 CB-ESFAB / / I CIV-41 CB-ESFAB / / /

MUV-49 CB-ESFAB / / I MUV-543 CB-ESFA / I /

MUV-545 CB-ESFB I / /

MUV-253 CB-ESFB / / /

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 130 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action Returned to Independent Completed Normal Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date Initial/Date Valve Location SWV-47 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-48 CB-ESFAB / / /

SWV-49 CB-ESFAB / I /

SWV-50 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-79 CB-ESFAB I / I SWV-80 CB-ESFAB I / I SWV-81 CB-ESFAB I / /

SWV-82 CB-ESFAB / / /

SWV-83 CB-ESFAB / I /

SWV-84 CB-ESFAB / I /

SWV-85 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-86 CB-ESFAB / / I SWV-109 CB-ESFAB I / /

SWV-110 CB-ESFAB I / /

WDV-4 CB-ESFB I / I WDV-61 CB-ESFB I / /

WDV-62 CB-ESFB / I /

WSV-3 CB-ESFA / I I WSV-4 CB-ESFB / I I WSV-5 CB-ESFA / / I WSV-6 CB-ESFB I / I WDP-2A MCB PTL I / /

WDP-2B MCB PTL I / /

CIP-3A MCB VENT PAN. I I I CIP-3B MCB VENT PAN. / / I SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 131 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3E BREAKER LIST Returned to Normal Action Returned to Independent Completed Normal Verification Initial/Date Initial/Date Initial/Date Valve Location WDP-3A RAD WAS. PAN. PTL / / /

WDP-3B RAD WAS. PAN. PTL / / /

WDP-4A RAD WAS. PAN. PTL I I /

WDP-4B RAD WAS. PAN. PTL / / /

LOCAL CONTROL STATION 119' ELEV CGP-2 lB1 COMMENTS:

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 132 of 207

ATTACHMENT 3F LEAK DETECTION DEVICE TRACKING SHEET (Page 1 of 1)

SYSTEM:

AREA DESCRIPTION LOCATION AS TEST INIT AS LEFT INIT V FOUND L/U

+/- _______ + + 4 + +

+ 4 4 4 + _______ 4 4 4 + I I- 4 4 4 + 4 4 4 4-t t + 4 4 +

4- I 4- 4 + 4 4 +

_______ 4 + 4 4 4-Use this form to document additional lineups for gauge placements or to troubleshooting efforts. Make additional copies as needed.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 133 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.0 EQUIPMENT RECORD Much of the pressurization system equipment will be rented for the ILRT. The contract with the vendor provides for supplying 30,000 cfm capacity, and the necessary equipment to dry and cool the air. The exact number and types of components supplied by the vendor to meet these requirements may vary. The major components of the pressurization system are described below.

Record actual equipment used:

No. No. Description Planned Used 20 Air Compressor - Portable Engine(Diesel) Driven Screw Type, Capacity of 1500 scfm, 100% oil free, 100 psi. Total capacity:

30,000 cfm.

4 3000 cfm Dryer LowPres Desciccant 2 5400 cfm Dryer LowPres Desciccant 7 Heat Exchangers (Aftercoolers) 1 10,000 cfm Dryer LowPres Refrigerate 2 Air Manifold 2 60 ton Chiller LowTemp Air-Cool 2 750 gpm Pump End Suction 1 Surge Tank for Chillers 14 2 IN Quick-Connect Hose 25 FT 10 48 ft Fifth Wheel Dropdeck Trailer 2Ax 700' Hard piping; lengths of 8" diameter hard piping (8" 150# bolt pattern) as needed to reach from designated Laydown area to Penetration 216/217 area. A portion of piping/hose is being borrowed from Plant Vogtle for 2005 ILRT.

30 3" bull hoses - 50' long - to inter-connect the compressors, after coolers, air dryers and supply manifolds 40 3" bull hoses - 25' long - to inter-connect the compressors, after coolers, air dryers and supply manifolds Miscellaneous:

  • Actual Number required will depend on final choice of set-up area.

SP-178 .Rev. 30 Page 134 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2.0 POWER REQUIREMENTS Temporary electrical power must be supplied to the pressurization system components. The types, quantities and ultimate load will vary based on the weather conditions expected during the test and test preparation periods and the actual equipment supplied by the vendor. The table below lists typical requirements. Mark the table up to reflect actual requirements as needed.

No. No. Description Planned Used 1 300x2 kW Generator Twinpack 1 200 amp Window Panel 1 800 amp Distribution Panel 8 Quad Box String 20 FT 8 4/0 Cam-Lok - 50 FT 1 1 75 kVA Transformer LowVolt Fram SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 135 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 3.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION

3.1 TIMELINE

0 Delivery, security inspection, transport into Owner-Controlled area, 1 day (Start of pressurization -4 days) 0 Set-up and check out pressurization system, connect to plant piping, 1-2 days (Start of pressurization -3 days)

  • Resolve any compressor or component performance issues, perform flush/checkout if NOT previously completed (Start of pressurization -1 days)

& Compressor vendor Operator/mechanic support of pressurization (Start of pressurization -2 hrs + pressurization cycle, 8-12 hrs)

  • Refuel Compressors (Start of pressurization + 6hrs). Refueling can be performed while operating. Top off at end of pressurization.
  • Vent manifold line and/or compressor bull hoses, release Vendor operator (End of Pressurization, beginning of Stabilization Phase)
  • Plant personnel monitor pressurization line for leaks. (through Stabilization Phase)

" Breakdown pressurization equipment - air dryers, compressors, chiller (if used), hose bibs to manifold (end of Verification Test). Schedule vendor pickup.

" Disconnect rented manifold from plant-piping (end of Depressurization)

  • Remove equipment from site, stage to parking lot, load onto vendor's flatbeds, ship (end of Depressurization + 1 day)

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 136 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM CHECKOUT/LINE FLUSH 4.1 TEST EQUIPMENT 4.1.1 Fine mesh cloth for cleanliness check may be used during flushing.

4.2 PROCEDURE Initials 4.2.1 Pressurization System Setup 4.2.1.1 Rented portions of Pressurization System are connected to each other per ILRT Test Supervisor's directions to the manifolds.

4.2.1.2 Have Maintenance Department remove blind flanges outside Reactor Containment at penetrations 216 and 217.

4.2.1.3 Have Maintenance Department install 12" to 8" reducing elbow and penetration isolation valve (PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5) on both penetrations 216 and 217. Ensure penetration isolation valves PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5 are closed.

4.2.1.4 Have Maintenance Department install test flanges on the containment side of Penetrations 216 and 217.

4.2.1.5 Perform (information only) LLRT of PEN216-TV1 and PEN217-TV5.

Perform LLRT of PEN216-TV2 and PEN217-TV6, if directed by ILRT Test Supervisor.

4.2.1.6 Have Maintenance Department remove test flanges on the containment side of Penetrations 216 and 217.

CAUTION Prior to pressurizing supply lines, remove all personnel from area with signs posted and area roped off.

4.2.2 Perform the following steps to verify pressurization line integrity.

4.2.2.1 Install loop-back hose inside the Turbine building between Penetration 216 8" supply line and Penetration 217 8" supply line.

4.2.2.2 Align pressurization system, per Table 1 Step 4.2.2.2, for test of Penetration 216 air supply line.

4.2.2.3 Start one diesel air compressor connected to Penetration 216 and slowly increase pressure in the test line via valve manifold to 100 psig.

4.2.2.4 Hold pressure for ten (10) minutes (or as required to complete walkdown/leak checks). Inspect each connection for gross leakage.

Repair any gross leakage. Small leakage is acceptable.

4.2.2.5 Ensure personnel are clear of exhaust muffler and slowly open PEN217-TV8.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 137 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.2.2.6 Start remaining air compressors on Penetration 216 header one at a time until all compressors are running. Monitor exhaust muffler and piping continuously for vibration or excessive movement.

4.2.2.7 Open air sampling valve on Penetration 216 piping and notify Chemistry to perform an air sample. Also notify HP to perform a noise evaluation of the area. After air sample is complete, close air sample valve.

4.2.2.8 Secure all compressors for Penetration 216 after flush is complete.

4.2.2.9 Align pressurization system, per Table 1 Step 4.2.2.9, for test of Penetration 217 air supply line..

4.2.2.10 Start one diesel air compressor connected to penetration 217 and slowly increase pressure in test line via valve manifold to 100 psig.

4.2.2.11 Hold pressure for ten (10) minutes (or as required to complete walkdown/leak checks). Inspect each connection for gross leakage.

Repair any gross leakage. Small leakage is acceptable.

4.2.2.12 Ensure personnel are clear of exhaust muffler and slowly open PEN216-TV4.

4.2.2.13 Start remaining air compressors on Penetration 217 header one at a time until all compressors are running. Monitor exhaust muffler and piping continuously for vibration or excessive movement.

4.2.2.14 Open air sampling valve on Penetration 217 piping and notify Chemistry to perform an air sample. Also notify HP to perform a noise evaluation of the area. After air sample is complete, close air sample valve.

4.2.2.15 Secure all compressors for Penetration 217 after flush is complete.

4.2.2.16 Remove loop-back hose installed in Step 4.2.2.1.

4.2.2.17 Install remaining piping/hose for both Penetrations 216 and 217.

4.2.2.18 Place pressurization system in Pressurization System Standby lineup described in Table 1 of this attachment.

4.2.2.19 Top off compressors with fuel as necessary to be prepared for the ILRT.

5.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM OPERATION 5.1 During ILRT rented portions of pressurization system will be operated by vendor-supplied personnel. These personnel will take direction from the ILRT Test Supervisor or his designee.

5.2 Permanent plant valves and components will be manipulated by plant operating or test unit personnel as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 138 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 5.3 WHEN directed by ILRT Test Supervisor, THEN lineup pressurization system to pressurize containment per "Pressurize Containment" line of Table 1.

5.4 During Pressurization, SECURE compressors/pressurization system as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor.

5.5 Top off air compressors fuel tanks before return to vendor (compressors are to be returned with the same fuel level as received or there will be an additional refueling charge).

5.6 When Pressurization is complete, the pressurization header will be isolated at the 8" isolation valves, PEN216-TV1, PEN216-TV2, PEN217-TV5, and PEN217-TV6. Once isolated, vent the pressurization headers through spare bib connections on the Pressurization System manifolds.

5.7 When directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor, disconnect the temporary piping from the "compressor-side" of the outboard 8" isolation valves at Penetrations 216 and 217 (remove piping from 216-2 and 217-2) in preparation for depressurization through this path.

6.0 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM RESTORATION 6.1 WHEN directed by ILRT Test Supervisor, THEN various components of pressurization system may be disconnected from each other, and from pressurization system manifold (e.g., dryers, compressors, aftercoolers, chiller, etc,. as applicable).

6.2 Pressurization system manifold may NOT be removed until directed by ILRT Test Supervisor.

6.3 Rented portions of pressurization system will be disconnected, prepared for shipment and moved to a staging area outside Protected Area for pickup by vendor's freight carrier.

6.4 Temporary piping from Penetrations 216 and 217 to valves PEN216-TV1, PEN216-TV2, PEN217-TV5, PEN217-TV6 may be disassembled when the containment has been completely depressurized.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 139 of 207

ATTACHMENT 4 CONTAINMENT BUILDING PRESSURIZATION/DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT TABLE 1 PRESSURIZATION o-,a) >Z >Z >, Z 2 Z 2__N

>m Z 2m >¢ 2E Z " Z SYSTEM ALIGNMENT "*N O *~- o4-5.

      • 0** 0 C*~n~0 ** 0 04 tnD0 -,- Cn 4-- Mn 4-- CD 4-*- 4-co (D 0 ~ l ~ . C .Q ) (-I-l) F7 (1)

FT Q ) - C) C) - C)

  • -*o_ * *. o o 0r u0.D 0*I cn*f Cl). Cl. Cl). CD * ).
  • l. Cl. Cl.

._2 0 _ F7 o O DD Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2 OFF** Instl'd 0 ON O* C 0 C C C C*

Pressurization System Flush PEN 216 Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2.9 OFF** Instl'd 0 ON O* C - C C* C O C Pressurization System Flush PEN 217 Attach. 4, Step 4.2.2.18 OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C Press. System Standby Procedure Step 5.3 ON** Instl'd 0 ON 0* 0* 0* 0* C 0* 0* 0* C Pressurize Containment Containment at Pressure OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C During ILRT OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C During Verification Test OFF Instl'd C OFF C C C C C C C C C During Depressurization Rmv'd Rmv'd C OFF C 0 Thrtl C 0 0 Thrtl C 0 Open Open

  • Opened and closed as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor
    • Started and Stopped as directed by the ILRT Test Supervisor SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 140 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT AND/OR INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS The following instrumentation or equivalent are required for the Integrated Leak Rate Test and are recently calibrated (within 6 months of test or in accordance with the plant's/supplier's Test Equipment program) and the calibration dates are properly documented in this appendix.

1.1.1 Absolute Pressure Quantity 2 Manufacturer Paroscientific Inc.

Type Precision pressure gauge Model 760-100A with Direct Pressure Readout and RS-232 Range 0 - 100 psia Accuracy +/- 0.010% Full Scale (+ 0.01 psia)

Repeatability + 0.005% Full Scale (+ 0.005 psia)

Resolution 0.0001 psi 1.1.2 Drybulb Temperature Quantity 30 planned (6 more than 1991 ILRT to minimize stabilization time)

Manufacturer Graftel Type Model 9202 Thermistors Range 50 - 150°F Accuracy +/-2.0°F Repeatability +/-0.01 OF Resolution +/-0.0010 F SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 141 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 1.1.3. Relative Humidity Quantity 10 Manufacturer Graftel Type Model 9203 Relative Humidity Sensors (Temperature compensated bulk polymer chip)

Range 10 - 90% RH Accuracy +/- 2.0% RH Repeatability +/- 0.10% RH Resolution 0.5 %RH 1.1.4 Verification Flow Quantity 2 (1 primary, 1 backup)

Manufacturer Brooks Type Mechanical tube and float Range 2.57-25.6 scfm (< 0-32 scfm)

Accuracy + 2% full scale Repeatability +/- 0.2% full scale Resolution 2% FS 1.1.5 Ambient Pressure Quantity 1 Range 0 - 25 psia Accuracy +/- .1 psi SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 142 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2.0 GENERAL 2.1 Sensors should be located in the middle of the air volume they are monitoring, away from structural steel and other heat sources or sinks wherever possible, to minimize thermal lag.

Drybulb Temperature Sensors = 30 Dewcells or Humidity Sensors = 10 Precision Pressure Sensors = 2 Flow Meters = 1 with 1 backup Sensor locations are described in Step 6.0 3.0 SENSOR REJECTION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE Raw sensor data on functionally dependent parameters such as temperature, pressure and humidity should NOT be rejected solely based on statistical rejection techniques. Rather, sensor data may be rejected and NOT used in final calculation of air mass provided a good physical reason exists, such as loss of instrument power or erratic signal.

3.1 IF a sensor is rejected during the Type A test, THEN:

3.1.1 Which Sensor(s) rejected and cause SHALL be recorded in log of events.

3.1.2 The sensor's volume fraction SHALL be re-assigned the other sensors using volume fractions provided in the Sensor Failure Analysis, Table 1 3.1.3 All data points for Type A test, including those taken prior to rejection of sensor(s), SHALL be re-calculated with the sensor's input deleted. Use Single Failure Recommendations in Instrumentation Recommendations for Integrated Leak Rate Testing.

3.1.4 IF practical, THEN data from rejected sensor(s) should continue to be recorded for duration of both Type A test AND Verification Test.

3.1.5 IF a sensor is rejected during verification test, Type A test leakage rate, Verification Test leakage rate, and verification leakage rate limits SHALL be recalculated.

3.1.6 A sensor SHALL NOT be removed solely because its removal improves leakage rate result.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 143 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 4.0 CALIBRATION INFORMATION 4.1 Test instrumentation have been calibrated within six months of start of ILRT, or at interval specified by the applicable Test Equipment QA program. Calibration SHALL be traceable to NIST 4.2 A calibration check has been completed at ambient conditions within 1 month of start of ILRT. Calibration of Field Standards SHALL be traceable to NIST.

Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0°F

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0 0 F

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0°F

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 144 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0°F

+ 2.0°F

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 145 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0°F

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0°F

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0OF

+ 2.0°F

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 146 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH'

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH

+ 5%RH a ~. S I S I S L A t a t i 4 4 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 147 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Cal. Cal. Verified By/Date Std. Sensor Dev. Cal. Check Accept. Used As Sensor S/N MTE# Date Due Calibration Rdg. Rdg. from Verified Criteria During Date Std. By/Date ILRT:

1 1 1 t I 4-a - I A. .5. A. fl J .5.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 148 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT NOTES:

1. ALL sensing line tubing (pressure and flow) should be pressurized to test pressure and snooped for leaks. This can be done during pressurization if sensing line can be isolated for repairs.
2. The acceptance criteria for the calibration check for the pressure gauges is a limitation on the variance between the two corrected (if applicable) gauge readings when compared against each other. The check can be performed at atmospheric pressure or test pressure. A comparison is made because most plants do NOT possess field standards of equivalent or better accuracy to use during a calibration check due to the extremely high accuracy of the ILRT gauges.
3. Per ANSI 56.8-1994, para. 4.2.1, Pretest checks are NOT required for mechanical flow rate device (e.g., rotameters),

however they are highly recommended. Flow meter calibration checks are also a simple comparison, typically against a known valve position. The calibration check should be preceeded by a line "flush" with air to verify NO particulates or moisture exists in the sensing line. The calibration check should be performed at a flow rate equivalent to LO to verify that tubing size is adequate to pass the desired flow rate with existing bends, valves, and pressure drops.

4. The Paroscientific precision pressure gauges are to be installed in the locations provided for by the client. They will assume the nomenclature PI-1 and PI-2, and be connected to plant tubing at LRV-39 and LRV-40 as per FD-302-722.
5. The two rotameters to be used for the Verification test will assume the nomenclature FE-4 and FE-5, and are to be connected at LRV-65 and LRV-64 per FD-302-722. Do NOT connect tubing from LRV-66 and LRV-67 to the outlets of the rotameters.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 149 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 5.0 INSTRUMENTATION INSTALLATION SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 1 IN A A B B

+ +

S S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED ISALDRMVD REMOVED OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED INTLE REMOVED RMOD STRING # INSIDE WIRE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 1 OUT A A B B

+ +

  • S S SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 150 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD STRING # INSIDE WIRE INSTALLED REMOVED OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 2.IN A A B B

+ +

S S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED INSTALLED REMOVED INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 2 OUT A A B B

+ +

S S SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 151 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD STRING # INSIDE WIRE ISALDRMVD OUTSIDE WIRE # INTLE RMOD INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 3 IN A A B B

+ +

S S SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED ISALDRMVD REMOVED OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED INTLE REMOVED RMOD STRING # INSIDE WIRE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 3 OUT A A B B

+ +

S S SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 152 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR STRING TERMINATION RECORD INSTALLED REMOVED OUTSIDE WIRE # INSTALLED INTLE REMOVED RMOD STRING # INSIDE WIRE ISALDRMVD INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE

  1. 4 OUT A A B B

+ +

S S SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 153 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 6.0 INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS 6.1 Instrument locations are approximate and may be changed at Test Supervisor discretion. New locations will be recorded below, evaluated and documented in Attachment 7.

6.2 Since temperature stratifies by elevation, azimuth and radius are NOT critical dimensions. Sensors should be placed away from heat sources and heat sinks such as concrete walls and steel I-beams.

6.3 Additional variations are permitted if existing location is in a high radiation field, inaccessible location, or near a heat sink or heat source.

6.4 Volume Weighting Fractions provided have been properly input into-ILRT Software SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 154 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST ELEVATION AZIMUTH RADIUS VWF SENSOR EQUIPMENT Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual S/N TEl 105' 120o (ESE) 60' 0.0368 (LR-20-TE)

TE2 105' 220o (SSW) 60' 0.0368 (LR-21-TE)

TE3 105' 320o (WNW) 62' 0.0367 (LR-22-TE)

TE4 108' 180o (S) -40' - Outer 0.0588 (LR-23-TE) D-Ring wall TE5 140' 120o (ESE) 60' 0.0588 (LR-24-TE)

TE6. 140' 220o (SSW) 60' 0.0588 (LR-25-TE)

TE7 140' 320o (WNW) 60' 0.0165 (LR-26-TE)

TE8 140' 10o (N) -40' - Outer 0.0547 (LR-27-TE) D-Ring wall TE9 186' 100o (E) 60' 0.0547 (LR-28-TE)

TE10 180' 220o (SSW) 20' Off hndrl 0.0638 (LR-29-TE) W-side, B D-ring TEl 1 260' 290o (WNW) -20' 0.0547 (LR-30-TE)

TE12 180' 450 (NE) -40' 0.0637 (LR-31-TE)

TE13 260' 180o (S) -20' 0.0361 (LR-32-TE)

TE14 244' 50o (NE) 60' 0.0361 (LR-33-TE)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 155 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST ELEVATION AZIMUTH RADIUS VWF SENSOR EQUIPMENT Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual S/N TE15 220' 100o (E) -45' 0.0361 (LR-34-TE)

TE16 215' 225o (SSW) 55' 0.0361 (LR-35-TE)

TE17 243' 180o (S) 65' 0.0361 (LR-36-TE)

TE18 239' 280o (W) 65' 0.0361 (LR-37-TE)

TE19 215' 320o (WNW) 60' 0.0360 (LR-38-TE)

TE20 244' 0o (N) 65' 0.0360 (LR-39-TE)

TE21 108' 10o (N) -40' Inside, 0.0165 (LR-52-TE) N end SG-A D-ring TE22 140' 170o (S) Outer Rx Wall 0.0135 (LR-53-TE) SG-B D-Ring TE23 180' 225o (SSW) 60' 0.0546 (LR-54-TE)

TE24 180' 320o (WNW) 60' 0.0546 (LR-55-TE)

TE25 (LR-20-TE)

TE26 (LR-20-TE)

TE27 (LR-20-TE)

TE28 (LR-20-TE)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 156 of 207

ATTACHMENT 5 ILRT MEASUREMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT SENSOR LOCATIONS AND VOLUME FRACTIONS TEST ELEVATION AZIMUTH RADIUS VWF SENSOR EQUIPMENT Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual Original Actual SIN TE29 (LR-20-TE)

TE30 (LR-20-TE)

VWF TOTAL 1.00 HE1 105' 1700(S) -40'- Outer 0.0270 (LR-41-HE) D-Ring wall HE2 105' 2700 (W) 62' 0.1103 (LR-42-HE)

HE3 140' 270o (W) -15' 0.1764 (LR-43-HE)

HE4 140' 10o (N) -40' - Outer 0.0330 (LR-44-HE) D-Ring wall HE5 244' 15o (N) 65' 0.1267 (LR-45-HE)

HE6 215 320o (WNW) 60' 0.1267 (LR-46-HE)

HE7 215 260o (W) 60' 0.1266 (LR-47-HE)

HE8 200' 120o (ESE) 60' 0.0911 (LR-48-HE)

HE9 180' 0o (N) -20' 0.0911 (LR-49-HE)

HE10 180' 1700(S) Outer Rx Wall 0.911 (LR-50-HE) SG-B D-Ring VWF TOTAL 1.00 SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 157 of 207

ATTACHMENT 6 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 158 of 207

ATTACHMENT 7 TEST EXCEPTIONS LOG (Page 1 of 1)

TEST EXCEPTION LOG PAGE OF Date/Time Proc. Initials Description/Resolution

____ __- Step __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

I +

4 4-I f 4 4- 1 *l- -I-4 4 4-i i +

1 1 -I-4 4 4-4 1 4 4 4-4 1 4-I 1 4 4 4 I I I

+ +

+ + i Make additional copies as necessary SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 159 of 207

ATTACHMENT 8 VALVE LINEUP ALTERATION LOG (Page 1 of 1)

COMPONENT INSIDE ILRT RE-POSITIONED BY RESTORED TO ILRT POSITION COMMENTS/DISPOSITION (Indiv. Comp.) CNTMNT? POSITION (Name/Ext.) (Initials/Date)

~1~ r t I

+ I. .1

.1~_______________ C ________________ C ____________________________ £ ________________________ j ______________________________________________

This form is used to provide a mechanism to track temporary modifications to "completed" valve lineups/component status necessitated by ongoing outage activities during ILRT preparation. The form is used because many lineups/components are positioned via administrative procedure, SOP or other means, without tags. The ILRT Test Supervisor may elect to leave certain components in the requested position after reviewing them for potential impact on the ILRT.

Make additional copies of this form as necessary.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 160 of 207

ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION

SUMMARY

PENETRATION STATUS DURING ILRT APP.J TEST P. Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION STTSSTATUS PRGM STTS (i yes (if e = value) au)DATENote MLP MPL MPL e Saig STATUS 1Savings Main Steam 105 MSL A-2 Normal N/R Standby L/U Main Steam 106 MSL A-1 NormalN/R Standby L/U Main Steam 107 MSL B-2 Normal N/R Standby UU Main Steam 201 MSL B-1 Normal N/R Standby UU Normal Main Steam 314 RCSG 1-B Drain Standby L/U, N/R Bottled Up for P1 Main Steam 316 RCSG 1-A Sec Vent Normal N/R Standby L/U Normal Main Steam 318 RCSG 1-A Drain Standby L/U, N/R Bottled Up for PI Main Steam 320 RCSG 1-B Sec Vent Normal /UU Standby N/R Main Steam 427 RCSG 1-B Drain Normal /UU Standby N/R Main Steam 428 RCSG 1-A Drain Normal N/R Standby L/U Feedwater & Emerg. FW 108 Main FW "B" Normal Standby LJU NIR Feedwater & Emerg. FW 109 EFW "B" Normal N/R Standby UU Feedwater & Emerg. FW 423 Main FW "A" Normal N/R Standby L/U Feedwater & Emerg. FW 424 EFW "A" Normal N/R Standby L/U Condensate & Demin 117 Demin Wtr to CNTMNT Take Penalty Type C Water Instrument & Station Air 110 Station Air ILRT is Testing Type C SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 161 of 207

ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION

SUMMARY

SSEPN POTESTAPP. J DATENote As-Left As-Found Leakag e

SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION TESTAS PRGM PenaltyAddn.? LAST TEST Leakag STTSSTATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Saig STATUS 1Savings ILRT is Instrument & Station Air 111 Instrument Air Testing Type C ILRT is Instrument & Station Air 112 Instrument Air Testing Type C Nuclear Services Closed Normal Cycle321 Letdown CIr 3B Supply L/ N/R Nuclear Services Closed 322 Letdown Clr 3B Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed Letdown Cir 3A/3C Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Supply Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed Letdown CIr 3A/3C Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Return Standby L/U _

Nuclear Services Closed 330 CRDMS Supply Normal N/R Cycle Cooling 330 Standby L/U N/R Nuclear Services Closed 331 CRDMS Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3C Normal Cycle Cooling 358 Supply Standby L/U N/R Nuclear Services Closed 359 RB Vent Fan 3C Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Return Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 368 RB Vent Fan 3A Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Supply Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3A Normal Cycle Cooling Return Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed 370 RB Vent Fan 3B Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Supply Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed RB Vent Fan 3B Normal Cycle Cooling Return Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 326 RCP 1C Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU Nuclear Services Closed 325 RCP 1C Supply Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby LJU N/R Nuclear Services Closed 363 RCP 1D Return Normal Cycle Cooling Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed Normal N/R Cycle Cooling D Supply Standby L/U N/R SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 162 of 207

ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION

SUMMARY

TEST APP. J Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION STTSSTATUS PRGM (if yes = value) DATENote MPL MPL e Saig STATUS 1 Savings Nuclear Services Closed 324 RCP 1A Return Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed 323 RCP 1A Supply Normal NIR Cycle Cooling Standby L/U Nuclear Services Closed Normal Cycle Cooling Standby L/U __

Nuclear Services Closed 364 RCP 1B Supply Normal N/R Cycle Cooling Standby L/U N/R Spent Fuel Cooling 347 Fuel Trnsfr Crg Take Penalty Type C Purification ILRT is Spent Fuel Cooling 348 Fuel Transfer Tube Testing Type B ILRT is Spent Fuel Cooling 436 Fuel Transfer Tube Testing Type B Decay Heat Removal 329 PZR Sprayline Take Penalty Type C Decay Heat Removal 345 RB Sump Recirc Normal N/R

____________________Standby /U N/

Normal Decay Heat Removal 346 RB Sump Recirc Standby L/U N/R Reactor Coolant N/A Makeup & Purification 333 Letdown to Purif Demin Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification 353 HPI to RB Sump Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification 377 RCP Seal Bleedoff Take Penalty Type C Makeup & Purification 338 RCP Seal Supply Normal N/R Standby /U N/

Makeup & Purification 434 HPCI Normal N/R

____________________Standby LIU NR Normal Makeup & Purification 435 Makeup & HPCI o Standby LU N/R Makeup & Purification 336 HPCI Normal N/R

__________________ _______________________ Standby L/U NR SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 163 of 207

ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION

SUMMARY

TEST APP. J Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION STPRGM STTSSTATUS (if yes = value) DATENote MPL MPL e Saig STATUS 1 Savings Normal Makeup & Purification 337 HPCI o StandbyLU N/R Liquid Sampling 425 PASS Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling 439 PZR & RCS Sample Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling 440 SG 3A Sample Take Penalty Type C Liquid Sampling 441 SG 3B.Sample Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen 317 N2 to SG Secondary Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen 355 N2 to RCS Take Penalty Type C Nitrogen 372 N2 to RCDT Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 123 N2 to CFT 1A Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 124 N2 to CFT 1B Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 350 CFT M/U Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 351 CFT Vent Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 352 CFT Sample/Bleed Take Penalty Type C Core Flood 373 CFT M/U Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 339 RB Sump Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 349 RCDT Vent Take Penalty Type C Liquid Waste Disposal 374 RCDT Drain Take Penalty Type C Gas Waste Disposal 354 RCS Equipment Vents Take Penalty Type C SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 164 of 207

ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION

SUMMARY

TEST APP. J Penalty Addn.? LAST TEST As-Left As-Found Leakag PRGM DATENote AsL A-u e STATUS STATUS (if yes = value) 1MPL MPL Savings ILRT is Containment Monitoring 306 PASS Testing Type C ILRT is Containment Monitoring 315 RB Air Sample Testing Type C ILRTting Containment Monitoring 332 RB Air Sample Return ILRT is Type C

________ ~Testing _____

ILRT is Containment Monitoring 356 RB Air Sample Testing Type C Cntmnt. Mon. Sample ILRT is Containment Monitoring 376 Return Testing Type C Normal Reactor Building Spray 340 RB Spray Standby L N/R Reactor Building Spray 341 RB Spray Normal N/R S~~Standby LIU NR RB Press Sensing & 426 RB Press Sensing ILRT is N/R Testing, IA RrssSnin_/ Testing RB Press Sensing & ILRT is N/R Testing, IA 442 RB Press Sensing Testing RB Press Sensing & 429 RB Press Sensing ILRT is N/R Testing, IA Testing RB Press Sensing & 319 RB Press Sensing ILRT is N/R Testing, IA RBPressSensing Testing319 Leak RateH & Post Leaccdete Purg 116 RB Leak Rate Take Penalty Type C Accident H2 Purge Leak Rate & Post RB Leak Rate, H2 ILRT is Accident H2 Purge Recombiner Testing Leak Rate & Post RB Leak Rate, H2 ILRT is Accident H2 Purge Recombiner Testing Leak Rate & Post AcdnH2Pre125 H2 Recombiner Return ILRT is TsigType C Accident H2 PurgeTetn LaccideteH2 Purge 202 RB Leak Rate Take Penalty T ype C Leak Rate & Post ILRT is Accident H2 Purge Testing Leak Rate & Post ILRT is Accident H2 Purge 306 PASS Testing Type C SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 165 of 207

ATTACHMENT 9 CONTAINMENT PENETRATION

SUMMARY

TEST APP. J' Pnly dn. LAST TEST AsLf sFud Leakag SYSTEM PEN# PEN. DESCRIPTION TESTPRGM DATENote e STATUS STATUS (if yes = value) MPL MPL Savings ILRT is Containment Purge 113 RB Purge Supply Testing Type C ILRT is Containment Purge 357 RB Purge Exhaust Testing Type C Industrial Cooler 206 RBICW Supply Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 207 RBICW Return Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 366 RBICW Supply Take Penalty Type C Industrial Cooler 367 RBICW Return Take Penalty Type C ILRT is Fire Service 430 FSW to CNTMNT Testing Type C RB Airlock 433 RB Personnel Airlock Outer Type B

_____ ~OPEN Tp RB Airlock 222 RB Equipment Hatch Outer Door Type B Airlock OPEN SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 166 of 207

ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 1 of 6)

Initials 1.0 CONTAINMENT VISUAL INSPECTION 1.1 10CFR 50, Appendix J and Regulatory Guide 1.163 require a visual inspection of accessible areas of the internal and external surfaces of the Reactor Containment building.

This inspection requirement may be met in part or its entirety by completing EGR-NGGC-0351, Visual Inspection of Plant Structures, NDEP-0620, VT-1 and VT-3 Visual Examination of ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE Components of Nuclear Power Plants, or by walking down the containment per the instructions in this Attachment. N/A any section below met by accepting a completed EGR-NGGC-0351 or NDEP-0620 inspection result.

2.0 EXTERIOR INSPECTION 2.1 INSPECT all pipe and electrical penetration areas, Airlocks (outside), and all other accessible exterior surfaces for the following that might cause loss of Containment's function:

  • cracks
  • distortions
  • loss of material
  • any other unusual conditions 2.2 Using the following tables, RECORD the results of the inspection, making note of all abnormal findings, deteriorations, and WO #'s for corrective action:

ALL PIPE AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION AREAS ABNORMALITIES WRT #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

/

Initials / Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 167 of 207

ATTACHMENT 10

'CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 2 of 6)

EXTERIOR INSPECTION (continued) Initials AIRLOCKS A

........... O EOUIPMENT EQUIPMENT HATCH H .. H (OUTSIDE~

. IDE)

ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

/

Initials / Date ALL OTHER ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR SURFACES ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

/

Initials / Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 168 of 207

ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 3 of 6)

Initials 3.0 INTERIOR INSPECTION 3.1 INSPECT all pipe and electrical penetration areas, 80' and 95' Airlocks (inside), all other accessible interior surfaces, liner insulation, and Reactor Sump Pit area for the following that might cause loss of Containment's function:

  • cracks
  • distortions

" loss of material

  • any other unusual conditions 3.2 Using the following tables, RECORD the results of this inspection, making note of all abnormal findings, deteriorations, and WO #'s for corrective action:

ALL PIPE AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION AREAS ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 169 of 207

ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page,4 of 6)

INTERIOR INSPECTION (continued) Initials PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT HATCH AIRLOCKS (INSIDE)

ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

ALL OTHER ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR SURFACES ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 170 of 207

ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 5 of 6)

INTERIOR INSPECTION (continued) Initials INSPECT THE LINER INSULATION ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

REACTOR SUMP PIT AREA ABNORMALITIES WO #

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 171 of 207

ATTACHMENT 10 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VISUAL INSPECTION (Page 6 of 6)

COMMENTS:

TEST PERFORMERS:

Print Name: Initials: Signature/Date:

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 172 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 1.0 TEST ABORT Test Phase Safe Condition Abort Plans Preparation Stop in progress alignments. Place components in a safe condition as directed by CRS, SSO, Test Supervisor. Document all manipulations on Attachment 8.

Pressurization

  • Close pressurization valve(s). From SAFE condition:

- Unload and stop compressors.

  • Proceed to Section 0, Depressurization Phase.

0 Release plant systems under Test organization control (tags).

. Depressurize plant per procedure and any specific directions from operations/management.

. Unless otherwise directed, continue collecting data during depressurization Stabilization

  • Stop leak survey activities.

o Assess plant activities which may be in progress (sampling, stopping sump Same as above draining, etc.).

. Continue data acquisition.

Hold Test (ILRT) - Inherently stable, NO active manipulation of plant equipment. Same as above

. Stop leak survey activities.

. Continue data acquisition.

Verification Test

  • Only activity is imposition of a known leak from containment.

. Continue data acquisition.

o If requested, stop imposed leak flow.

Depressurization o Isolate depressurization path until

  • Continue with depressurization otherwise notified. when so directed.

o Update Test Supervisor/Ops on current - Alter depressurization path as pressures/conditions in containment, directed by SSO if required.

o Monitor depressurization rate closely.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 173 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 2.0 VALVE LINEUP ERRORS 2.1 NOTIFY ILRT Test Supervisor, SSO 2.2 Test Supervisor/Consultant EVALUATE impact on test.

2.3 NOTIFY SSO of course of action chosen, reposition valve if appropriate, enter actions into Attachment 1, Test Log.

2.4 IF decision is made to leave valve in other than Attachment 3 desired test position, record actions and rationale in Attachment 7, Test Exceptions. This course of action is often acceptable if current results are acceptable, and re-positioning valve would require re-starting test phase. REVIEW penetration's final status against Attachment 9 status. Modify as appropriate.

IF the proposed correction of a valve lineup error could change the leakage rate being measured, the Test Supervisor must consider impact on the current test phase, the schedule, and the final acceptability of the test results.

NOTE REPOSITIONING A VALVE THAT COULD IMPACT MEASURED LEAKAGE RATE COULD REQUIRE RESTARTING THE TEST.

Follow the guidance in Section 3.0 for errors causing excessive leakage. RECORD any actions taken in Attachment 1, Test Log.

3.0 EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Pressurization 1. Containment

  • Verify LLRT procedure tests leaking barrier in Boundary, Locally Post-Accident direction, AND that a LLRT will NOTE: Leak Rate Testable. measure observed leakage.

Pressurization does 0 IF penalty addition is already being applied for NOT have to be barrier, THEN take steps to isolate leakage.

stopped during leakage

  • IF a penalty addition was NOT planned AND evaluation unless leakage can be measured later with a LLRT, Shift/Test Management THEN isolate penetration.

so orders. . Continue pressurization to test pressure.

. Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log), THEN modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 174 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Pressurization 2. Containment . Evaluate whether the leak can be later measured Continued: Boundary, NOT with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN Locally Leak Rate proceed as described in scenario 1 above.

Testable.

  • IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure.

. IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN continue pressurization to final test pressure AND measure leakage in Stabilization Mode.

. IF leakage can NOT be isolated once containment exceeds 12 psi, THEN STOP pressurization AND evaluate options (e.g. entry to close additional valves, correct a lineup, etc.).

. IF necessary, THEN notify SSO, ILRT Test Supervisor AND request permission to depressurize to < 12 psi to effect repairs.

. Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log); AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log), THEN modify penetration's test status as reflected in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary) if appropriate..

3. Test Boundary
  • IF observed leakage is from a line or component that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line),

THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.

  • Continue pressurization.
  • Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).
4. MSIV
  • IF leakage is excessive, and it appears to be flowing through a MSIV, consider breaking vacuum in the secondary plant.

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 175 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Stabilization 4. Containment

  • Continue collecting data if leakage shows Boundary, Locally downward trend that can be projected to drop NOTE: Leak Rate Testable below acceptance criteria - take NO action.

It is NOT unusual to . IF leakage does NOT appear to be trending into experience what an acceptable range, THEN apply scenario 1 appears to be high response.

leakage early in

  • Verify containment pressure -- 96% Pa.

stabilization due to

  • Reset Stabilization phase start time in ILRT processes such as in- computer (i.e. regenerate arrays from data point gassing and void directly AFTER corrective action was taken).

equalization. It is imperative that NO action be taken until a full evaluation of a problem is complete.

5. Containment
  • Continue collecting data if leakage shows Boundary, NOT downward trend that can be projected to drop Locally Leak Rate below acceptance criteria - take NO action.

Testable

  • Evaluate whether leak can be measured later with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN proceed as described in scenario 1 above.
  • IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure.

. IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN remain in Stabilization Mode long enough to measure leakage, THEN isolate leak.

. Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.

. Reset array start time and quantify change once leak is isolated.

0 IF the leakage can NOT be isolated at test pressure, THEN quantify leakage using ILRT computer. Notify SSO, ILRT Test Management AND request permission to depressurize to

< 12 psi to effect repairs.

  • Record/explain the action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 176 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Stabilization 6. Test Boundary

  • IF observed leakage is from a line or component Continued that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by the ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.

" Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.

" Restart data collection in Stabilization mode, continue test.

" Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).

Hold Test (ILRT) 7. Containment

  • Continue collecting data if leakage shows a Boundary, Locally downward trend that can be projected to drop Leak Rate Testable below acceptance criteria - take NO action.
  • IF leakage is excessive and does NOT appear to be trending downward, THEN apply scenario 4 response.

0 Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.

. Reset Test phase start time in ILRT computer (i.e. regenerate arrays from data point directly AFTER corrective action was taken).

NOTE: 8. Containment o Continue collecting data if leakage shows a Typically excessive Boundary, NOT downward trend that can be projected to drop leakage will be Locally Leak Rate below acceptance criteria - take NO action.

detected and Testable

  • Evaluate whether leak can be measured later addressed during with an Appendix J leak test. IF YES, THEN stabilization. proceed as described in scenario 1 above.
  • IF leakage can NOT be determined later with a local leakage rate style test, THEN evaluate whether leak can be isolated at test pressure.

. IF leakage can be isolated with containment at pressure, THEN remain in Test Mode long enough to measure leakage, then isolate the leak.

o Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.

o Reset Test mode start and quantify change once leak is isolated (e.g. final measured leakage -

measured leakage observed prior to action).

. IF leakage can NOT be isolated at test pressure, THEN quantify leakage using ILRT computer, notify SSO, ILRT Test Management and request permission to depressurize to < 12 psi to effect repairs.

. Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).

SIP-1178 Rev. 30 Page 177 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Hold Test (ILRT) 9. Test Boundary

  • IF observed leakage is from a line or component Continued. that is a Test Boundary, NOT a containment boundary as determined by the ILRT Test Supervisor (e.g. such as a flange on the pressurization line), THEN take steps to isolate or correct leakage.
  • Verify containment pressure _> 96% Pa.
  • Restart data collection in Test mode, continue test.

. Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log).

Verification Test 10. Containment

  • Apply scenario 7 response.

(Leakage out of Boundary, Locally

  • Verify containment pressure _>96% Pa.

acceptance band Leak Rate . Restart data collection in Test mode, complete HIGH) Testable another ILRT, then verify that test result.

. Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).

NOTE: 11. Containment

  • Apply scenario 8 response.

Leakage should have Boundary, NOT . Verify containment pressure a 96% Pa.

been identified earlier Locally Leak Rate

  • Restart data collection in Test mode, complete in the test. Changes in Testable another ILRT, then verify that test result.

leakage at this point

  • Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test are typically due to Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test plant system/lineup Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status changes in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 178 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE continued TEST PHASE LEAK SCENARIO RESPONSE Verification Test 12. Test Boundary 0 Apply scenario 9 response.

Continued

  • Verify containment pressure > 96% Pa.

. Restart data collection in Test mode, complete another ILRT, then verify that test result.

0 Record/explain action in Attachment 1, (Test Supervisor's Log) AND Attachment 7, (Test Exceptions Log). Modify penetration's test status in Attachment 9, (Containment Penetration Summary).

Depressurization 13. ANY

  • IF ILRT, Verification Test passed, and leakage is from a Test Boundary, THEN NO IMPACT to ILRT results.

. IF leakage is through a containment boundary, THEN ILRT Supervisor, ILRT Management and Plant Management will evaluate leak path.

. IF directed by Test Supervisor, THEN ISOLATE leak path.

. IF leakage path can NOT be isolated and it represents a safety hazard, THEN it may be prudent to secure depressurization while additional boundaries/safety precautions are established.

  • Continue depressurization to atmospheric.

4.0 UNEXPECTED ALARMS / INDICATIONS / CONDITIONS 4.1 Any unexpected alarms, indications OR conditions SHALL be discussed with the ILRT supervisor and other departments / individuals as germane to the condition AND addressed as determined appropriate to the situation.

5.0 RCS FILLING OR BORATION 5.1 Use OP-301A, Refueling Outage RCS Drain and Fill Operations for draining and filling the RCS.

SIP-1178 Rev. 30 Page 179 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 6.0 AIRLOCK LEAKAGE 6.1 PERSONNEL HATCH AIRLOCK RAX-1 IF the outer Personnel Airlock door is CLOSED to allow pressurization of the airlock due to excessive leakage from the inner door proceed as follows:

/

Initials/Date 6.1.1 PRESSURIZE the airlock to within 0.5 psi of 54 psig, accounting for instrument error of gauge used, per guidance of SP-181.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.2 ISOLATE air supply from airlock.

/

Initials/Date 6.1.3 INSTALL a test gauge at RAV-5/6 per Attachment 17

/

Initials/Date 6.1.4 CLOSE SAV-74

/

Initials/Date 6.1.5 OPEN SAV-75 to vent air supply

/

Initials/Date 6.2 EQUIPMENT HATCH AIRLOCK RAX-2 IF the outer Equipment Hatch Airlock door is CLOSED to allow pressurization of the airlock due to excessive leakage from the inner door proceed as follows:

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 180 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 6.2.1 PRESSURIZE the airlock to within 0.5 psi of 54 psig, accounting for instrument error of gauge used, per guidance of SP-1 81.

/

Initials/Date 6.2.2 ISOLATE air supply from airlock.

I/

Initials/Date 6.2.3 INSTALL a test gauge at RAV-7/8 per Attachment 17

/

Initials/Date 6.2.4 CLOSE SAV-72

/

Initials/Date 6.2.5 OPEN SAV-76 to vent air supply

/

Initials/Date 7.0 VERIFICATION TEST FLOWMETER CONTINGENCIES 7.1 INADEQUATE FLOWRATE AT STEP 4.2.6 IF the steps taken in 3.4.10 to improve flowrate to the Verification Test Flowmeters proved inadequate during step 4.2.6, proceed as follows:

7.1.1 CONNECT 1/2" I.D. hose (or greater) to the 1" tee at the inlets to LRV-64 and LRV-65.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 181 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.1.2 Run the hose to Penetration #116 Test Connection Isolation Valve LRV-1 16 and CONNECT hose to outlet of valve (pipe cap threads).

/

Initials/Date 7.1.3 Take necessary steps to ensure connection at LRV-1 16 is leak tight.

/

Initials/Date 7.1.4 REPEAT step 4.2.6 to check for leaks and to verify adequate flow is available through the rotameters FE-4 and/or FE-5.

/

Initials/Date 7.2 VERIFICATION TEST USING LRV-116:

7.2.1 OPEN LRV-45

/

Initials/Date 7.2.2 VERIFY LRV-46 CLOSED

/

Initials/Date 7.2.3 OPEN LRV-116

/

Initials/Date 7.2.4 OPEN LRV-64 (N/A if not chosen)

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 182 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.2.5 OPEN LRV-65 (N/A if not chosen)

I/

Initials/Date 7.2.6 RETURN to Step 4.5.3 and complete Verification Test.

/

Initials/Date 7.3 RESTORE ALTERNATE PATH (IF USED):

7.3.1 CLOSE LRV-116

/

Initials/Date 7.3.2 REMOVE hose and fittings from LRV-1 16

/

Initials/Date 7.3.3 CAP LRV-1 16

/

Initials/Date 7.3.4 CLOSE LRV-45

/

Initials/Date SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 183 of 207

ATTACHMENT 11 CONTINGENCIES 7.3.5 REINSTALL LRV-69 and LRV-63 and associated tubing removed in Step 3.4.10 up to and including tee at LRV-64 & LRV-65.

/

Initials/Date 7.3.6 REINSTALL LRV-66, LRV-67 and associated tubing if removed.

/

Initials/Date SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 184 of 207

ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 1 of 3)

START TIME END TIME (Page of START DATE END DATE TIME Ambient CORRECTED Serial#____ Temperature Pressure* FLOW INT.

  • Ambient pressure reading is only required once - at beginning of Verification Phase.

The goal is to set and maintain 16 scfm for an imposed leak. Readings are taken at 15 minute intervals to match the data scan intervals on the ILRT computer.

The Verification Test typically lasts only 4-6 hours. Make additional gcopies of this sheet as necessary.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 185 of 207

ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 2 of 3)

CALCULATE LO AS FOLLOWS:

A. If a rotometer is used to measure the imposed leak, correct its reading to actual conditions as follows:

Tc Fc =Fr PM X Tm Pc Where Fc = corrected flow.

Fr = reading from rotometer (LR-004-FI or LR-005-FI).

Pm = back pressure at rotometer during test (atmospheric).

Tm = temperature of flow through rotometer during verification test (LR-57-TI or Avg. Cntmnt Temp.).

Pc = pressure that rotometer calibration was performed at (from cal. sheet).

Tc = temperature rotometer calibration was performed at (from cal. sheet).

Instrument Used: (Serial #)

Pm = psia Tm = oR Pc = psia Tc = oR Fr = SCFM B. Enter the corrected flow reading into the ILRT computer program. It will establish the acceptance criteria for the Verification Test results.

Fc value entered: scfm SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 186 of 207

ATTACHMENT 12 ILRT VERIFICATION TEST AND FLOW DATA (Page 3 of 3)

NOTE The ILRT Inc Data Management program automatically calculates L0 in % wt/day based on an input of atmospheric pressure on corrected flow (Fc). The following steps are performed solely to verify that the proper data was input into the computer program, and that the Upper and Lower Limits the computer displays are correct.

C. Calculate the L0 value imposed in weight % day using the following formula:

1. Fc (in SCF/m) x 0.07517 Ibs/SCF x 1440 min/day = L0 in lbs/day.
2. Fc (in Ibm/day): +
3. L, (in lbs/day)/Wt of Containment Air Mass at End of ILRT x 100 = L0 (in % wts/day).
4. Mass value used: Ibm
5. Lo = %wt/day D. The Composite Leakage Rate (Lc), as measured by the ILRT Measurement System and calculated using the same analysis technique used to calculate the ILRT acceptance criteria, SHALL satisfy the following:

(Lo + Lam - 0.25 La) -<Lc - (Lo + Lam+ 0.25. La)

Lower Limit Lc Upper Limit Where:

Lo= %wt/day (value from Section 2.0, C.3 above)

Lam = %wt/day (from Step 6.4.6.A.2)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 187 of 207

ATTACHMENT 13 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 188 of 207

ATTACHMENT 14 CONTROL ROOM LOG (Page 1 of 2)

HOURLY READINGS:

Record the following readings to provide potential correlations between any leakage change and changes in the containment net free volume. Manually recording these readings is NOT required if a Trend Report is established on plant computer. IF manual readings are taken, THEN record hourly. Attach Trend Report printouts to Attachment 16, Computer Printouts and Attachments.

Trend reports should read every 15 minutes, print hourly.

TIME: Przr Level Przr Level Rx Sump Rx Sump OTSG A OTSG B RCDT Level Core Flood Core Flood RC-001-LIRI RC-001-LIR3 Level Level LEVEL LEVEL WD-23-LI1 Tank A Tank B WD-222-LI WD-302-LI SP-1A-LI1 SP-1B-LI1 CF-2-LI1 CF-2-LI3 F -I- 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 _________

F + 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 F + 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 F + 4- 4 4 4 F 4 4 F + + 4 4 4 4 4 4 F + + 4 4 4 4 4 4

_______________ -I- ______________ _____________ +/- ______________ +/- ______________ I - I ______________ I ______________ I ______________

Make additional copies if necessary SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 189 of 207

ATTACHMENT 14 CONTROL ROOM LOG (Page 2 of 2)

START AND END OF ILRT HOLD READINGS:

The following readings are required at the start and end of the ILRT Hold Test, and will be used in 5 to correct the ILRT results for any influence volume changes may have had on the leakage rate.

TANK/VOLUME LEVEL CHANGE DESCRIPTION START END CHANGE (Gallons)

RB SUMP LEVEL (FT):

PRESSURIZER (inches):

RCDT (inches):

CORE FLOOD TANK A (FT)

CORE FLOOD TANK B (FT)

TOTAL CHANGE (TG):

START AND END OF VERIFICATION TEST READINGS:

The following readings are required at the start and end of the Verification Test, and will be used to correct the Verification Test results for any influence volume changes may have had on the leakage rate.

TANK/VOLUME LEVEL CHANGE DESCRIPTION START END CHANGE (Gallons)

RB SUMP LEVEL (FT):

PRESSURIZER (inches):

RCDT (inches):

CORE FLOOD TANK A (FT)

CORE FLOOD TANK B (FT)

TOTAL CHANGE (TG):

Conversion Factors:

1 inch changes in RB SUMP level = gallons 1 inch change in PRESSURIZER level = gallons 1 inch change in RCDT level = gallons 1 FT change in CFT A level = gallons 1 FT change in CFT B level = gallons SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 190 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 1 of 8) 1.0 VOLUME CHANGE CORRECTIONS 1.1 QUANTIFY VOLUME CHANGES:

1.1.1 Data comes from Attachment 14, (Control Room Log). Maintain the correct sign convention throughout this calculation, as we are correcting for the net change in free volume (i.e. some levels may go up, others may go down). A decrease in tank level is NEGATIVE, conversely an increase in a tank or sump level is POSITIVE. Ultimately, the changes will be converted to a %wt/day correction.

1.1.2 NET LEVEL DECREASE: If the net change was negative, the containment net free volume increased, causing the pressure to drop and the leakage to look larger than it should have.

In this case a SUBTRACTION is allowed from the ILRT leakage rate results.

1.1.3 NET LEVEL INCREASE: Conversely, if the net level change was positive, the containment net free volume decreased, masking the actual leakage and an ADDITION is required.

Net volume change from Attachment 14 in gallons: GALLONS 1.2 CONVERT GALLONS TO FT3 CHANGES:

Record ILRT duration (hours) = (t) Duration = hrs Calculate net volume change in ft3/day:

dV = (TG/t) (24 hrs/day) (lft3 / 7.48 gal.)

Where: dV = net containment volume change TG = sum of level changes in gallons (from table above) t = test duration in hours dV = (_ gallons/ hours) (24) (0.13367 ft3 / gallon) dV = ft3 / day SP-1 78 Rev..30 Page 191 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 2 of 8) 1.3 CALCULATE NET FREE VOLUME CHANGE IMPACT IN %WT/DAY:

LV = (dV

  • Pt
  • C " 100)/ (R
  • T
  • W)

Where: LV is the volume change in %wt/day dV is the net volume change in ft3 / day from Step 1.2 above Pt is the average containment pressure during the ILRT in psia C is the conversion factor, 144 in2 / ft2 R is the gas constant for air = 53.35 ft lbf / Ibm oR T is the average containment temperature in oR W is the average weight of the containment air in Ibm (use intercept of least squares fit line)

LV = (.__ * - 144 *100)/(53.35*

  • __-

Step B Pt T W LV= %wt/day SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 192 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 3 of 8)

NOTE Reference Step 1.1 for guidance pertaining to sign convention and addition/subtraction requirements.

2.0 PRELIMINARY TYPE B & C PENALTY ADDITIONS 2.1 Total of as-left MNPLR for penalty additions from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary:

Total Penalty Addition (sccm):

2.2 Convert the MNPLR Penalty Addition to Ibm/day:

Penalty Addition = ( sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 !bm/scf)(1440 min/day)

Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) =

2.3 Convert the Ibm/day Penalty Addition to %wt/day value:

Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) = (. Ibm/day

  • 100) / initial containment Step 2.2 air mass (Ibm)

Penalty Addition (%wt/day) =

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 193 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 4 of 8) 3.0 PRELIMINARY LEAKAGE SAVINGS CALCULATION 3.1 Total of leakage savings for as-found ILRT calculation from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary:

Leakage Savings Addition (sccm):

3.2 Convert the Leakage Savings Addition to Ibm/day:

Leakage Savings Addition = ( sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day)

Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) =

3.3 Convert the Ibm/day Leakage Savings Addition to %wt/day value:

Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) = (. Ibm/day

  • 100) / initial containment Step 3.2 air mass (Ibm)

Leakage Savings Addition (%wt/day) =

(This calculation will need to be repeated, COPY this page as necessary)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 194 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 5 of 8) 4.0 FINAL TYPE B & C PENALTY ADDITIONS 4.1 The preliminary ILRT results will be based on existing local leakage rate results, some of which may be replaced with tests performed after the ILRT. When all local leakage rate testing is completed, enter the results on Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary and calculate the total of as-left MNPLR for penalty additions:

Total Penalty Addition (sccm):

4.2 Convert the MNPLR Penalty Addition to Ibm/day:

Penalty Addition = ( sccm)(1 scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) =

4.3 Convert the Ibm/day Penalty Addition to %wt/day value:

Penalty Addition (in Ibm/day) = ( Ibm/day

  • 100) / initial containment Step 4.2 air mass (Ibm)

Penalty Addition (%wt/day) =

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 195 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 6 of 8) 5.0 FINAL LEAKAGE SAVINGS CALCULATION 5.1 The preliminary ILRT results will be based on existing local leakage rate results, some of which may be replaced with tests performed after the ILRT. If maintenance is perfomed on components NOT exposed to the ILRT test pressure, any leakage savings must be included in the Final As-Found ILRT results. When all local leakage rate testing is completed, enter the results on Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary and calculate the total leakage savings for as-found ILRT calculation from Attachment 9, Containment Penetration Summary:

Leakage Savings Addition (sccm):

5.2 Convert the Leakage Savings Addition to Ibm/day:

Leakage Savings Addition = (_sccm)(1scf/28,317scc)(0.07517 Ibm/scf)(1440 min/day)

Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) =

5.3 Convert the Ibm/day Leakage Savings Addition to %wt/day value:

Leakage Savings Addition (in Ibm/day) = ( Ibm/day

  • 100) / initial containment Step 5.2 air mass (Ibm)

Leakage Savings Addition (%wt/day) =

(This calculation may need to be repeated COPY this page as necessary)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 196 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 7 of 8) 6.0 PRELIMINARY AS-LEFT ILRT RESULTS:

CHECK box for results used to accept ILRT 6.1 MEASURED LEAKAGE:

MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994)

N/A I TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1)

Lull 6.2 REGRESSION LINE LEAKAGE Lam:

6.3 LEAKAGE AT 95%UCL:

6.4 MNPLR Penalty Additions (from 2.3) 6.5 Volume Change Correction (from 1.3) 6.6 PRELIMINARY AS-LEFT ILRT Result:

~IIz IZZI 7.0 PRELIMINARY AS-FOUND ILRT RESULTS USE results used to accept ILRT 7.1 AS-LEFT ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994) IZr TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1) LIZ RESULT (from 6.6): N/A 7.2 LEAKAGE SAVINGS (from 3.3):

7.3 PRELIMINARY AS-FOUND ILRT Result:

ZIZI SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 197 of 207

ATTACHMENT 15 ILRT RESULTS

SUMMARY

(Page 8 of 8) 8.0 FINAL AS-LEFT ILRT RESULTS CHECK box for results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT (ANSI 56.8-1994) D- TOTAL TIME (BN-TOP-1) D-8.1 MEASURED LEAKAGE: N/A 8.2 REGRESSION LINE LEAKAGE Lam:

8.3 LEAKAGE AT 95%UCL:

8.4 MNPLR Penalty Additions (from 4.3) 8.5 Volume Change Correction (from 1.3) 8.6 FINAL AS-LEFT ILRT Result:(<75%La) [

I "I'l 9.0 FINAL AS-FOUND ILRT RESULTS USE results used to accept ILRT MASS POINT TOTAL TIME (ANSI 56.8-1994) D (BN-TOP-1) L-Z 9.1 AS-LEFT ILRT RESULT (from 8.6): N/A 9.2 LEAKAGE SAVINGS (from 5.3):

9.3 FINAL AS-FOUND ILRT Result:

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 198 of 207

ATTACHMENT 16 COMPUTER PRINTOUTS AND ATTACHMENTS (Page 1 of 1)

The purpose of this attachment is to provide a single location in the procedure for collecting computer printouts from the plant computer trend report, the ILRT data management computer and other sources LIST OF PRINTOUTS AND ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENTS:

Make additional copies if needed SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 199 of 207

ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET Test gauges are used in various locations to monitor pressure in spaces/voids as an early indication of leakage from containment, or to indicate leakage between boundaries. The ILRT Test Supervisor may direct installation of additional test gauges when troubleshooting potential leakag e paths. Use this attachment to document installation and removal of these test gauges.

REMOVED CONC VERIF GAUGE CAL INSTALLED Serial# DUE RANGE MONITORED AREA/ PURPOSE GAUGE LOCATION (Initials/ (Initials/ (Initials Date) Date) nDatei "PI-PS" Monitor space between Purge Duct Outside RB, AHV-24 0-60 psig Purge Supply Valves AHV-1 C and AHV-1D "PI-PE" Monitor space between Purge Duct Outside RB , AHV-25 0-60 psig Purge Exhaust Valves AHV-1A and AHV-1B 0-60 psig "PI-SGA" Main Steam Line PX Conn. VIv MSV-505 0-60 psig "PI-SGB" Main Steam Line PX Conn. VIv MSV-509 "PI-P" Between Personnel Lock Outer Door Pressurization Tap, 0-60 psig RAX-1 Doors RAV-5 "PI-PHS" Personnel Hatch, RAX-1, PX Conn. VIv SAV-75 0-60 psig Seal "PI-EHPS" Personnel Hatch, RAX- PX Conn. VIv SAV-76 0-60 psig 2, Personnel Seal "PI-EHS" Equipment Hatch, RAX-2, PX Conn. VIv SAV-77 0-60 psig Seal "PI-E" Between Equipment Lock Outer Door Pressurization Tap, 0-60 psig RAX-2 Doors RAV-7 0-60 psig Reactor Building Pressure Leak Rate Test Panel, LRV-41 0-100 RB Sump Isolation Valves WDV-810 Test Connection psig IF Pressure Gages are directed to be installed to t roubleshoot leakage, THEN the following guidance should be used for installation AND removal.

(1) A different gauge range may be used at the discretion of the Test Supervisor.

To Inst all To Remove

1. C lose root stop OR gauge isolation. 1. Close root stop OR gauge isolation.
2. Remove any installed instrumentation. 2. Remove any installed instrumentation.
3. Innstall gauge as directed by Test Supervisor 3. Install instrumentation removed during installation
4. C)pen valve closed in step 1 4. Open valve closed in step 1.

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 200 of 207

ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET To install Steam Generator and other space-monitoring pressure gauges perform the following:

INIT PI-SGA @ A Main Steam Line

1. Close MSV-94/504/505.
2. Connect tubing downstream of MSV-505
3. Install test gauge downstream of MSV-505
4. Open MSV-94/504/505.

PI-SGB @ B Main Steam Line

1. Close MSV-96/508/509.
2. Connect tubing downstream of MSV-509
3. Install test gauge downstream of MSV-509
4. Open MSV-96/508/509.es press PI-PS, Between Purge Supply Isolation Valves
1. Close AHV-24 (Purge'Supply Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of AHV-24
3. Install test gauge downstream of AHV-24
4. Open AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection).

PI-PE, Between Purge Exhaust Isolation Valves

1. Close AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of AHV-25
3. Install test gauge downstream of AHV-25
4. Open AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection).
  • PI-P, Between Personnel Lock RAX-1 Doors
1. Close RAV-5 (Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of RAV-5
3. Install test gauge downstream of RAV-5
4. Open RAV-5 (Test Connection).

INIT SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 201 of 207

ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET INIT

  • PI-E, Between Equipment Lock RAX-2 Doors
1. Close RAV-7 (Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of RAV-7
3. Install test gauge downstream of RAV-7
4. Open RAV-7 (Test Connection).
  • These gauges are to be installed ONLY if associated Outer Door needs to be closed and the airlock pressurized.

PI-EHS, Equipment Hatch RAX-3 Seal

1. Close SAV-77 (Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-77
3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-77
4. Open SAV-77 (Test Connection).

RB Sump Discharge Line

1. Close WDV-81 0 (Test Connection)
2. Remove cap at WDV-810
3. Install test gauge at WDV-810
4. Open WDV-810 (Test Connection)

PI-EHPS, Personal Hatch RAX-2 Seal

1. Close SAV-76 (Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-76

.3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-76

4. Open SAV-76 (Test Connection).

PIPHS, Personnell Hatch RAX-1 Seal

1. Close SAV-75 (Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of SAV-75
3. Install test gauge downstream of SAV-75
4. Open SAV-75 (Test Connection).

INIT SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 202 of 207

ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET INIT Reactor Building Pressure

1. Close LRV-41 (Test Connection).
2. Connect tubing downstream of LRV-41
3. Install test gauge downstream of LRV-41
4. Open LRV-41 (Test Connection).

To remove Steam Generator/test monitoring pressure gauges perform the following:

PI-SGA @ A Main Steam Line

1. Close MSV-94/504/505. __ (V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of MSV-505
3. Remove test gauge downstream of MSV-505
4. Recap line downstream of MSV-505.
5. OPEN MSV-94/504. __ (V)

PI-SGB @ B Main Steam Line

1. Close MSV-96/508/509. __(V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of MSV-509
3. Remove test gauge downstream of MSV-509
4. Recap the line downstream of MSV-509.
5. OPEN MSV-96/508 __(V)

PI-PS, Between Purge Supply Isolation Valves

1. Close AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection). __ (V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of AHV-24
3. Remove test gauge downstream of AHV-24
4. Replace cap downstream of AHV-24 (Purge Supply Test Connection). __ (V)

PI-PE, Between Purge Exhaust Isolation Valves

1. Close AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection). __ (V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of AHV-25
3. Remove test gauge downstream of AHV-25
4. Replace cap downstream of AHV-25 (Purge Exhaust Test Connection). (V)

INIT SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 203 of 207

ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET INIT PI-P, Between Personnel Lock RAX-1 Doors

1. Close RAV-5 (Test Connection). __(V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of RAV-5
3. Remove test gauge downstream of RAV-5
4. Replace cap downstream of RAV-5 (Test Connection). __(V)

PI-E, Between Equipment Lock RAX-2 Doors

1. Close RAV-7 (Test Connection). __(V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of RAV-7
3. Remove test gauge downstream of RAV-7
4. Replace cap downstream of RAV-7 (Test Connection). (V)

PI-EHS, Equipment Hatch RAX-2 Seal

1. Close SAV-77 (Test Connection). (V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-77
3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-77
4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-77 (Test Connection). __(V)

RB Sump Discharge Line

1. Close WDV-81 0 (Test Connection) __(V)
2. Remove test gauge at WDV-81 0
3. Replace cap downstream of WDV-81 0 (Test Connection) __(V)

PI-EHPS, Personal Hatch RAX-2 Seal

1. Close SAV-76 (Test Connection). __(V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-76
3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-76
4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-76 (Test Connection). __(V)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 204 of 207

ATTACHMENT 17 GAUGE INSTALLATION / REMOVAL SHEET PIPHS, Personnell Hatch RAX-1 Seal

1. Close SAV-75 (Test Connection). __ (V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of SAV-75
3. Remove test gauge downstream of SAV-75
4. Replace cap downstream of SAV-75 (Test Connection). (V)

Reactor Building Pressure

1. Close LRV-41 (Test Connection). __ (V)
2. Disconnect tubing downstream of LRV-41
3. Remove test gauge downstream of LRV-41
4. Remove cap downstream of LRV-41 (Test Connection). __ (V)

SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 205 of 207

ATTACHMENT 18 TEST GAUGE PRESSURE READINGS (Page 1 of 1)

Page _ of PI-PS PI-PE PI-EHPS, PI-EHS, TIME PISGA A OTG OTGDoors PISGB B Purge Purge PI-P, RAX-1 RAX-1 Seal PI-PHS, RAX-2 Pers PI-EHPer Doors PI-E, RAX-2 RAX-2 Eq Eq.

Supply Exhaust Htch Seal Htch Seal Initial value:

Copy as needed for additional sheets SP-178 Rev. 30 Page 206 of 207

REVISION

SUMMARY

SECTION DESCRIPTION A Added valves MSV-93 & MSV-95 & associated transmitter isolation to valve checklist due to their absence in previous revision. A Added new transmitter isolations MS 114/115/116/117 due to the installation of EC 65629 (MUR Upgrade MS PTs) (PRR 246921) 4.6.3.1.6 Changed AH-032-FIR (Channel D) to AH-1003 TIR (FE) (Channel 4) to correspond to the new recorder that was installed per EC 52417. E Revised breaker list to match the breaker call outs in OP-700B for CFV-1 1, CFV-12, CFV-15, MUV-18, & MUV-27. (PRR 178147) 3.4.12 Deleted "and REMOVE" from the step. (PRR 178147) C Added notes to identify the breakers for the WSV's, Added "CAPED" to WSV-7, and changed the restoration position of WSV-47 & 48 Removed previous notes that were no longer applicable. (PRR 178147) 7 Corrected the misidentification of RAV-7 as RAV-6. (PRR 178147) 7 Added Instructions to install and remove pressure instruments for PI-EHPS, Personnel Hatch RAX-2 Seal; PI-PHS, Personnel Hatch RAX-1 Seal; and Reactor Building Pressure. (PRR 178147) 6.1.2.3 Corrected the misidentification of PEN217-TV5 as PEN216-TV5. (PRR 178147) Changed the steps for flushing the test piping/hose, due to their no longer Section 4.2.1.1 - being a need to flush Intermediate Building piping/hose. Corrected temporary 5.7 (pages 137- valve naming. (PRR 178147) 140)

Reference Replaced references to PM-1 56 with EGR-NGGC-0351, due to PM-1 56 being Documents & superseded by EGR-NGGC-0351. (PRR 254243) 0 Section 1.1 B Corrected the description for CAV-430 to read "RCP-1C Suction Sample Iso."

(PRR 174465)

SP-1 78 Rev. 30 Page 207 of 207